The URL can be used to link to this page

Project Manual and Plans PROJECT MANUAL 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT AND APPURTENANT WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD | HENNEPIN COUNTY, MN MARCH 14, 2016 Prepared for: City of Shorewood 5755 Country Club Road Shorewood, MN 55331 CITY OF SHOREWOOD PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 PROJECT MANUAL 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT AND APPURTENANT WORK FOR THE CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA March 14, 2016 Prepared By: 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT AND APPURTENANT WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 CERTIFICATION I hereby certify that these specifications were prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly licensed professional engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Paul Hornby, PE Date: March 14, 2016 Lic. No. 23359 Quality Control Review By: Katie Koscielak, EIT Date: March 14, 2016 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CERTIFICATION AND APPURTENANT WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 TABLE OF CONTENTS TITLE SHEET CERTIFICATION TABLE OF CONTENTS BIDDING REQUIREMENTS ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PROPOSAL FORM CONTRACT FORMS AFFIDAVIT AND INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDERS CONTRACTOR’S INITIAL VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE • SUBCONTRACTORS LIST SUPPLEMENTAL VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS FORM WITHHOLDING AFFIDAVIT FOR CONTRACTORS (IC134) SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 2 – SITE WORK 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT TABLE OF CONTENTS AND APPURTENANT WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT AND APPURTENANT WORK FOR THE CITY OF SHOREWOOD HENNEPIN COUNTY, MINNESOTA NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that sealed bids will be received by the City of Shorewood at the office of the City Clerk until 10:00 a.m. CDT, Thursday, April 14, 2016, at the Shorewood City Hall located at 5755 Country Club Road, Shorewood, Minnesota 55331 and will be publicly opened and read at said time and place by representatives of the City of Shorewood. Said proposals for the furnishing of all labor and materials for construction of the following approximate quantities: 25,500 SQ YD Mill Bituminous Surface 910 LIN FT Remove and Replace Concrete Curb and Gutter 2,030 TONS SP 9.5 Bituminous Wearing Course (2.B) 120 LIN FT Bituminous Curb 9 EACH Storm Drain Inlet Protection 300 SQ YD Sodding, Type Lawn (Incl. Topsoil & Fert.) The bids must be submitted on the Proposal Forms provided in accordance with the Contract Documents, Plans, and Specifications as prepared by WSB & Associates, Inc., 477 Temperance Street, St. Paul, MN 55101, which are on file with the City Clerk of Shorewood and may be seen at the office of the Consulting Engineers or at the office of the City Clerk. Complete digital Proposal Forms, Plans, and Specifications for use by contractors submitting a bid are available at www.questcdn.com. You may download the digital plan documents for $30.00 (which includes the current Standard City Specification) by inputting Quest project #4368817 on the website’s Project Search page. Please contact QuestCDN.com at 952-233-1632 or info@questcdn.com for assistance in free membership registration, downloading, and working with this digital project information. An optional paper set of Proposal Forms, Plans, and Specifications may be obtained from the Consulting Engineers, WSB & Associates, Inc., 477 Temperance Street, St. Paul, MN 55101, for a nonrefundable fee of $100.00 per set, check made payable to WSB & Associates, Inc., which includes $25.00 for the 2016 Edition City of Shorewood Standard Specification. Bids will only be accepted from Contractors who purchase digital or paper Bidding Documents as specified above. No bids will be considered unless sealed and filed with the City of Shorewood and accompanied by a cash deposit, cashier’s check, or certified check, or bid bond made payable to the City of Shorewood for five percent (5%) of the amount bid, to be forfeited as liquidated damages in the event that the bid be accepted and the bidder fail to enter promptly into a written contract and furnish the required bond. The provisions of Minn. Stat. 16C.285 Responsible Contractor are imposed as a requirement of this contract. All bidders and persons or companies providing a response/submission to the Advertisement for Bids/RFP of the City shall comply with the provisions of the statute. No bids may be withdrawn for a period of sixty (60) days from the date of opening of bids. The City of Shorewood reserves the right to reject any or all bids. DATED: March 14, 2016 BY ORDER OF THE CITY COUNCIL s/s William Joynes City Administrator Shorewood, MN PUBLISHED IN THE: Sun Sailor March 24 and March 31, 2016 Finance and Commerce March 24 and March 31, 2016 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS AND APPURTENANT WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. EXAMINATION OF PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND SITE WORK ............................................... 1 2. BID SECURITY ................................................................................................................................ 1 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ............................................................................................................. 1 4. PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL .................................................................................................... 1 5. CONDITIONS IN THE BIDDER’S PROPOSAL ............................................................................... 1 6. INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATES .............................................................................................. 2 7. DELIVERY OF PROPOSALS .......................................................................................................... 2 8. REJECTION OF PROPOSAL .......................................................................................................... 2 9. WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSAL ...................................................................................................... 2 10. PUBLIC OPENING OF PROPOSALS ............................................................................................. 2 11. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS ................................................................................................ 2 12. EQUIPMENT .................................................................................................................................... 2 13. FURNISHING OF EVIDENCE OF RESPONSIBILITY .................................................................... 2 14. AWARD OF CONTRACT ................................................................................................................. 2 15. RESPONSIVE/RESPONSIBLE BID ................................................................................................ 3 16. RESPONSIBLE CONTRACTOR ..................................................................................................... 3 17. REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BOND...................................................................................... 3 18. FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT ............................................................................................. 4 19. UNIT PRICES .................................................................................................................................. 4 20. OWNER DELETION RIGHT ............................................................................................................ 4 21. NONDISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT .................................................................................... 4 22. SURETY DEPOSITS ....................................................................................................................... 4 23. ADDENDA ........................................................................................................................................ 4 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AND APPURTENANT WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. EXAMINATION OF PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND SITE WORK - The bidder shall examine to his satisfaction the quantities of work to be done as determined from the plans and specifications. Quantities indicated by the Engineer on drawings or elsewhere are estimated only, and bidders must rely on their own calculations. Bidders shall be thoroughly familiar with Contract Documents including all General Conditions and Special Provisions. Bidders shall inform themselves of the character and magnitude of work and the conditions under which the work is to be performed concerning the site of the work, the structure of the ground, the existence of surface and ground water, availability of drainage, the obstacles which may be encountered, means of approach to the site, manner of delivery and handling materials, facilities of transporting equipment and all other relevant matters pertaining to the complete execution of this Contract. No plea of ignorance of conditions that exist or that may hereafter exist or of difficulties that will be encountered in the execution of the work hereunder which result from failure to make necessary examinations and investigations, will be accepted as a sufficient excuse for any failure or omission on the part of the Contractor to fulfill in every detail all the requirements of this Contract, or will be accepted as a basis for any claim whatsoever for extra compensation or for an extension of time. No bidder may rely upon any statements or representations of any officer, agent or employee of the Owner with reference to the conditions of the work, of the character of the soil or other hazards which may be encountered in the course of construction. 2. BID SECURITY - Each bid shall be accompanied by a bid security in the form of an amount as specified in the Advertisement for Bids. Such bid security is a guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract with the Owner for the work described in the proposal, and the amount of the bid security of a successful bidder shall be forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages in the event that such bidder fails to enter into a contract and furnish Contractor’s bond. 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS - The Contract Documents will consist of the Advertisement for Bids, Instruction to Bidders, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, Specifications, Proposal Form, Contract for Construction, Non-Collusion Affidavit, Contract Bond, Performance Bond, and all plans and drawings. These documents are on file with the Owner. 4. PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL - The bidder shall submit his proposal on the form provided by the Engineer. The blank spaces in the proposal shall be filled in correctly with ink or where indicated for each and every item for which a quantity is given, and the bidder shall state the prices for which he proposes to do each item of the work contemplated. All alterations, corrections or deletions shall nullify the bid unless each alteration, correction or deletion is initialed by the bidder. The bidder’s proposal shall be signed correctly with ink. If the proposal is made by an individual, his name and post office address shall be shown. If made by a firm or partnership, the name and post office address of each member of the firm or partnership shall be shown. If made by a corporation, the person signing the proposal shall show the name of the state under the law of which the corporation was chartered, and names, titles and business addresses of the president, secretary, and treasurer. All bids for corporations shall bear the official seal of the corporation. 5. CONDITIONS IN THE BIDDER’S PROPOSAL - The bidder shall not stipulate in his proposal any conditions not provided for on the Proposal Form. 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AND APPURTENANT WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 PAGE 1 6. INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATES - The Engineer’s estimate of quantities as shown in the proposal shall be used as a basis of calculation upon which the award of contract will be made, but these quantities are not guaranteed to be accurate and are furnished without any liability on the part of the Owner. 7. DELIVERY OF PROPOSALS - All bids shall be placed in a sealed envelope with a statement thereon showing the work covered by the bid, and addressed as stipulated in the Advertisement for Bids. Proposals may be mailed or submitted in person. No bids will be received after the time set for receiving them. Bids arriving by mail at the office of the Owner after the hour designated for receiving bids will be returned to the sender unopened. 8. REJECTION OF PROPOSAL - Proposals may be rejected if they show any omission, alteration of form, additions not called for, conditional bids or alternate bids not specified, or irregularities of any kind. Proposals in which the prices are obviously unbalanced may be rejected. 9. WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSAL - A bidder may withdraw his proposal without prejudice to himself, provided he files a written request to the Owner before the hour of opening of bids, and such withdrawn proposal may be modified and resubmitted by the bidder at any time prior to the hour set for the opening of bids. 10. PUBLIC OPENING OF PROPOSALS - Proposals will be opened publicly and read aloud in such place as designated at the time and the date set in the “Advertisement for Bids”. Bidders or their authorized agents are invited to be present. 11. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS - More than one proposal for the same project from an individual firm, partnership or corporation under the same or different names will not be considered. Evidence that any bidder is interested in more than one proposal for the same work will cause rejection of all such proposals. Collusion between the bidders will be considered sufficient cause for the rejection of all bids so affected. Failure on the part of any bidder to carry out previous contracts satisfactorily or his lack of the experience or equipment necessary for the satisfactory completion of the work may be deemed sufficient cause for his disqualification. 12. EQUIPMENT - When requested by the Owner, the bidder shall furnish a complete statement of the make, size, weight (where weight is one of the specified requirements), condition and previous length of service of all equipment to be used in the proposed work. 13. FURNISHING OF EVIDENCE OF RESPONSIBILITY - When requested by the Owner, the bidder shall furnish a balance sheet, certified by a certified public accountant as to a date not more than sixty (60) days prior to the date of the opening of the proposals which shall set forth outstanding assets and liabilities in reasonable detail. The bidder shall also furnish when requested, a list of work of a similar nature performed with dates of completion thereof. The bidder shall also furnish any other additional information relative to financial responsibility and competence to do the work as may be requested by the Owner prior to the acceptance of any proposal. 14. AWARD OF CONTRACT - The award of the Contract will be made to the lowest responsive, responsible Bidder, based on the Proposal Form with the lowest TOTAL BID. Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. If discrepancies exist between an extension or indicated sum of any column of figures, the corrected extensions or sum thereof will govern. 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AND APPURTENANT WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 PAGE 2 Owner reserves the right to reject any and all bids, the right to waive any and all informalities, and the right to disregard all nonconforming or conditional bids or counter proposals. 15. RESPONSIVE/RESPONSIBLE BID - A responsible Bid is one from a Bidder that has: a. Financial resources, technical qualifications, experience, organization and facilities adequate to carry out the project, or a demonstrated ability to obtain these; b. Resources to meet the completion schedule contained in the Agreement; c. A satisfactory performance record for completion of other projects. A “responsive” bid must include the following: a. Complete Proposal Form. b. Affidavit and Information Required of Bidders form. c. Initial Contractor Verification of Compliance form including Subcontractors List. d. Bid Security. 16. RESPONSIBLE CONTRACTOR - The provisions of Minn. Stat. 16C.285 are imposed as a requirement of this contract. All bidders and persons or companies providing a response/submission to the Advertisement for Bids/RFP of the Owner shall comply with the provisions of the statute. a. Any prime contractor or subcontractor that does not meet the minimum criteria established for a “responsible contractor” as defined in Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3, or fails to verify that it meets those criteria is not a responsible contractor and is not eligible to be awarded a construction contract for the Project or to perform work on the Project. b. A responding contractor shall submit to the Owner a signed statement under oath by an owner or officer verifying compliance with each of the minimum criteria in clauses (1)-(6) of Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3, at the time that it responds to this solicitation document. A responding contractor must also submit a list of first-tier subcontractors it intends to retain on the project, at the time that it responds to this solicitation document. c. Prior to being awarded a contract, the apparent successful prime contractor must submit a supplemental verification under oath confirming that all subcontractors and motor carriers meet the minimum criteria of Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3. The apparent successful prime contractor has an ongoing duty to submit supplemental verification forms for each additional subcontractor retained for the project. d. A false statement under oath verifying compliance with any of the minimum criteria shall make the prime contractor or subcontractor that makes the false statement ineligible to be awarded a construction project and may result in termination of a contract awarded to a prime contractor or subcontractor that submits a false statement. 17. REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BOND - The successful bidder, at the time of the execution of the Contract, shall furnish and at all times maintain a satisfactory and sufficient bond in full amount of the Contract as required by law with a corporate surety satisfactory to the Owner. The form of bond is that required by statute. Personal sureties will not be approved. 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AND APPURTENANT WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 PAGE 3 18. FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT - Failure to furnish the Contract Bond in a sum equal to the amount of the award, or to execute the Contract within ten (10) days, as specified, shall be just cause for the annulment of the award, and it shall be understood by the bidder that in the event of the annulment of the award, the amount of the guaranty deposited with the proposal shall be retained by the Owner, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages. 19. UNIT PRICES - In case of error in the extension of prices, the unit bid prices shall govern. The Owner reserves the right to waive any informality in the bids at his discretion. 20. OWNER DELETION RIGHT - The Owner reserves the right to delete any line item from the bid prior to final contract execution. 21. NONDISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT - If awarded the project, the Bidder agrees not to discriminate on account of race, creed or color as per Minnesota Statutes, Section 181.59 and Minnesota Statutes 363. 22. SURETY DEPOSITS - All out-of-state contractors on construction work over $100,000 will be required to file an exemption from Surety Deposit (Form SDE) prior to their first progress payment. 23. ADDENDA - If any addenda are required as determined by the Engineer, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to verify the issuance and receipt of any addenda, and to properly acknowledge such addenda in the appropriate location on the Proposal Form. 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AND APPURTENANT WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 PAGE 4 PAGE 1 Opening Time: Opening Date: Dear Council Members: Bidder: Address: City, State, Zip: Telephone No.: 1.The following proposal is made for furnishing and installing all labor and materials necessary for the 2016 Mill and Overlay Improvement Project and Appurtenant Work for the City of Shorewood, Minnesota. PROPOSAL FORM CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 Fax No.: 3.PROPOSED SCHEDULE: The Bidder agrees to perform all work described in the specifications and shown on the plans for the following unit prices: City of Shorewood 5755 Country Club Road Shorewood, MN 55331 10:00 a.m. Thursday, April 14, 2016 2.The undersigned certifies that the Contract Documents listed in the Instructions to Bidders have been carefully examined, and that the site of the work has been personally inspected. The undersigned declares that the amount and nature of the work to be done is understood, and that at no time will misunderstanding of the Contract Documents be pleaded. On the basis of the Contract Documents, the undersigned proposes to furnish all necessary apparatus and other means of construction, to do all the work and furnish all the materials in the manner specified, and to accept as full compensation therefore the sum of the various products obtained by multiplying each unit price herein bid for the work or materials, by quantities thereof actually incorporated in the completed project, as determined by the Engineer. The undersigned understands that the quantities mentioned herein are approximate only, and are subject to increase or decrease, and hereby proposes to perform all work as either increased or decreased, in accordance with the provisions of the specification, at the unit prices bid in the following proposal schedule, unless such schedule designates lump sum bids. 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT AND APPURTENANT WORK SCHEDULE A. - SURFACE IMPROVEMENTS 1 2021.501 MOBILIZATION LS 1 $____________ $_________________ 2 2104.501 REMOVE BITUMINOUS CURB L F 120 $____________ $_________________ 3 2104.505 REMOVE CONCRETE DRIVEWAY PAVEMENT S Y 10 $____________ $_________________ 4 2104.505 REMOVE BITUMINOUS DRIVEWAY PAVEMENT S Y 80 $____________ $_________________ 5 2104.505 REMOVE BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT S Y 70 $____________ $_________________ 6 2104.509 REMOVE CASTING EACH 2 $____________ $_________________ 7 2104.511 SAWING CONCRETE PAVEMENT (FULL DEPTH) L F 20 $____________ $_________________ 8 2104.513 SAWING BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT (FULL DEPTH) L F 200 $____________ $_________________ 9 2104.601 REMOVE & REPLACE CONCRETE CURB & GUTTER L F 910 $____________ $_________________ 10 2104.602 SALVAGE AND REINSTALL MAIL BOX EACH 10 $____________ $_________________ 11 2105.523 COMMON BORROW (LV) C Y 10 $____________ $_________________ 12 2105.603 MINOR GRADING S Y 70 $____________ $_________________ 13 2123.610 STREET SWEEPER (WITH PICKUP BROOM) HOUR 10 $____________ $_________________ 14 2231.501 BITUMINOUS PATCHING MIXTURE TON 10 $____________ $_________________ 15 2232.501 MILL BITUMINOUS SURFACE S Y 25500 $____________ $_________________ 16 2331.501 JOINT ADHESIVE - MASTIC L F 9100 $____________ $_________________ 17 2357.502 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL FOR TACK COAT GAL 1310 $____________ $_________________ 18 2360.501 TYPE SP 9.5 WEARING COURSE MIX (2,B) TON 2030 $____________ $_________________ 19 2360.503 TYPE SP 9.5 WEARING COURSE MIX (2,B) 3.0" THICK S Y 80 $____________ $_________________ 20 2360.601 BITUMINOUS SPILLWAY EACH 1 $____________ $_________________ 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT AND APPURTENANT WORKCITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NUMBER. 2925-09 No. Mat. No. Item Units Quantity Unit Price Total Price PAGE 2 21 2503.602 CHIMNEY SEALS (EXTERNAL) EACH 24 $____________ $_________________ 22 2504.602 ADJUST GATE VALVE EACH 5 $____________ $_________________ 23 2506.516 CASTING ASSEMBLY EACH 2 $____________ $_________________ 24 2506.522 ADJUST FRAME & RING CASTING EACH 12 $____________ $_________________ 25 2506.522 ADJUST FRAME & RING CASTING (STORM) EACH 8 $____________ $_________________ 26 2506.602 ADJUST FRAME & RING CASTING (SPECIAL) EACH 12 $____________ $_________________ 27 2511.501 RANDOM RIPRAP CLASS II C Y 0.5 $____________ $_________________ 28 2531.501 CONCRETE CURB & GUTTER DESIGN B618 L F 140 $____________ $_________________ 29 2531.507 "6"" CONCRETE DRIVEWAY PAVEMENT" S Y 10 $____________ $_________________ 30 2535.501 BITUMINOUS CURB L F 120 $____________ $_________________ 31 2557.602 REPAIR DOG FENCE EACH 5 $____________ $_________________ 32 2563.601 TRAFFIC CONTROL LS 1 $____________ $_________________ 33 2573.530 STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION EACH 9 $____________ $_________________ 34 2575.505 SODDING TYPE LAWN S Y 500 $____________ $_________________ Total SCHEDULE A. - SURFACE IMPROVEMENTS $_________________ GRAND TOTAL BID $_________________ 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT AND APPURTENANT WORKCITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NUMBER. 2925-09 No. Mat. No. Item Units Quantity Unit Price Total Price PAGE 3 PAGE 4 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT AND APPURTENANT WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10 11. 12. RESPONSIBLE CONTRACTOR: The provisions of Minn. Stat. 16C.285 are imposed as a requirement of this contract. All bidders and persons or companies providing a response/submission to the Advertisement for Bids/RFP of the Owner shall comply with the provisions of the statute. a.Any prime contractor or subcontractor that does not meet the minimum criteria established for a "responsible contractor" as defined in Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3, or fails to verify that it meets those criteria is not a responsible contractor and is not eligible to be awarded a construction contract for the Project or to perform work on the Project. b.A responding contractor shall submit to the Owner a signed statement under oath by an owner or officer verifying compliance with each of the minimum criteria in clauses (1)-(6) of Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3, at the time that it responds to this solicitation document. A responding contractor must also submit a list of first- tier subcontractors it intends to retain on the project, at the time that it responds to this solicitation document. c.Prior to being awarded a contract, the apparent successful prime contractor must submit a supplemental verification under oath confirming that all subcontractors and motor carriers meet the minimum criteria of Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3. The apparent successful prime contractor has an ongoing duty to submit supplemental verification forms for each additional subcontractor retained for the project. d.A false statement under oath verifying compliance with any of the minimum criteria shall make the prime contractor or subcontractor that makes the false statement ineligible to be awarded a construction project and may result in termination of a contract awarded to a prime contractor or subcontractor that submits a false statement. Official Address Firm Name _______________________________ In submitting this proposal, the Undersigned acknowledges receipt of and has considered the following Addenda issued to the Contract Documents: Addendum No. ______ Dated ____________ Addendum No. ______ Dated ____________Addendum No. ______ Dated If any Addenda are required as determined by the Engineer, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to verify the issuance and receipt of any Addenda, and to properly acknowledge such Addenda in the appropriate location on the Proposal Form. The basis of award of the Contract will be on the Total Bid. The Owner reserves the right to delete any item prior to final contract. The undersigned further proposes to execute the Contract Agreement and to furnish satisfactory bond within ten (10) days after notice of the award of contract has been received. The undersigned further proposes to begin work as specified, to complete the work on or before date specified, and to maintain at all times performance and payment bonds, approved by the Owner, in an amount equal to the total bid. Accompanying this proposal is the Bid Security, in the amount of five percent (5%), required to be furnished by the Contract Documents, the same being subject to forfeiture in the event of default by the undersigned. Addendum No. ______ Dated In submitting this proposal, it is understood that the right reserved by the Owner to reject any or all proposals and to waive informalities. If a partnership, state full name of all co-partners. _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ (An Authorized Signature) Date: ______________________________________ Signed ______________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________By ______________________________________ Title ____________________________________ If a corporation, what is the state of incorporation? _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ AFFIDAVIT AND INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDERS Affidavit of Non-Collusion: I hereby swear (or affirm) under the penalty for perjury: (1) That I am the bidder (if the bidder is an individual), a partner in the bidder (if the bidder is a partnership), or an officer or employee of the bidding corporation having authority to sign on its behalf (if the bidder is a corporation). (2) That the attached bid or bids have been arrived at by the bidder independently, and have been submitted without collusion with, and without any agreement, understanding, or planned common course of action with, any other vendor of materials, supplies, equipment or services described in the invitation to bid, designed to limit independent bidding or competition; (3) That the contents of the bid or bids have not been communicated by the bidder or its surety on any bond furnished with the bid or bids, and will not be communicated to any such person prior to the official opening of the bid or bids; and (4) That I have fully informed myself regarding the accuracy of the statements made in this affidavit. Signed Firm Name Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 20 . Notary Public My commission expires: , 20 . Bidder’s E.I. Number: (Number used on employer’s quarterly federal tax return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941): Fair Trade Items: List below each item upon which a bid is made, the price of which is affected by a resale price maintenance or “fair trade” contract between the bidder and the person or firm supplying the item to the bidder. (Use reverse side if necessary.) 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT AFFIDAVIT AND APPURTENANT WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2529-09 INITIAL CONTRACTOR VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE By signing this document I certify that I am an owner or officer of the company, and I swear under oath that: My company meets each of the minimum criteria in subclauses (1) – (6) of Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3, the Responsible Contractor statute. The undersigned understands that a failure to meet or verify compliance with the minimum criteria established for a “responsible contractor” as defined in Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3, renders a bidder ineligible to be awarded a construction contract for the Project or to perform work on the Project. The undersigned understands that a false statement under oath verifying compliance with any of the minimum criteria shall make the undersigned, ineligible to be awarded a construction project and may result in termination of a contract awarded to the undersigned. A contracting authority shall not be liable for declining to award a contract or terminating a contract based on a reasonable determination that the contractor failed to verify compliance with the minimum criteria or falsely stated that it meets the minimum criteria. The undersigned understands that, if the undersigned is the apparent low bidder, the undersigned will be required to submit a supplemental verification under oath as a condition precedent to the execution of the contract. If the undersigned fails to provide the required supplemental verification, it could forfeit its bid bond. I have attached a list of all of my company’s first-tier subcontractors that it intends to retain for work on the project. Date: Contractor: By (please print name) Signature (please sign name) Its 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT INITIAL VERIFICATION AND APPURTENANT WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2529-09 SUBCONTRACTORS LIST PROJECT TITLE: Attach Additional Sheets if Necessary Contractor: By (please print name) Signature (please sign name) Its 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUBCONTRACTOR LIST AND APPURTENANT WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2529-09 SUPPLEMENTAL CONTRACTOR VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE By signing this document I certify that I am an owner or officer of the company, and I swear under oath that: My company meets each of the minimum criteria of Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3, the Responsible Contractor statute. Pursuant to Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3(7), my company has obtained from all subcontractors and motor carriers with which it will have a direct contractual relationship a signed statement under oath by an owner or officer verifying that they meet all of the minimum criteria in subdivision 3 prior to execution of a construction contract with each subcontractor or motor carrier. The undersigned agrees that, if it retains additional subcontractors on the project after submitting its verification of compliance, it shall obtain verifications of compliance from each additional subcontractor with which it has a direct contractual relationship and shall submit a supplemental verification confirming compliance with Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3(7), within 14 days of retaining the additional subcontractors. Upon request, the undersigned shall submit to the contracting authority copies of the signed verifications of compliance from all subcontractors of any tier and all motor carriers providing for-hire transportation of materials, equipment, or supplies for a project. The undersigned understands that a failure to meet or verify compliance with the minimum criteria established for a “responsible contractor” as defined in Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3, renders a bidder ineligible to be awarded a construction contract for the Project or to perform work on the Project. The undersigned understands that a false statement under oath verifying compliance with any of the minimum criteria shall make the undersigned, ineligible to be awarded a construction project and may result in termination of a contract awarded to the undersigned. A contracting authority shall not be liable for declining to award a contract or terminating a contract based on a reasonable determination that the contractor failed to verify compliance with the minimum criteria or falsely stated that it meets the minimum criteria. Date: Contractor: By (please print name) Signature (please sign name) Its 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUPPLEMENTAL VERIFICATION AND APPURTENANT WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2529-09 CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the day of , 2016, by and between the City of Shorewood, a municipal corporation under the laws of the State of Minnesota, hereinafter called the “Owner,” and , hereinafter called the “Contractor.” WITNESSETH: That in consideration of their mutual covenants and agreements as hereinafter set forth, the Owner for itself and the Contractor for itself, its successors, and assigns, covenants and agrees as follows, to wit: 1. The Contractor agrees to furnish all the necessary materials, labor, use of tools, equipment, plant and every other thing necessary to perform the work designated and referred to in this Contract, including all Contractor’s superintendence, and to furnish everything necessary for the completion of the improvement which is the subject of this Contract (except such things as the Owner has specifically agreed to provide, according to the Contract Documents); and agrees under penalty of a public contractor’s corporate surety bond in the amount of and /100 dollars ($ ) to perform and complete the work shown in the plans and drawings, entitled “2016 Mill and Overlay Improvement Project and Appurtenant Work, City of Shorewood, MN,” prepared by WSB & Associates, Inc., and dated March 14, 2016, and to conform in all respects with the provisions and requirements of the General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Specifications for said improvements, which is entitled “2016 Mill and Overlay Improvement Project and Appurtenant Work, City of Shorewood, MN,” prepared by WSB & Associates, Inc., dated March 14, 2016. 2. The Contractor agrees that performance shall be in accordance with the terms, requirements and conditions of this instrument, and laws of the State of Minnesota, and the following documents. ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS for said Improvements for the Owner. PROPOSAL by the Contractor, presented to the Council of the Owner on and accepted by the Owner on . CONTRACT DOCUMENTS for said Improvements, dated March 14, 2016, referred to in the preceding paragraph of this Agreement and made a part of the aforementioned proposal. PLANS AND DRAWINGS for said Improvements as identified in a preceding paragraph of this Contract and which are dated March 14, 2016. ANY ADDENDA to the plans, drawings, general conditions and specifications for said Improvements, which addenda were prepared by WSB & Associates, Inc. PUBLIC CONTRACTOR’S SURETY BOND in the principal sum of the amount bid. Each and all of the aforementioned Contract Documents are hereby incorporated into this Contract by specific reference and the terms and provisions thereof are and constitute a part of this Contract as though attached hereto or fully set forth herein. 3. The Owner agrees to pay the Contractor for the performance of this Contract and the Contractor agrees to accept in full compensation therefor, the sums set forth within the aforementioned proposal of the Contractor for each unit and each type of unit of work to be performed. It is understood and agreed that the said proposal is for the construction of said Improvement on a unit price basis in accordance with the said proposal, and that sum of $ as set out in said proposal, is the sum of the unit prices, multiplied by the estimated quantities of the respective units of work listed therein. 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION AND APPURTENANT WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 PAGE 1 4. Prompt Payment to Subcontractors. Each contract of a municipality must require the prime contractor to pay any subcontractor within ten days of the prime contractor's receipt of payment from the municipality for undisputed services provided by the subcontractor. The contract must require the prime contractor to pay interest of 1-1/2 percent per month or any part of a month to the subcontractor on any undisputed amount not paid on time to the subcontractor. The minimum monthly interest penalty payment for an unpaid balance of $100 or more is $10. For an unpaid balance of less than $100, the prime contractor shall pay the actual penalty due to the subcontractor. A subcontractor who prevails in a civil action to collect interest penalties from a prime contractor must be awarded its costs and disbursements, including attorney's fees, incurred in bringing the action. 5. This contract may be terminated by the Owner at any time upon discovery by the Owner that the prime contractor or subcontractor has submitted a false statement under oath verifying compliance with any of the minimum criteria set forth in Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands and seals as of the day and year first above written. CONTRACTOR CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN By Mayor By Administrator (Corporate Seal) By Authorized Official 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION AND APPURTENANT WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 PAGE 2 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS PART A: PAYMENT KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we , Contractor, as Principal, and are firmly bound unto the , a Minnesota Corporation, (hereinafter referred to as “Obligee”), for the use and benefit of Obligee and all persons furnishing labor and materials to perform the Contract, in an amount of and /100 Dollars, for payment of all claims, costs and charges as hereinafter set forth. For the payment of this obligation, well and truly made, we jointly and severally bind ourselves, our representatives and successors firmly by these presents. The condition of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has entered into a written contract with the Obligee dated , which contract is on file in the office of the Obligee, the regularity and validity of which is hereby affirmed; NOW THEREFORE, if the Principal shall pay as they may come due all just claims for work done; for furnishing labor and materials, insurance premiums, equipment, or supplies for the purpose of such contract, and all taxes incurred under Minnesota Statutes, Section 290.92 or Chapter 297A, and supplies for the completion of the contract in accordance with its terms, and shall pay all costs of enforcement of the terms of the bond, if action is brought thereon, including reasonable attorney’s fees, costs and disbursements in any case in which such action is successfully maintained, and shall comply with the laws of the state appertaining to such contract, then this obligation shall be void but otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 574. PART B: PERFORMANCE KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the aforesaid Principal and Surety are held and firmly bound unto the Obligee, for the use and benefit of the Obligee, in the additional amount of and /100 Dollars, for the faithful performance of the Contract pursuant to its terms, as hereinafter set forth. For the payment of this well and truly to be made we jointly and severally bind ourselves, our representatives and successors firmly by these presents. The condition of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has entered into the Contract more particularly described in Part A hereof, the regularity and validity of which is hereby affirmed: NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall faithfully perform the Contract and shall save the Obligee harmless from all cost and charges that may accrue on account of the doing of the work specified and shall pay all costs of enforcement of the terms of the bond, if action is brought thereon, including reasonable attorney’s fees, in any case in which such action is successfully maintained, and shall comply with the laws of the state pertaining to such Contract, then this obligation shall be void but otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 574. 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS AND APPURTENANT WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 PAGE 1 The aggregate liability for bonds provided under Part A and Part B hereof is (Sum of Parts A and B) No assignment, modifications, or change in the Contract, or change in the work covered thereby, nor any extension of time for completion of the Contract, shall release the Surety on this bond. Sealed with our seals and dated this day of , 20 . Contractor Surety By By Its Its And Its (Seal of Contractor if a Corporation) Witnesses to Contractor’s Signature: Witnesses to Surety’s Signature: 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS AND APPURTENANT WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 PAGE 2 Certiﬁ cate of Compliance Based on records of the Minnesota Department of Revenue, I certify that the contractor who has signed this Contractor Afﬁ davit has fulﬁ lled all the requirements of Minnesota Statutes 290.92 and 270C.66 concerning the withholding of Minnesota income tax from wages paid to employees relating to contract services with the state of Minnesota and/or its subdivisions. Department of Revenue approval Date (Rev. 4/15) IC134 Contractor Afﬁ davit This Contractor Afﬁ davit must be certiﬁ ed by the Minnesota Department of Revenue before the state of Minnesota or any of its subdivisions can make ﬁ nal payment to contractors. For more detailed information, see the instructions on the back of this form. Company name Daytime phone Minnesota tax ID number Address Total contract amount Month/year work began City State ZIP code Amount still due Month/year work ended Please type or print clearly. This information will be used for returning the completed form. $ $ Pr o j e c t In f o r m a t i o n Project number Project location Project owner Address City State ZIP code Did you have employees work on this project? Yes No. If no, who did the work? I declare that all information I have ﬁ lled in on this form is true and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief. I authorize the Department of Revenue to disclose pertinent information relating to this project, including sending copies of this form, to the prime contractor if I am a subcontractor, and to any subcon-tractors if I am a prime contractor, and to the contracting agency. Contractor’s signature Title Date Mail to: Minnesota Revenue, Mail Station 6610, St. Paul, MN 55146-6610 Phone: 651-282-9999 or 1-800-657-3594 (TTY: Call 711 for Minnesota Relay). Si g n H e r e Check the box that describes your involvement in the project and ﬁ ll in all information requested. Sole contractor Subcontractor Name of contractor who hired you Address Prime contractor—If you subcontracted out any work on this project, all of your subcontractors must submit their own Contractor Afﬁ davits and have them certiﬁ ed by the Department of Revenue before you can submit your Contractor Afﬁ davit. For each subcontractor you had, ﬁ ll in the information below and attach a copy of each subcontractor’s certiﬁ ed Contractor Afﬁ davit. If you need more space, attach a separate sheet. Business name Address Owner/Ofﬁ cer Co n t r a c t o r T y p e Form IC134 Instructions Minnesota Tax ID Number You must have a Minnesota tax ID number if you have employees who work in Min- nesota. You must enter your Minnesota tax ID number on Form IC134. If you don’t have a Minnesota tax ID number, apply online at www.revenue.state. mn.us or by calling our Business Registra- tion Offi ce at 651-282-5225 or 1-800-657- 3605. If you have no employees and did all the work yourself, you do not need a Minnesota tax ID number. Instead, enter your Social Security number in the space for Minnesota tax ID number and explain who did the work. Submit Contractor Afﬁ davit Form IC134 cannot be processed by the Department of Revenue until you fi nish the work. If you submit the form before the project is completed, it will be returned to you unprocessed. If any withholding payments are due to the state, Minnesota law requires certifi ed pay- ments before we approve your Form IC134. If you are a subcontractor or sole contractor, submit the form when you have completed your part of the project. If you are a prime contractor, submit the form when the entire project is completed and you have received certifi ed Contractor Affi davits from all of your subcontractors. If you’re a prime contractor and a subcontractor on the same project If you were hired as a subcontractor to do work on a project, and you subcontracted all or a part of your portion of the project to another contractor, you are a prime contrac- tor as well. Complete both the subcontrac- tor and prime contractor areas on a single Form IC134. You may submit your Contractor Affi davit either electronically or by mail. Th is af- fi davit must be certifi ed and returned before the state or any of its subdivisions can make fi nal payment for your work. Contractor Afﬁ davit No state agency or local unit of government can make fi nal payment to a contractor un- til the Department of Revenue has certifi ed that the contractor and any subcontractor have fulfi lled the requirements of Minne- sota withholding tax laws. If you are a prime contractor, a contrac- tor or a subcontractor who did work on a project for the state of Minnesota or any of its local government subdivisions — such as a county, city or school district — you must submit a Contractor Affi davit to the Depart- ment of Revenue to receive a certifi cate of compliance. Use of Information Th e Department of Revenue needs all the requested information to determine if you have met the state income tax withholding requirements. If all required information is not provided, Form IC134 will be returned to you for completion. All information on this Contractor Affi davit is private by state law. It cannot be given to others without your permission, except to the Internal Revenue Service, other states that guarantee the same privacy and certain government agencies as provided by law. For an immediate response: Complete and submit your Contractor Affi davit elec- tronically. Go to www.revenue.state.mn.us and choose Withholding Tax. Under the File and Pay tab, click on Contractor Affi da- vit Information for Government Projects. You may complete and mail Form IC134 to: Minnesota Revenue, Mail Station 6610, St. Paul, MN, 55146-6610. If you have ful- fi lled the requirements of Minnesota with- holding tax laws, the department will sign your Form IC134 and return it to you. To receive your fi nal payment, submit the certifi ed Contractor Affi davit to the govern- ment unit for which the work was done. If you are a subcontractor, submit the certifi ed Contractor Affi davit to your prime contrac- tor to receive your fi nal payment. Information and Assistance Additional forms and information, includ- ing fact sheets and frequently asked ques- tions, are available on our website. Website: www.revenue.state.mn.us Email: withholding.tax@state.mn.us Phone: 651-282 9999 or 1-800-657-3594. We’ll provide information in other formats upon request to persons with disabilities. DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY OF WORK .................................................................................................................................. 1 WORK SEQUENCE ...................................................................................................................................... 1 1404 – MAINTENANCE AND STAGING OF TRAFFIC CONTROL ............................................................. 2 1507 – UTILITY PROPERTY AND SERVICE ............................................................................................... 3 1511 – INSPECTION OF WORK .................................................................................................................. 3 1710 – TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES ........................................................................................................ 3 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES ................................................................................................... 4 WARRANTY .................................................................................................................................................. 4 DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT AND APPURTENANT WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY OF WORK The project consists of bituminous edge mill and paving along McKinley Place North, Mckinley Place South, Garden Road, Shady Hills Circle, and Gillette Curve. The project shall include the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary to complete the roadway improvements and appurtenant work as shown on the plans and specified herein within the City of Shorewood, Minnesota. The Owner is the City of Shorewood, Minnesota. All work will be completed within property under control of the Owner in public rights-of-way or easements obtained by the Owner. WORK SEQUENCE The sequencing for this project shall be in accordance with the following requirements and completion dates indicated below. The Contractor shall: 1.Construct work in a sequence that will allow the work to start within seven (7) days of receiving the Notice to Proceed. 2.The streets will remain open to emergency vehicles and local traffic during construction. TheContractor must provide access to homes and businesses to the greatest extent possible. Fortyeight (48) hours' notice to City staff shall be provided prior to installing traffic control signs. The Contractor shall schedule work continuously to avoid delays. The area under construction isindicated on the project plans. Work or equipment outside these areas is not allowed unless approved by the Engineer. The bid opening will be Thursday, April 14, 2016, at 10:00 a.m. CST at Shorewood City Hall located at 5755 Country Club Road, Shorewood, Minnesota 55331. It is anticipated that the contract will be awarded at the April 25, 2015, City Council meeting. A minimum of seven (7) days prior to the preconstruction conference, the Contractor shall submit a schedule/plan of procedure in writing to the Engineer for approval, and after approval, shall not deviate from it without written permission from the Engineer. The schedule of procedure shall indicate the number of crews and persons to be employed, locations of work for each crew, time schedule, work sequence and moves, and other pertinent information as required by the Engineer. The schedule may be influenced by accommodations for affected residents, businesses, private utility relocation, school district schedules, and Hennepin County or MnDOT approval of posted detours along County and State roads if applicable. The Contractor shall modify the schedule to accommodate these occurrences and shall reschedule accordingly at no additional compensation. The following requirements regarding the schedule of construction shall apply: •Construction operations may not commence until June 15, 2016, or as otherwise allowed by theDirector of Public Works. •All work under this contract, including placement of bituminous and restoration, as well ascompletion and submittal of final paperwork is to be completed by August 15, 2016, unless specifically directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall meet the following provisions: A. Show complete sequence of construction by activity (e.g. milling operations, concrete curb and gutter replacement, bituminous base, wear, restoration, or other significant work that applies to this contract). DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT AND APPURTENANT WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 PAGE 1 B. Identify work of separate stages and other logically grouped activities. C. CONTRACTOR may begin site construction upon receiving Notice to Proceed and the project shall be completed within 30 days of initiating construction. No change or deviation will be permitted without the approval of the Engineer. D. Streets in the project area with newly constructed subgrade, aggregate base and/or bituminous base are not allowed to be used as haul roads for construction of other streets within the project area. E. Concrete curb and gutter and bituminous paving crews shall be mobilized to the project whenever a minimum of one working day but not more than two working days are satisfactorily prepared for their respective work. The City may add or remove work to the project in areas located both inside and outside of the established construction limits. Any additional work shall be paid for under unit bid prices, and there will be no compensation for additional mobilizations. Time of Restoration Following Construction Complete restoration of driveways, sidewalks, trails, lawns, etc. shall follow completion of curb installation as rapidly as practicable. Boulevard and driveway restoration shall be completed no later than fourteen (14) calendar days after the completion of base course paving or placement of the new concrete curb and gutter, whichever comes first. If the Contractor does not conform to this provision, the Engineer may assess liquidated damages and/or stop construction within successive stages/phases of the project until the provision is complied with. However, consideration will be given for delays due to unfavorable weather conditions. It is the intent of these specifications that the bituminous base course be placed as soon as possible following the initial disturbance of the roadway surface, and the bituminous wearing course be placed after restoration items are complete. The project schedule has been set to accommodate sufficient time for private utility relocation and weather delays. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to complete the project within the assigned schedule. Any requests from the Contractor for modification of the plans and specifications shall be accompanied by an estimate of the time savings or extension. There must be a benefit to the Owner or the project if the request is to be considered. No extension of time will be acknowledged at the end of the project for failing to notify the Engineer at the time that the delay occurred. 1404 – MAINTENANCE AND STAGING OF TRAFFIC CONTROL Traffic shall be maintained in accordance with the “Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices,” the provisions of MnDOT Sections 1404 and 1710, and the following: It is the Contractor’s responsibility to finish all aspects of the work for each traffic shift during the time frame that traffic is shifted. Failure to complete all the work under each traffic shift shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Additional traffic control measures needed to complete work shall be at the Contractor’s expense. Access to Properties: The CONTRACTOR shall maintain full driveway access to each resident outside of the working hours. Each resident must be able to drive their vehicle into their driveway. During working hours if access is not maintained, the resident must receive twenty four (24) hours prior notice. The only exception is the time after the curb and gutter is poured, or the driveway is restored. The Contractor shall salvage aggregate or recycled bituminous from the project, or haul approved granular material to the project site at no additional cost to the Owner for use in ramping the driveways to maintain access. DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT AND APPURTENANT WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 PAGE 2 Phasing: The Contractor shall schedule or phase work as outlined in these specifications and the construction plans. If a Contractor deems this unreasonable, the Contractor shall submit a written phasing schedule and emergency response plan for inclement weather conditions for Engineer approval. Phasing plans for consideration shall limit the impact of construction to residents. Additional phasing may be required at the time of construction. No additional compensation shall be granted for any phasing changes made to the project. The CONTRACTOR must give the City and the traveling public a minimum of seven (7) days’ advance notice of work. The Contractor shall place advance notice signs at ends and intersections within the Project area. 1507 – UTILITY PROPERTY AND SERVICE The provisions of MnDOT 1507 and 1507 – UTILITY PROPERTY AND SERVICE of the Standard Specifications for the City of Shorewood, dated January 2016, are modified and/or supplemented with the following: The subsurface utility information shown on the plans concerning type and location of private utilities has been designated utility quality level D. The quality level was determined according to the guidelines of CI/ASCE 38-02, entitled “Standard Guidelines for the Collection and Depiction of Existing Subsurface Data”. All bidders are expected and assume the responsibility to contact the affected utilities prior to submitting the bid to determine the extent of their facilities within the project area and the scope and anticipated schedule of the facility relocation, removal, or adjustment. The Contractor shall be responsible for any requirements imposed by utility companies within the project area. The Contractor shall pothole to locate private utilities, as required, prior to construction. This work shall be considered incidental to project costs. There will be no compensation for lost time due to private utility relocation, and all coordination shall be considered incidental. The Contractor shall coordinate work efforts with utility relocations in an effort to prevent delays affecting interim deadlines. 1511 – INSPECTION OF WORK The provisions of MnDOT 1511 and 1511 – INSPECTIONS OF WORK of the Standard Specifications for the City of Shorewood, dated January 2016 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: The Contractor is responsible for all initial tests required to substantiate that the materials furnished meet the specifications. Testing of materials and/or densities on site will be paid for by the Owner. Any retesting due to failures shall be at the expense of the Contractor. 1710 – TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES The provisions of MnDOT 1710 and 1710 – TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES of the Standard Specifications for the City of Shorewood, dated January 2016 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT AND APPURTENANT WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 PAGE 3 1710.2 – PROVIDE, MAINTAIN, AND REMOVE The first paragraph of MnDOT 1710.2 is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall submit a proposed traffic control layout to the Engineer (to coincide with the Contractor’s proposed construction staging plan) for approval at least fourteen (14) days prior to the start of construction. At least 24 hours prior to placement, all traffic control devices shall be available on the Project for inspection by the Engineer. The Contractor shall modify his/her proposed traffic control layout and/or devices as deemed necessary by the Engineer, without any additional compensation. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Refer to the Supplementary General Conditions of the Standard Specifications for the City of Shorewood, dated January 2016 for details on contract closeout procedures. WARRANTY The Contractor for this work shall guarantee and maintain the stability of all his work, equipment and materials for a period of two (2) years from date of final payment and final acceptance by the City. The two (2) year maintenance guarantee shall be included in and be a part of the Contractor Security (Performance Bond) previously specified. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as restricting Contractor's liability for breech of contract by reason of non-conformance with the specification for defects or faulty workmanship. DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT AND APPURTENANT WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 PAGE 4 DIVISION 2 SITE WORK 2021 – MOBILIZATION ................................................................................................................................ 1 2104 – REMOVING MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES ............................................................................. 1 2104 – REMOVE BITUMINOUS CURB ....................................................................................................... 1 2104 – REMOVE CASTING .......................................................................................................................... 2 2104 – REMOVE & REPLACE CONCRETE CURB & GUTTER ................................................................. 2 2104 – SALVAGE AND REINSTALL MAILBOX .......................................................................................... 3 2105 – EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT ............................................................................................... 4 2232 – MILL BITUMINOUS SURFACE ........................................................................................................ 5 2331 – JOINT ADHESIVE (MASTIC) ........................................................................................................... 6 2360 – PLANT MIXED ASPHALT PAVEMENT ........................................................................................... 8 2504 – ADJUST GATE VALVE AND BOX ................................................................................................... 9 2506 – ADJUST FRAME AND RING CASTING ........................................................................................ 10 2506 – ADJUST FRAME AND RING CASTING (SPECIAL) ..................................................................... 10 2531 – CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER ................................................................................................ 11 2535 – BITUMINOUS CURB ...................................................................................................................... 11 2557 – FENCING ........................................................................................................................................ 12 2573 – STORM WATER MANAGEMENT .................................................................................................. 12 DIVISION 2 SITE WORK 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT AND APPURTENANT WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 DIVISION 2 SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISIONS 2021 – MOBILIZATION The provisions of MnDOT 2021 are supplemented with the following: 2021.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Mobilization: Payment shall be made at the unit price bid, which shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the total Contract amount, and shall be payment in full for of all labor, materials, and equipment required to complete the project as specified shall be made at the lump sum item “Mobilization”. Mobilization/demobilization of all labor, materials, and equipment required to complete the project as specified shall be included in the single lump sum item “Mobilization”. Additional mobilization required to complete the project phases shall be included in this bid item. 2104 – REMOVING MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES The provisions of MnDOT 2104 and 2104 – REMOVING PAVEMENT AND MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES of the Standard Specifications for the City of Shorewood, dated January 2016, are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2104.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Sawing Bituminous or Concrete Pavement: As directed by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall saw cut pavements to provide a square edge. The final saw cut shall be made after the aggregate base and curbing has been placed, prior to placement of bituminous base course in roadways and bituminous driveways and just prior to pouring concrete driveways. No additional payment will be made for multiple saw cuts to the same location. The edge of bituminous materials shall have tack coat applied prior to placement of base or wear course as incidental to saw cutting. 2104.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Remove Bituminous or Concrete Pavement: Removal of bituminous or concrete pavement on existing streets and driveways shall be paid at the contract unit price per square yard, which shall be compensation in full to complete the work as specified. No additional compensation will be made for variations of existing pavement thickness. 2104 – REMOVE BITUMINOUS CURB 2104.1 – DESCRIPTION This work shall consist of removal of all bituminous curb and gutter as marked by the ENGINEER in the field. 2104.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS All bituminous curb to be removed will be marked by the Engineer in the field, and shall first be full-depth saw cut to provide a neat, vertical, straight edge throughout the entire thickness, and then removed. The use of wedges driven into the saw cut to break off the portion to be removed will not be permitted. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting all curb and gutter within the project that is to remain in place. Any damage to existing curb and gutter shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, and shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the Engineer with no additional compensation given. 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 AND APPURTENANT WORK SITE WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 PAGE 1 Bituminous pavement and curb removal shall be the contractor's material to dispose with no additional compensation given. Bituminous removal shall be minimized to less than 12 inches adjacent to the face of the curb. In the areas where the removed bituminous curb will be replaced with concrete curb and gutter the contractor shall remove the minimal amount of bituminous necessary to install the concrete curb and gutter. The additional bituminous pavement removal shall be considered incidental to the Remove Bituminous Curb bid item. 2104.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Remove Bituminous Curb: Payment shall be by the linear foot of each foot of bituminous curb removed and replaced and shall include all materials, equipment and labor required to complete the removal and replacement of damaged curb. This shall include all sawcutting, pavement removal and disposal, excavation to provide the required depth of aggregate base material, installation of the aggregate base material, installation of bituminous base course patching material, and turf restoration is to be seeded. Any disturbance to the driveways caused by removal and replacement of curb shall be restored and considered incidental to this item. 2104 – REMOVE CASTING The provisions of MnDOT 2104 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2104.1 – DESCRIPTION The first paragraph shall be supplemented with the following: This work shall consist of removing castings as shown on the plans as directed by the Engineer. 2104.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The provisions of MnDOT 2104.3B are supplemented with the following: Casting removal shall include sawcutting the existing bituminous pavement and removal and disposal of pavement as part of the “Remove Casting” bid item. Remove casting bid item shall include removal of castings where the castings can be visually located and castings that have been paved over previously (prior to commencement of construction of the 2016 Mill and Overlay Project). Any castings paved over or damaged during construction activity associated with this project will be repaired and/or replaced at the Contractor’s expense and no additional payment will be made. All salvaged castings shall be delivered by the Contractor to the Public Works garage with no additional compensation given. 2104.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Remove Casting: Payment shall be made at the Contract unit price bid for each casting removed and shall include all materials, equipment and labor required to complete the work as specified including the removal of the casting, all necessary excavation to install the new casting and provide the required depth of aggregate base material, installation of the aggregate base material, sawcutting, and pavement removal and disposal. Any restoration to the existing pavement adjacent to the casting removal shall be considered incidental to this item. 2104 – REMOVE & REPLACE CONCRETE CURB & GUTTER The provisions of MnDOT 2104 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 AND APPURTENANT WORK SITE WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 PAGE 2 2104.1 – DESCRIPTION This work shall consist of spot removal and replacement of curb and gutter as indicated on the individual plan and as marked by the ENGINEER in the field. 2104.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS All curb and gutter to be removed will be marked by the Engineer in the field, and shall first be full-depth saw cut, using a wet saw, at any panel joints with existing curb and gutter as identified by the Engineer, and then removed. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting all curb and gutter within the project that is to remain in place. Any damage to existing curb and gutter shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, and shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the Engineer with no additional compensation given. Bituminous pavement removal associated with spot removal and replacement shall be the contractor's material to dispose with no additional compensation given. Bituminous removal shall be minimized to less than 18 inches adjacent to curb and gutter repairs. Pavement edges shall be cut utilizing a wet saw. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to protect existing irrigation systems from damage during removal and replacement of concrete curb and gutter. Any damage to irrigation systems shall be repaired by the Contractor with no additional compensation given. 2104.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Remove & Replace Curb & Gutter: Payment shall be by the linear foot of each foot of curb and gutter removed and replaced and shall include all materials, equipment and labor required to complete the removal and replacement of damaged curb and gutter. This shall include all sawcutting, pavement removal and disposal, excavation to provide the required depth of aggregate base material, installation of the aggregate base material, installation of bituminous base course patching material. Payment for restoration of items disturbed caused by the removal and replacement of the curb and gutter shall be paid separately at the unit prices as shown in the Bid Proposal. The Contractor shall limit disturbed area to the minimum required to complete the work. Restoration of disturbed area in excess of the minimum required to complete the work or as identified herein shall be at the Contractor’s expense and no additional payment will be made. 2104 – SALVAGE AND REINSTALL MAILBOX The provisions of Mn/DOT 2104 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2104.1 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Paragraph B is supplemented with the following: Temporary relocations of mailboxes, newspaper receptacles and supports may be required in order to accomplish the project work. The Contractor shall be required to carefully remove each existing mailbox and standard as necessary for construction and as directed by the Engineer. The mailbox and standard shall be delivered to the homeowner for storage during construction. During construction, the Contractor shall furnish temporary mailboxes and newspaper boxes at an accessible location for interim mail delivery as approved by the Postmaster. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Post Office in order to maintain delivery service. Each temporary mailbox shall be clearly labeled and mounted on a stable standard. Upon completion of construction, the Contractor shall be required to reinstall the original box and standard as directed by the Engineer. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure that all mailboxes and newspaper receptacles within the construction limits are accessible for vehicular mail delivery at all times during the construction of this project. All mailbox relocations (temporary and permanent) shall be coordinated with the property Owner, the U.S. Postal Service and the Engineer. 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 AND APPURTENANT WORK SITE WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 PAGE 3 Mailbox supports and mailboxes shall be salvaged, stored, and reinstalled as directed by the Engineer. All in-place supports shall be salvaged with as little damage as possible. Any damaged support shall be replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. The Contractor will not be required to furnish a new mail box but will be required to install the existing box (or new one if furnished by the property Owner) on the installed, salvaged support. 2104.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT The last paragraph is supplemented with the following: Salvage and Reinstall Mailbox: Payment shall be at the unit price bid for each mailbox and support salvaged, including any labor and equipment necessary to remove the mailbox, temporarily relocate, and replace to its original location following construction. Mailbox supports shall be paid by the number of supports installed, not the number of mail boxes supported, in the case of mail box clusters. This shall include the coordination of newspaper box installation in the event the existing newspaper box was not salvaged by the contractor with the removal of the original mailbox or support. The Contractor will be required to notify/coordinate with all residents and the US Postal Service prior to relocation as incidental to the Salvage and Reinstall Mailbox bid item. Temporary mailboxes and newspaper boxes, if necessary, to ensure un-disrupted mail delivery is considered incidental to the Salvage and Reinstall Mailbox bid item and no additional compensation will be made. 2105 – EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2105 and 2105 – EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT of the Standard Specifications for the City of Shorewood, dated January 2016, are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2105.1 – DESCRIPTION Site Grading: This item shall include grading a spillway on the south side of Edgewood Drive between 26375 Edgewood Road and 26305 Edgewood Road. Grading shall be completed as directed by the ENGINEER. Common Borrow: Common borrow shall be used as necessary where the existing bituminous pavement on Grant Lorenz Road is to be removed, as identified in the plans, to transition the new back of curb to the existing turf. Granular borrow shall only be used to build the disturbed area up to allow for the placement of 6-inches of topsoil borrow and sod. 2105.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Minor Grading: Grading shall include grading the boulevard to drain and salvaging existing topsoil to be used on-site. 2105.4 – METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Common Borrow: Common borrow shall be measured by the cubic yard, loose volume measurement unless otherwise specified in the contract. 2105.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Minor Grading: This item shall be paid at the unit price in the Bid Proposal by the square yard and shall be compensation in full to ensure proper drainage of the site to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 AND APPURTENANT WORK SITE WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 PAGE 4 2232 – MILL BITUMINOUS SURFACE The provisions of MnDOT 2232 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2232.1 – DESCRIPTION Pavement milling shall be completed as specified in the plans and will require a tapered eight-foot edge mill with a two (2)-inch (maximum) mill along the curb and/or edge of pavement to establish a two and one-half percent (2.5%) crown. The existing pavement may not be a uniform grade. 2232.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Milling operations shall be scheduled when the weather forecast is precipitation free with adequate temperatures for paving for four (4) days after milling. This will allow for paving within 48 hours of milling operations. The bituminous millings material created during the milling operations shall become property of the Contractor and the Contractor shall be responsible for disposal of all millings with no additional compensation given. The Contractor shall provide a milling machine that is capable of meeting the tapered mill requirements described in the plan and specifications. The Engineer may change the cross slope or depth of milling with no additional compensation given. Paragraph B is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall be responsible for the riding surface quality of any milled surface open to traffic during the project. The Contractor shall schedule construction operations so as to minimize traffic exposure to uneven lanes, milled edges, and edge drop-offs. Any drop-off where traffic will cross from or to the in place surface, or from or to the milled surface, shall be tapered and/or chamfered so as to provide for the safe passage of traffic. Work necessary by the Contractor to maintain a passable riding surface during construction shall be considered incidental to the cost of bituminous pavement milling. The Contractor shall be responsible for marking and verifying the condition of existing structures within the roadway prior to beginning pavement milling. The Contractor shall protect all existing structures from damage and will be responsible for any damage to in-place structures or castings that result from milling operations. The Contractor shall not mill any notches for surfacing tapers until immediately prior to paving, except that with the Engineer's permission, the Contractor may mill the notches and install and maintain temporary bituminous tapers to provide for the safe passage of traffic until the surfacing taper is installed. The Contractor shall remove all milled bituminous material from all traveled roadways immediately following milling operations. All milled surfaces shall be paved within 48 hours of completing milling operations except for delays caused by inclement weather. The Contractor shall be responsible for supplying all traffic control devices for traffic being directed onto milled surfaces, including, but not limited to, advance warning signs, “Grooved Pavement”, “Bump”, “Advisory Speed” signs, and lane delineation markings or reflective drum barrels, as directed by the Engineer. 2232.4 – METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be made on a square yard basis. 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 AND APPURTENANT WORK SITE WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 PAGE 5 2232.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment at the contract unit price shall be compensation in full for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work as specified and to deliver the salvaged bituminous millings material to the City’s maintenance garage. Payment shall be at the contract unit price regardless of the depth or cross slope of milling required. 2331 – JOINT ADHESIVE (MASTIC) The provisions of MnDOT 2331 are supplemented and/or modified with the following: 2331.1 – DESCRIPTION This work is the application of a hot-applied modified asphalt used as an adhesive on a cold longitudinal construction joint for hot mix asphalt (HMA) pavements. The material must be applied to the face of the concrete gutter pan immediately before the bituminous wear course is installed and along the centerline of the roadway if following the first pass of wear course paving, if echelon paving is not anticipated. 2331.2 - MATERIALS Provide joint adhesive as specified in Table 1. TABLE 1. JOINT ADHESIVE SPECIFICATIONS TEST SPECIFICATION Brookfield Viscosity, 204 °C [400 °F] ASTM D 3236 4,000-10,000 cp Cone Penetration, 25 °C [77 °F] ASTM D 5329 60-100 mm Flow, 60 °C [140 °F] ASTM D 5329 5 mm maximum Resilience, 25 °C [77 °F] ASTM D 5329 30% minimum Ductility, 25 °C [77 °F] ASTM D 113 30 cm minimum Ductility, 4 °C [39.2 °F] ASTM D 113 30 cm minimum Tensile Adhesion, 25 °C [77 °F] ASTM D 5329 500% minimum Softening Point STM D 36 77 °C [170 °F] min. Asphalt Compatibility ASTM D 5329 Pass 2331.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Apply when the pavement surface temperature is 4 °C [40 °F] and rising. Use a jacketed double boiler type melting unit, with both agitation and recirculation systems. Provide a pressure feed wand application system. If necessary, use a hot air lance with propane and compressed air in combination, capable of heating air at the exit orifice to 982 °C [1800 °F] and a discharge velocity of 914 m/sec [3000 feet per second]. Submit a copy of the manufacturer's recommendations for heating and re-heating material, and for applying the joint adhesive material. Do not remove the joint adhesive from the package until immediately before it is placed in the melter. Use clearly marked boxes with the name of the manufacturer, the trade name of the adhesive, the manufacturer's batch and lot number, the application/pour temperature, and the safe heating temperature. Feed additional material into the melter at a rate equal to the rate of material used. 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 AND APPURTENANT WORK SITE WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 PAGE 6 Furnish a production data sheet for each melter on the project. Include the manufacture’s melting/heating rate in pounds per hour to application/pour temperature. Also include the conditions under which the rate of melting/heating sealant to application/pouring temperature was determined. Provide automatic thermostatic controls and temperature gauges to monitor the temperature of heat transfer oil in the kettle jacket. No payment will be made for material placed in excess of 110 per cent of the melter's capacity, based on the manufacturer’s melting rating and the actual number of hours worked. Furnish, for MnDOT’s use, an infrared temperature-measuring gun accurate to 1 °C at 204 °C [1 °F at 400° F]. Check the pouring temperature of the adhesive, at least once per hour, at the point of discharge. Stop production if the adhesive falls below the recommended application/pour temperature. If the adhesive temperature at the point of discharge exceeds the maximum safe heating temperature, the Contractor must empty the melter and dispose of the adhesive in an environmentally safe method. No payment will be made for this material or its disposal. Do not mix different manufacturer's brands or different types of adhesives. The joint face must be clean and dry. If necessary, use a heat lance. Apply the joint adhesive material over the entire face of the top lift, cold longitudinal edge of a HMA pavement where an adjacent HMA pavement will be constructed. Apply a band approximately 3 mm [1/8”] thick. The use of an application shoe attached to the end of application wand is recommended. Do not overlap the joint by greater than 12.5 mm [½”] at the top of the joint and 50 mm [2”] at the bottom of the joint. Apply the joint adhesive, at the point of discharge, above the recommended pour temperature of 193°C [380 °F] and below the safe heating temperature of 210 °C [410 °F]. Apply the joint adhesive immediately in front of the paving operation. If the adhesive is tracked by construction vehicles, repair the damaged area and restrict traffic from driving on the adhesive. The Contractor is responsible for all the quality control (QC) sampling and testing. Provide material certification and quality control test results for each batch of adhesive used on the project. The adhesive must meet all requirements in Table 1. Provide 2 sample boxes for each lot of adhesive used on the project, for field sampling. Each sample box must hold 2.3 kg [5 pounds] of adhesive. Provide Teflon or Silicone-lined boxes. The Engineer is responsible for all quality assurance (QA) sampling and testing. Acceptance of the adhesive material is based on certification and quality control results, provided by the contractor, that adhesive meets the requirements in Table 1. Use field samples to verify that the delivered adhesive meets the requirements. Take a sample, on the first day of production, from the application wand, during the first 20 minutes of placing adhesive from each melter on the project. Each sample must consist of two, Teflon/Silicone lined boxes each containing 2.3 kg [5 pounds] of adhesive. Label the two sample boxes with the: SP number, date, time, location, adhesive temperature, manufacture, and lot number. Number each box one of two, or two of two. Take one sample for each lot of adhesive used on the project. MnDOT may conduct additional sampling and testing. If a field sample fails to meet any of the requirements in Table 1, the work completed with the material from the lot that the field sample represents, will be subject to a reduction in the Contract unit price equal to ten (10%) percent for each failing property. 2331.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Measure the joint adhesive by the linear foot. Payment for the accepted quantity of joint adhesive at the Contract price of measure will be compensation in full for all costs of furnishing and applying the material as specified. 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 AND APPURTENANT WORK SITE WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 PAGE 7 2360 – PLANT MIXED ASPHALT PAVEMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2360 and 2360 – PLANT MIXED ASPHALT PAVEMENT of the Standard Specifications for the City of Shorewood, dated January 2016, are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2360.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS All paving shall be completed by August 15, 2016 at unit prices in the proposal form with no additional compensation given for weather or seasonal delays. Mix designation numbers for the bituminous mixtures on this project are as follows: TYPE SP 9.5 WEARING COURSE MIX (2,B) SPWEA240B TYPE SP 9.5 WEARING COURSE MIX (2,B) 3.0” THICK SPWEA240B (driveways) BITUMINOUS PATCHING MATERIAL TYPE SP 9.5 WEARING COURSE MIX (2,B) SPWEA240B TYPE SP 12.5 NON-WEARING COURSE MIX (2,B) SPNWB240B BITUMINOUS SPILLWAY TYPE SP 9.5 WEARING COURSE MIX (2,B) SPWEA240B Bituminous base course patching for spot curb and gutter replacement is included in those bid items. See specifications for curb and gutter for more information regarding patching requirements. Pavement density shall be in accordance with the Maximum Density Method as specified by the provisions of Mn/DOT 2360. Crack Treatment Clean and Seal: If random transverse and longitudinal cracks appear in the first lift of bituminous pavement prior to placing the final lift, these cracks shall be cleaned and sealed (without routing) in accordance to MnDOT standard requirements and shall be incidental to the project. Bituminous Driveways: Driveways disturbed by construction shall be replaced as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor will be required to remove the existing driveway pavement to the limits marked by the Engineer. The Contractor shall then excavate and dispose of the amount of material required to allow for the new driveway section. Bituminous driveways shall be replaced with six inches (6") of Class 5, aggregate base and three inches (3") of paver-laid bituminous wear course as shown in the details on the plans. Existing bituminous edges shall be saw cut clean and true and coated with bituminous tack coat material prior to placement of pavement. All joints shall be flush with the abutting surface. Completed bituminous driveways shall have a smooth "tight" appearing finish and not show open aggregate. If in the opinion of the Engineer, the appearance is unacceptable, the Contractor shall either replace or seal coat the driveway at his expense. Bituminous Patching Mixture: Bituminous Patching Mix shall be used to patch adjacent to the new curb installation on Grant Lorenz Road. Bituminous removal shall be minimized to less than 24 inches (2 feet) adjacent to the new curb and gutter installation. Bituminous patching may also be necessary within roadways slated to be edge milled and overlaid at the direction of the Engineer. Pavement edges shall be cut utilizing a wet saw. 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 AND APPURTENANT WORK SITE WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 PAGE 8 Bituminous Spillway: Bituminous spillway shall be installed with six inches (6") of Class 5, aggregate base and three inches (3") of bituminous wear course as shown in the details on the plans. Existing bituminous edges where spillway is to be installed shall be saw cut clean and true and coated with bituminous tack coat material prior to placement of pavement. All joints shall be flush with the abutting surface. Completed bituminous spillway shall have a smooth "tight" appearing finish and not show open aggregate. If in the opinion of the Engineer, the appearance is unacceptable, the Contractor shall either replace or seal coat the spillway at his expense. 2360.9 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for the accepted quantities of asphalt mixture used in each course at the contract prices per unit of material will be compensation in full for all costs of constructing the asphalt surfacing as specified, including the costs of furnishing and incorporating any asphalt binder, mineral filler, hydrated lime, or anti-stripping additives that may be permitted or required. % Payment = {100 – [{100 x (production density at design gyrations – 160)} / 160]} In the absence of contract items covering shoulder surfacing and other special construction, the accepted quantities of material used for these purposes will be included for payment with the wearing course materials. The Contractor is responsible to complete yield checks and monitor thickness determinations so that the constructed dimensions correspond with the required plan dimensions throughout the entire length of the project. The tolerances for lift thickness shown in 2360.7 Thickness and Surface Smoothness Requirement is for occasional variations and not for continuous over-running or under-running, unless Ordered or Authorized by the Engineer. Bituminous Driveway Pavement: Payment shall be made as “Type SP 9.5 Wearing Course Mix (2,b) 3.0” Thick” at the unit price in the Bid Proposal per square yard of bituminous driveway pavement, three-inches thick. The unit price for this driveway pavement shall include all necessary excavation for the pavement section including the base material, disposal of excavated material, aggregate base (aggregate base required for driveway replacement shall be 100% crushed quarry rock (limestone) Class 5 as specified in MnDOT 3138), bituminous pavement and compaction. Bituminous Patching Mixture: Payment shall be made at the unit price in the Bid Proposal per ton of bituminous patching material as identified herein. The unit price for Bituminous Patching Mixture shall include minor grading of the existing class 5 section (if necessary), installation of bituminous non-wearing course mix, tack coat (if necessary), and bituminous wearing course mix as specified. For patching directed by the Engineer in areas where edge mill and overlay improvements are identified, bituminous patching will include bituminous base course patching only. Bituminous Spillway: Payment shall be made at the unit price in the Bid Proposal per each bituminous spillway, three-inches thick. The unit price for this spillway shall include all necessary excavation for the pavement section including the base material, disposal of excavated material, aggregate base (aggregate base required shall be 100% crushed quarry rock (limestone) Class 5 as specified in MnDOT 3138), bituminous pavement and compaction. 2504 – ADJUST GATE VALVE AND BOX The provisions of MnDOT 2504 and 2504 – ADJUST GATE VALVE AND BOX of the Standard Specifications for the City of Shorewood, dated January 2016, are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2504.1 – DESCRIPTION The provisions of 2504.1 – DESCRIPTION of the Standard Specifications for the City of Shorewood, dated January 2016, is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 AND APPURTENANT WORK SITE WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 PAGE 9 Existing Gate Valves and Boxes: Existing Gate valve boxes shall be lowered prior to milling operations and adjusted to grade no earlier than 48 hours prior to installing of bituminous wear course. This provision shall be applicable to all work necessary to adjust gate valve boxes within paved surfaces to the final grades as shown in the Plans. 2504.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT The provisions of 2504.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT of the Standard Specifications for the City of Shorewood, dated January 2016, is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: Adjust Gate Valve: Payment shall be made for each installed at the unit price in the proposal and shall be compensation in full for all time, materials, equipment, and labor to adjust each valve box as directed by the ENGINEER, including multiple adjustments due to milling operations and/or to suit multiple blacktop lifts. Any damaged gate valves and/or boxes due to milling operations shall be replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. 2506 – ADJUST FRAME AND RING CASTING The provisions of MnDOT 2506 of the Standard Specifications for the City of Shorewood, dated January 2016, are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2506.4 – METHOD OF MEASUREMENT The provisions of 2506.4 – METHOD OF MEASUREMENT of the Standard Specifications for the City of Shorewood, dated January 2016, are modified and/or supplemented with the following: Initial casting placement after base course construction, installation of castings on catch basin structures, or installation of any castings in areas outside of the bituminous roadway surface shall be considered incidental to the casting and/or manhole structure pay item. This item shall include compensation in full for all materials, labor, and equipment required to salvage the existing casting, set the salvaged casting on existing structures to the required elevation for new pavement surface which include multiple adjustments due to suit milling operations and/or multiple blacktop lifts, and bituminous patching. Minimization of the number of rings by using thicker than 2” rings where feasible is required. 2506 – ADJUST FRAME AND RING CASTING (SPECIAL) The provisions of MnDOT 2506 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2506.1 – DESCRIPTION The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: The provisions herein shall be applicable to all work necessary to prepare, clean, and re-grout the interior of the manhole and complete adjustment of frame rings and castings to the final grades as shown in the Plans where the installation of new rings will exceed twelve (12) inches. These provisions shall supplement the frame and ring casting adjustment provisions listed above under “2506 – Adjust Frame and Ring Casting” 2506.2 – MATERIALS The provisions of MnDOT 2506.2 are supplemented with the following: 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 AND APPURTENANT WORK SITE WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 PAGE 10 The following types of adjustment material may be utilized for performing frame and ring casting adjustments: One-foot sections shall be installed where more than 6 (six) adjusting rings are necessary, and shall be included in the unit price for the adjustment, without any additional compensation. Minimization of the number of rings by using thicker than 2” rings where feasible is required. 2531 – CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER The provisions of 2531 of the Standard Specifications for the City of Shorewood, dated January 2016, are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2531.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT The provisions of 2531.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT of the Standard Specifications for the City of Shorewood, dated January 2016, are modified and/or supplemented with the following: Curb & Gutter: The unit price for concrete curb and gutter installed where removed shall be included in the “Remove and Replace Concrete Curb and Gutter” bid item and no additional payment will be made. The unit price bid for curb and gutter installed in areas where there is currently no concrete curb and gutter, shall be paid at the unit price in the Bid Proposal. 6” Concrete Driveway Pavement: Payment shall be made at the unit price in the Bid Proposal per square yard of concrete driveway pavement, six-inches thick and shall include all necessary excavation for the pavement section including the base material, aggregate base necessary excavation for the pavement section including the base material, disposal of excavated material, aggregate base (aggregate base required for driveway replacement shall be 100% crushed quarry rock (limestone) Class 5 as specified in MnDOT 3138), joints to match existing, protective coating, reinforcement to match existing, and form work necessary to complete the driveway installation. No additional compensation will be paid for blanket curing methods deemed necessary by the ENGINEER due to seasonal temperature constraints. 2535 – BITUMINOUS CURB 2535.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The provisions of MnDOT 2535 are supplemented with the following: Prior to construction, the Engineer will mark all curb to be removed and replaced as part of this project. Curb replacement will consist of bituminous curb and gutter as identified in the details. After replacing the curb, the Contractor shall patch all disturbed areas with Class 5 aggregate base and bituminous wear course matching the existing street section. The bituminous shall be Type SP 9.5 Wear Course Mix (2,B) (SPWEA240B). The toe of the curb and the existing bituminous edges shall have tack coat applied prior to patching. 2535.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for bituminous curb shall be at the unit as shown in the Bid Proposal and shall be compensation in full for all materials, labor, and equipment required to complete bituminous curb installation, including, but not limited to, excavation, grading, forming, and finishing. Compensation shall also include all necessary aggregate base, tack coat, and bituminous patching of the roadway. Payment for removal of bituminous curb shall be paid for separately at the unit price as shown in the Bid Proposal. 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 AND APPURTENANT WORK SITE WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 PAGE 11 Payment for restoration of items disturbed caused by the removal and replacement of the bituminous curb shall be paid separately at the unit prices as shown in the Bid Proposal. The Contractor shall limit disturbed area to the minimum required to complete the work. Restoration of disturbed area in excess of the minimum required to complete the work or as identified herein shall be at the Contractor’s expense and no additional payment will be made. 2557 – FENCING The provisions of MnDOT 2557 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2557.4 – METHOD OF MEASUREMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2557.4 are supplemented with the following: Measurement for repair dog fence shall be on an “each” basis for dog fencing encountered that is NOT identified on the plans or in the field by the Engineer. Measurement will be made on the basis of a unit, lot, or address. Additional compensation shall not be made for repairing the same underground fencing system on multiple occasions or at multiple locations within the same parcel. If an underground fencing system is damaged causing the need for repair, any and all additional repairs beyond the initial repair to that same system will be incidental. If damage occurs more than once along the property’s street frontage, the entire front footage adjacent to the curb shall be replaced. No wire nuts shall be used for splicing. Use an approved epoxy splice kit for underground wire repair. Compensation will NOT be made for damage to fencing systems that have been identified on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to protect fencing systems identified or as directed by the Engineer at no addition compensation. 2557.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2557.5 are supplemented with the following: Payment for repair dog fence shall be on an “each” basis and shall be compensation in full for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the specified work for the identified parcel, regardless of the number of locations or occasions that the identified system requires repair. 2573 – STORM WATER MANAGEMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2573 and 2573 – STPRM WATER MANAGEMENT of the Standard Specifications for the City of Shorewood, dated January 2016, are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2573.1 – DESCRIPTION The provisions of MnDOT 2573.1 and 2573.1 – DESCRIPTION of the Standard Specifications for the City of Shorewood, dated January 2016, are supplemented with the following: Erosion Control Supervisor: Providing erosion control supervisor will be considered incidental to this contract for which no direct payment will be made. 2016 MILL AND OVERLAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 AND APPURTENANT WORK SITE WORK CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN PROJECT NO. 16-03 WSB PROJECT NO. 2925-09 PAGE 12 CHIMO DAL AVE. RA CHIMO EAST WEST MINNETONKA BLVD. HILL RD. D Y E R L A. MANORRD.RD. HEIGH TS MAPLE MAPLECHASE DR.HILLSIDE ST. COTT AGEWOODJEFF ERSO N ST. NO RT HERN RD. PAR K PL. N ORT H SUMM ERVILLE AVE. RD. RE HA RP LA. HU SS ST. ET ERSON P ST. WA TER S T.RD. DI N A KEE W Y LAKEVIEW AV ST. EL M ST.BALD WIN AVE. E. B A Y ST. C O T T O N WO O D RD.DLINWOO RD. CARSONRD. LINDEN RD. BAYVIE W CT. LINWOOD RD. DOWO LIN LA. WOODHAVENPL. ODOLINWCIR.MINNETONKA B LVD. MICHAE LE LA. D R. RD. PORTER A LA. TRACY LYN N TE R. JENNIFER LA. SP RING SIOR BLVD. W.ST. CLEAR MILL W RD. MILL WEST EASPRIN G PATRICIA LA. SHERWOOD HIGH CR EST DR. EXCELSIOR BLVD. LAK E HO O PER RD. VINE ST. VINE Lake Hooper SPR INGCRE S TDR.EENELHKAT DR.KIPLING AVE.KINGSWOOD TER. D E ANN CIR. BLUEBIRD LA. REBECC A HA N U S HANUS RD. CIR.LA. TE R. DU MAS AV E. LA. BELL CIR. HIGH PARK DR. CREEK PARKLA. STODOLA W. W. ST. ST. FROMM ES CIR. MAH O N EY AV E.COVINGTONCIR. RADFORD ST. COVINGTON RD. BELL CIR. W. COVIN GTON GTON COVIN VIEW S ALI S BU RY B EL LH A M MANCHESTER ST.A V E.A V E. RAD FORD RD. DR. CR VIEW RIDGE EEK CREEK RIDGE BA RRINGTON CT . T POINJOSEPH RD. C R E E K P OI N T COVINGTON CT. RD. CT. CREEK CR EEK RID D GE GE TR. RI PA SS CREE K TOWN LINE G AR DEN RD. F ATI M A PL. BLV D . IVY IDL E WILDF ERNCR OFT DR. LA. WAY SUBURB AN DR. RUST ICDEND OO W P AT H WES T LA. DEVO N IRE S H CIR. R EGENTSWA LK E DG BRI S KNIGH T RD. ANTHO NY TE R. A N OR RD. M ALB ANS BAY ST. RD. Como PL. CIR. DO LINWO Lake FAIRVIEW ST.SLE EPY HO LL OW RD. PL. HIGH V I EW GREEN WOOD CIR.QUEENS CIR.WEEKSRD. BYRONCI R. ST . VINEST.M E A DVILL E FAIRVIE W WEST ST. C U R VE S T. ST. KA MINN ETON BLVD.ST. A L B A BA Y RD. Bay ELNCHAN DR. RD. H GTS. MAPLE Lake MAC LYNN RD.HIDDEN ROI EXCELS VD.BLLA. Galpin Lake O N DIVI S I ST. W.LAKE ST.LA KEGROVEST. AVE.O D LIN WO BEL L ST. CENT ER ST. WEST DR. EAST AV E. MORSE EMAN PL. MudIAM WILL ST. T. S TN ASA E PL ST.ST. AVE. GR A CE S T. AV . ER WHEEL DR. OAK S T. N AMLY P L. ST. ST. AVE.AVE. LAK EMAPLE LAKE ST. W. ITH SM S T.ND A COU ST.E G GE OR S T. AVE. G R A NT S T. GLEN COE RD. AVE.OEMONR COLLE GEAVE. WATE R ST. U N ION D R. PL.OL SCHO BEEHRLE AVE. ST. Excelsior Bay Christmas Lake Lake Silver CHRIST MAS LAK E RD. MER R Y L A. RIDGE RD. C OVINGT ON RD. SHADY LA. SHORE RD.RAD ISSON INN RD. PT. EK LA CHRI S TMAS BR AN D CIR. CHRISTMAS LA. HILLE NDA LE RD. APPLE RD. BRACKETTS RD.GALPIN LA. MURRAY ST.GA LPIN LAK E RD. PARK ST. GLE NCOE RD. MURRAY HILL RD. CHASKA RD. Y MA SUMMIT AVE. WOO D DU C K CI R. GILLETTE CV.CLOVER LA. DERLE TR. MCLAIN RD. TIMBER MI NNET ONK A DR. Lake Lake Linden Mary LAK E DR. RIVIERA LA. ECHO RD. SHO REWOOD LA.LA. Gale Island Sunrise Point Echo Bay Gideon Bay INT RD. S T. A S P E N S T. CEDA R S T. HI LL CR EST DR. SU NRISE LAKEVIEW A V E.AV E. LAKEVIEW AV E. PEARL ST. POINTWESTCT.TONKA BAY LA. LA. WOOD DUCK DR. POINT WEST CIR. TON K A BAY R D. DR. P OI NT WEST PO S T WE WEST WEST AVE. PT.PT.RD. MANITOU RD. INTERLACHEN LA. INTERLACHEN CT. PL. INTERLACHEN CIRC L E RD. RST RD. CL AY CLIFF RD. CRABAPPLE LA. ORCHARDLA. OLD RD. WIL DHURST BIRC H BLUFF RD. PLEASANT PL. LI LAH LA. PLE ASAN T AV E. W. P L EA S A N T A V E. E. WOO DLAWN AVE. M O U N D A V E. NORTHRU P AVE. BRENTWOODAVE. WEDGEWOOD DR. AMLEE RD. MAN ITOU LA. GLEN RD. STAR LA. STAR CIR. M A L L AR D T E A L L A.L A. CLUB LA. SMITHTOWN RD. M A NIT O U R D. Big Island Mahpiyata Island Recreation Point Crown Point Point Comfort Ferguson Point Upper Lake Lake Minnetonka Spray Island Casco Locke Howard Point Point Point Shady Island The Narrows Crescent Beach WILDHU MA NI T O U MANITOU R D. WOO D LAN E ST. BAY ST. CLUB RD. T E E T R. CLUB VALL E Y RD. YELLOWSTONE TR. SEAMAN S DR. EUREKA WAY LE E CIR. RD. BIRCH BLUFF ORCHARD CIR. NELSINE VALLEYWOOD RD.VA LL E Y WOO D VIEW SUNNY VALESYLVA N LA. WIL DR.LA.LA. LA. MEAD O W LA. SMITHTOWN LA. GRAN T LORENZ RD.D ROSE GEDI OAK R CIR. ELMRIDG E CIR. CHU RC H RD.BEVERLY AF T ON RD. CAJED LA. DR. EDGEWOOD RD. DR. KATHLEEN PINE BE N D LA KE VI R GI NI ADR.SMITHTOWNRD. CATHCART DR. MAPLE RIDGE LA. BLUE RIDLA.GE ISLANDVIEW RD. POINT H O WA RD'S RD. W.ST. L RD. PLE ASAN T RD. LYD IARD ANCARMRD.ND LAND RD. Bay MILL MILL S T. ST. Lake TONKA BAY SHOREWOOD EXCELSIOR GREENWOOD CIR. W. W.67 AVE. EW VI ND G RA DR.DR. WHI SPE RI N G OA KS D R. DEL L RD. HARROGATE N CV.DUCK AVON CT. D R. AMHER PurgatoryCreek ECV. CIR. POWERS BLVD . WESTERN DR. HIAWATHA DR. HOPI NA PA DR. R. INDIA N HILL RD.VIEW RD.PLEASANTPLEASANT VI PEACEFUL LA. HOLLY LA. KOEHNEN CIR. ST. HU MMINGBIRD RD.MEL O DY HILL ST. CRESTVIEW DR. DOAHSHENEN MO HA WK DR. DEERW DR. S PLE ASAN T VIEW WAY WILLOW CREEK YO S EMITE AV E. BARBERR YCIR. SS DR.AVE. DR. ARB OR DOG WOOD AV E. GREE NBR I A R A VE. CIR.DENNLI KIRKWOODDR. J O S H U A CI R. LESLEE CV.CRESTVIEW CYPRE ELMT REE AVE. DARTMOUTH SHORE DR.FIR MAPLEW OOD CIR. AVE. PIPEWOOD CV. C HU R C H RD. MAPLE CIR. DR. HAZELTINE BLVD. BLVD . DR. DR. CHASKARD.LILAC LA. RIDGE RD. RD. PLEASANT PLE ASA NT LA. DR. WO L L OHFOX CV.ING CR OS S QU A I L FOX FOXTAIL CT.GR A Y PARK PL. EW COVE CIR. C ARD INA L DR. KOEHNEN CIR. W.E. W. PADD OCK LA.ASTE R TR.ASTER CIR. N Mi nnewashta Lake Virginia ST. MINN ET ON K A Carson STR ATFORD PL. MANN LA. CRESTVIEW William City Hall City Hall AVE.LANDHGIH WILLOW W OOD RD. U R N A B LO CH BROADM ORE DR. JOSEPH BR ACK ET T RD. HALL EUREKA RD. CV. CRAN BERR Y LA. HIL LS CHA RLE STON CIR. CITY OLD KENT ANDO VER PL. S T. RD.J AM E S GA T E WATER BAY S RD. LAK EWAY TE R. Island Island Duck Frog AVE. GIDE O N S PT.RD. HAZE L HILL ST. VINE HILL RD. VINE RIDGE R D. COVINGTON CT. CHART HILL WATERFORD WELL PL.R.ICWATERFORD OLD CT.STRATTON DEVONSHIRE DR. CT. WELSL E YWAY CREEK RUN TR.PHEASANTDR.MEL ODY HILL DR. E C K NGN RI LAKE LUCY OV E D WHI TE DR. WHITE DOVE CIR. WOOD DUCKLA. WOO D DUCK CIR. PINTAIL CIR. LUCY RD. STELLE R CT. PLE ASAN T PARK SOMMERGATE RD. MURR AY HILL RD. OLD A L E X A N D E RC T.WAY CIR. LEANDERCIR. MATT HEW CHENNAULT WAYCL AIRE CT. CT. 19 19 3 7 82 82 7 82 7 62 62 17 19 19 19 7 7 19 41 117 7 LI ND EN LA. TETON BR ETTON PL.JACQUES CT. WESS EL CT. SCHROED ER S T TRR ISTRAM 55th 57th 58th 2nd 2nd 1st 3rd 3rd 3rd 62nd W. 66th ST.66th th CIR. 63rd 65th ST. GRAY LA. 30. FAIRHOPE AVE. 31. 32. 33. MAPLE HILL AVE. 33. 34. 30. 35. ELM ST. 35. 3 6 . 38 .38. 39. ELM PL. 39. 40. 40. LAFAYETTE ST. 41. 42. CENTRAL PL. 42. 43. COVINGTON ST. 43 . 44. SOLBERG PT. RD. 44. 45. 43 . 46. WESTERN RD. 46. 47. 51. 54 . 54. PLEASANT CIR. 55.56.58. DANIEL LA. 59. COUNTRYSIDE DR. 60. HONEYSUCKLE LA. 81.82. 83.84. 85.DR. 41. 1990 POP. 5,913 1990 POP. 1,472 1990 POP. 614 1990 POP. 2,367 St. Albans NSKINGS CT. MAPLE AVE. MEAD OW LA. PEACH CIR. B R E NTRI D G E DR.DR.BOULDER LA.B RIDGE WEDGEWOO D DR. HARDING AV. HARDING LA. DR. FLORENCE AKNO LAWTDR. WILTSEY LA. MANORRD. N. WAS H TABAY RD. GERS NA AT LA.E.VA REPI DR.WOO D S MINN EWASHTA LA.ORCHARD FOREST AVE. FOREST CIR. ORIOLE AVE. 64TH ST. 64 TH CIR. WOOD DR.RA MPART CT. COTTAGE WOOD RD. ROSEDALE AVE. NA N T U CKETR. CHE DR.RRY LOGAN DR.HEAT HBROO K D R. AV E. SWEETWATER SWEETWATER CT. CV. SWEE T WATER CIR.SAWATC H P AS S E L B ER T P T. WHITNEY CIR. TUNSTCHETER. S I ERRA CIR. PL. YELN KI MC MC KINLEY CT. CIR. SILVER LA KE T R. NEAR MT. B LVD. TRAPPERS PASS NE TRAPLI LA.CIR.BEND MT.WAY VIEWTIMBE RHILLRD. CT.PAS S SCA DE A C 52.53 . 49.48. 50. CT. 93. CHESTNUT CT. 93. R D. LAKEP OI NT OO D DR. QUIVER FOX CT. KE LUCY RD.A L PATH FOX DR. CIR. STELLAR CIR. 94. ENGL DALE APLE DR. OA K S MUIRFIELD CIR. HILLS RD. SHADY CIR. SH AD Y HILLS RD. RD. MINNETONKA RD. KET R AM R.CI CHERRY RED LA. N PENNINGTON WAY D.R FER CV. GT STA G HORNLA. LA. ROJINA 96. BR IDG E STON EY BLACKFRIARS LA. WILL OWBOA R CT.CLEAR DR. LA.TER. R D.PATH RIDGE POINT CIR. EUREKA MAPLE LE AF CIR. SHOREWOOD OAK DR. OAK LEAF TR. BURLWOOD CT 98. CLAYCROSS WAY 99. COUNTRY RD. 101. 102. 10 3 . 10 0 . 101. ASHCROFT RD. 106. 107. 106. APPLE TREE CT. 107. PEACH TREE CT. S TRAWBERR Y LA. STRAWBERRY CT. BE RTL GRATHWOL LA. NY SHADOWS VINEL AND CT. NEZ C E R TROEND LE CIR. PE HEATHER PAWNEE O X B O W BEND CIR. SU M MIT OXBOW WILLOW HAVEN DEER RIDGE TIC RUS S HEFFIEL D L A. ADDINGTON CT. 37. RD. FLOW ER C T. WATER FORD CT. SP RING CIR. CIR. GIDEON S S P R U CE HI L L CT. NO BLE R D. ST. ALBANS BAY 1990 POP. 48,370 100. ASHCROFT TER. 102. ASHCROFT CIR. 103. ASHCROFT PL. 41. FOREST DR. 45. PINEVIEW CT. 36. MINNETONKA BLVD. 37. AREY LA. 38. LINDEN ST. 31. WEST POINT PL. 32. WOODPECKER RIDGE RD. 34. GLADE AVE. 104. CHERRY TREE CT. 105. LIME TREE CT. 47. MT. CURVE AVE. BRYNMAWR PL. CARTWAY CT. DR.LAN CT. DING S ASHTON CT. SHA DOW LA. CIR. W. MU LBER R Y MU LBERRY E. CIR. 11 3 . ITH ILIEN LA. BEND CREEKSDR.CLEARVIEW 10 4.10 5. TR.CREEK VI E W ORDCONCLA. REDCHERRY SUN N Y LEY D. R HILL CONISTRATFORD VINE ST. DR.KCARA AM T T AMA RACKCIR.SEQO UIA CYN THIA COVING TON C R EE K LIN ED R. P OI N T E L U C YLAKE KNOB LA. HILL CIR.MELODYACADE MY 101 WALT ER PORT LA. GATEHIGHLACYRD.C T. B R E N D E N RD. VIEWMT. CASC AD E BARR ING TO TREE AVE. PIPER RIDGE LA.PT. TAN AG ER S PNDSA CAV ENDI SH PL. VAL S HA RO N IRONWOOD LAK EWAY DR. LA.LAKEWAY AR B OR CT. MARYLAKE TR.MAPLE VIEW WAY SMITHTOWN MARSH POINTEPOINTE DR. CT.CIR. POINTEMARSH MARSH COUN TRY RD. REVISIONSNO.DATE BY CHK LIC. NO: Plan By: Design By: Checked By: Approved By: THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MINNESOTA MY DIRECT SUPERVISION AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN, SPECIFICATION, OR REPORT WAS PREPARED BY OR UNDER KAK DJE PTH 23359K:\ 0 2 9 2 5 -0 9 0 \ Ca d \ P la n \ t i t l e .dg n 3 / 2 4 / 20 1 6 1:5 2 :4 0 PM DATE:engineering planning environmental construction... St. Paul, MN 55101 477 Temperance Street wsbeng.com Tel: (651)286 8450 Fax: (651)286 8488... Shorewood, Minnesota WSB Project 02925-090 and Appurtenant Work for the City of Improvement Project 2016 Mill and Overlay DJE 10 OF SHEET Paul Hornby, PE City Project 16-03 3/14/16 Title Sheet PLAN SYMBOLS PROPOSED EDGE OF BITUMINOUS PROPOSED FACE OF CURB EXISTING HYDRANT PROPOSED HYDRANT EXISTING WATERMAIN PROPOSED WATERMAIN EXISTING CATCH BASIN PROPOSED CATCH BASIN EXISTING STORM PROPOSED STORM EXISTING SANITARY PROPOSED SANITARY INDEX EXCAVATION NOTICE SYSTEM PERFORMING ANY EXCAVATION. REQUIRED A MINIMUM OF 48 HOURS PRIOR TO A CALL TO GOPHER STATE ONE (454-0002) IS AVOID DAMAGE THERETO. IS TO DETERMINE THE TYPE AND LOCATION OF PRIVATE UTILITIES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO PRIVATE UTILITIES IS NOT GUARANTEED TO BE ACCURATE OR ALL INCLUSIVE THE CONTRACTOR THE INFORMATI0N SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS CONCERNING THE TYPE AND LOCATION OF "STANDARD GUIDELINES FOR THE COLLECTION AND DEPICTION OF EXISTING SUBSURFACE DATA". THIS QUALITY LEVEL WAS DETERMINED ACCORDING TO THE GUIDELINES OF CI/ASCE 38-02, ENTITLED AND LOCATION OF PRIVATE UTILITIES HAS BEEN DESIGNATED UTILITY QUALITY LEVEL D. THE SUBSURFACE UTILITY INFORMATION SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS CONCERNING TYPE TO OBTAIN A FIELD LOCATE OF ALL UTILITIES. STATE LAW REQUIRES ANYONE DIGGING, GRADING OR EXCAVATING GOVERNING SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NO.DESCRIPTION WITH IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF THIS PROJECT. ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL LAWS AND ORDINANCES WILL BE COMPLIED INFORMATION IS FOR GENERAL USE ONLY AND NOT INTENDED TO BE USED FOR EXCAVATION PURPOSES. TO THE BEST OF OUR KNOWLEDGE, FROM DRAWINGS SUPPLIED BY OTHERS. THIS TYPE AND LOCATION OF PRIVATE UTILITIES, AS OF THE PRINTED DATE, HAS BEEN DEPICTED THE SUBSURFACE UTILITY INFORMATION REPRESENTED ON THESE DRAWINGS CONCERNING 1 SHOREWOOD and Appurtenant Work for the City of Improvement Project 2016 Mill and Overlay 160480914 160480913 160480881 160480387 TICKET NUMBERS: 6 - 10 5 4 3 2 1 Construction Plan Miscellaneous Details Estimated Quantities Construction Notes and Standard Plates Typical Sections Title Sheet THIS PLAN CONTAINS 10 SHEETS. TRAFFIC CONTROL ZONE LAYOUTS. CONTROL DEVICES. INCLUDING THE LATEST FIELD MANUAL FOR TEMPORARY TO THE LATEST EDITION OF THE MINNESOTA MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC ALL TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES AND SIGNING SHALL CONFORM OR AS MODIFIED HEREIN STORM SEWER INSTALLATION" (REFERENCED "CEAM"), DATED 2013, FOR WATERMAIN SERVICE LINE INSTALLATION AND SANITARY SEWER AND AND ANY AMENDMENTS THERETO AND THE "STANDARD UTILITIES SPECIFICATIONS "STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION", SPECIAL PROVISIONS, THE 2016 EDITION OF THE MINNESOTA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION DETAIL PLATES", THE CITY OF SHOREWOOD "STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND THIS WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2016 EDITION OF McKinley Place Garden Road Gillette Curve Shady Hills Circle Grant Lorenz RD Typical Sections EXISTING GROUND EXISTING GROUND 2.5% (PROPOSED) 2.5% (PROPOSED)2.5% (PROPOSED) DETAIL A EXISTING BITUMINOUS 2357 BITUMINOUS TACK COAT @ .10 gal/sy (OVERLAY) 2" - 3" TYPE SP 9.5 (2,B) WEARING COURSE MIXTURE (SPWEA240B) EXISTING BITUMINOUS 2357 BITUMINOUS TACK COAT @ .10 gal/sy (OVERLAY) 2" - 3" TYPE SP 9.5 (2,B) WEARING COURSE MIXTURE (SPWEA240B) > SHOULDER 2' MIN AGGREGATE LANE WIDTH VARIES LANE WIDTH VARIES SHOULDER 2' MIN AGGREGATE (NOT TO SCALE) (NOT TO SCALE) > LANE WIDTH VARIES LANE WIDTH VARIES SEE DETAIL B CURB EXISTING CONCRETE CURB EXISTING CONCRETE 8'8' 8' 2.5% (PROPOSED) 8' 2 8' IN WIDTH 2" DEEP EDGE MILL 8' IN WIDTH 2" DEEP EDGE MILL (EXISTING CROSS SLOPE IS APPROXIMATELY 2.00%) 8' IN WIDTH AND RE PAVE TO CREATE A 2.5% CROSS SLOPE. 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EDGE MILL TO A DEPTH OF 2" AND NOTES: (EXISTING CROSS SLOPE IS APPROXIMATELY 2.00%) 8' IN WIDTH AND RE PAVE TO CREATE A 2.5% CROSS SLOPE. 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EDGE MILL TO A DEPTH OF 2" AND NOTES: DETAIL B SEE DETAIL A BITUMINOUS ROADWAY SECTION (PROPOSED) BITUMINOUS ROADWAY SECTION (PROPOSED) RIGHT OF WAY WIDTH VARIES RIGHT OF WAY WIDTH VARIES ADHESIVE (TYP) MASTIC JOINT ADHESIVE (TYP) MASTIC JOINT AND COLD JOINTS AT LONGITUDINAL ADHESIVE (TYP) MASTIC JOINT AND COLD JOINTS AT LONGITUDINAL ADHESIVE (TYP) MASTIC JOINT REVISIONSNO.DATE BY CHK LIC. NO: Plan By: Design By: Checked By: Approved By: THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MINNESOTA MY DIRECT SUPERVISION AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN, SPECIFICATION, OR REPORT WAS PREPARED BY OR UNDER KAK DJE PTH 23359K:\ 0 2 9 2 5 -0 9 0 \ Ca d \ P la n \ t y p ic a l- 0 1 .d g n 3 / 2 4 / 20 1 6 1:5 2 :4 1 P M DATE:engineering planning environmental construction... St. Paul, MN 55101 477 Temperance Street wsbeng.com Tel: (651)286 8450 Fax: (651)286 8488... Shorewood, Minnesota WSB Project 02925-090 and Appurtenant Work for the City of Improvement Project 2016 Mill and Overlay DJE 10 OF SHEET Paul Hornby, PE City Project 16-03 3/14/16 Construction Notes and Standard Plates UTILITY NOTES CONSTRUCTION NOTES UTILITY CONTACTS THE FOLLOWING LIST SHOWS THE CONTACT PERSON AT THE UTILITY COMPANIES INVOLVED IN THIS PROJECT EROSION CONTROL NOTES 3 EROSION CONTROL MEASURES TO BE USED. E13. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE ENGINEER FOR STAGING OF TEMPORARY AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE, PER SWPPP. E12. MULTIPLE STREET SWEEPINGS MAY BE AUTHORIZED AT THE DISCRETION OF THE ENGINEER E11. FINAL STABILIZATION MUST BE IMPLEMENTED WITHIN 14 DAYS OF PAVING. THERE IS EXPOSED SOIL UP GRADIENT OF THE STREET. E10. SEDIMENT CONTROLS ARE REQUIRED ALONG THE BACK OF CURB AT ALL TIMES WHEN DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. E9. ALL AREAS TEMPORARILY DISTURBED WILL BE SODDED WITHIN 72 HOURS OR AS DEVICES FOR STOCKPILES. E8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE APPROPRIATE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL OFTEN TO ENSURE PUBLIC SAFETY. AT ALL TIMES. ANY SEDIMENT OR DEBRIS SHALL BE REMOVED WITHIN 24 HOURS OR AS E7. ALL STREETS IN AND ADJACENT TO THE PROJECT SHALL REMAIN CLEAN AND PASSABLE ESTABLISHMENT WHENEVER POSSIBLE. E6. STABILIZATION OF DISTURBED AREAS SHALL BE DONE BY PERMANENT TURF BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES MANUAL, SWPPP AND MINNESOTA STORM WATER MANUAL. E5. ALL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES SHALL BE MAINTAINED ACCORDING TO THE MPCA AS SHOWN UNTIL ALL DISTURBED SURFACES ARE RESTORED. INFILTRATION OF SILT DURING CONSTRUCTION BY APPROVED INLET PROTECTION E4. ALL EXISTING AND NEW STORM SEWER STRUCTURES SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM CONSTRUCTION AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. E3. ADDITIONAL SEDIMENT CONTROLS MAY BE ADDED DURING ANY PHASE OF ANY PHASE OF CONSTRUCTION BEGINS. E2. EROSION CONTROL MUST BE IN PLACE AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER BEFORE E1. FURNISH AND INSTALL SEDIMENT CONTROLS AS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. FEDERAL THE BY APPROVED PLATES, STANDARD FOLLOWINGTHE PROJECT THIS ON APPLY SHALL ADMINISTRATION,HIGHWAY PLATES STANDARD MNDOT PLATE No.DESCRIPTION 4026A RINGS ADJUSTING CONCRETE ENCASEDCONCRETE 4101D BASIN CATCH OR MANHOLE FOR CASTINGRING 4108F MANHOLES AND BASINS CATCH FOR RINGSADJUSTING 4110F 716AND 715 NO. CASTING – AREAS) TRAFFIC ALL IN USE (FOR MANHOLE FOR CASTINGCOVER 7020K SHEETS) BR)(2 DESIGN AND DR DESIGN S, DESIGN V, DESIGN B, (DESIGN CURBCONCRETE 7065C CURBBITUMINOUS 7111J GUTTER) AND CURB (CONCRETE CASTINGS BASIN CATCH OFINSTALLATION JOINTS, AND ALL COLD JOINTS. C10. JOINT MASTIC AT EDGE OF CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER, LONGITUDINAL RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS. SHOWN ON THESE PLANS ARE APPROXIMATE. IT IS THE CONTRACTORS CONSTRUCTION AT NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION. EXISTING UTILITIES C9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT EXISTING UTILITIES DURING AND AS AMENDED BY THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. AS SET IN MN/DOT SPECIFICATIONS 1717, 1803, 2101, 2105, 2573, AND 2575, CONSTRUCTION IN A MANNER THAT WILL CONTROL EROSION. MAINTAIN EROSION CONTROL THIS DOES NOT HOWEVER RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF THE RESPONSIBILITY TO CONDUCT C8. TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL DEVICES HAVE NOT BEEN SHOWN ON THE PLANS. A BID ITEM HAS BEEN PROVIDED IN THE PROPOSAL FORM. INCIDENTAL TO THE ITEM WHICH REQUIRES THE REMOVAL AND/OR RELOCATION, UNLESS WITHIN THE PROJECT LIMITS WITH THE APPROPRIATE OWNERS. THIS WORK SHALL BE MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES SUCH AS PRIVATE SIGNS, GARBAGE PICK UPS, ETC. C7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION OF ALL NO DIRECT PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE. C6. WHENEVER THE WORD "INCIDENTAL" IS USED IN THIS PLAN, IT SHALL MEAN THAT WITH MN/DOT SPECIFICATION 2357. THE ASPHALT EMULSION MAY BE FURTHER DILUTED IN THE FIELD IN ACCORDANCE UNDILUTED EMULSIONS (AS SUPPLIED FROM THE REFINERY) OR MC RC LIQUID ASPHALTS. LAYERS AND AT THE FACE OF CURB & GUTTER. THE APPLICATION RATE IS FOR SHALL BE APPLIED AT A UNIFORM RATE OF 0.10 GAL/SQ YD BETWEEN BITUMINOUS BITUMINOUS MIXTURES ON EXISTING PAVEMENT. THE BITUMINOUS TACK COAT MATERIAL C5. USE TACK COAT BETWEEN ALL BITUMINOUS LAYERS AND PRIOR TO PLACING ANY IN ACCORDANCE WITH MN/DOT SPECIFICATION 2104.3C3. PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACT0R AND SHALL BE DISPOSED OUTSIDE OF THE RIGHT OF WAY C4. BITUMINOUS AND CONCRETE ITEMS DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION SHALL BECOME THE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL OSHA REQUIREMENTS. C3. ALL CONSTRUCTION AS CALLED FOR IN THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL BE PERFORMED NECESSARY TO AVOID DAMAGE THERETO. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING THEIR OWN DETERMINATION AS MAY BE PRIVATE UTILITIES IS NOT GUARANTEED TO BE ACCURATE OR ALL-INCLUSIVE. THE C2. THE INFORMATION SHOWN ON THESE PLANS CONCERNING TYPE AND LOCATION OF AREA AS IDENTIFIED IN THE PLANS. REVIEW AND APPROVAL. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTAIN OPERATIONS TO THE STAGING C1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEVELOP AND SUBMIT A STAGING PLAN TO THE ENGINEER FOR EQUAL IN ROADWAY AND NEENAH R-4342 APPROVED EQUAL OUTSIDE OF ROADWAY). U4. CATCH BASIN TOP OF CASTINGS ARE DEPRESSED .17'. (NEENAH R-3067-V OR APPROVED THIS WORK SHALL BE CONSIDERED INCIDENTAL TO THE PROJECT. STORM SEWER SYSTEM. ALL MATERIALS, LABOR, AND EQUIPMENT NECESSARY TO COMPLETE U3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL STAGE CONSTRUCTION TO MAINTAIN DISCHARGE FROM EXISTING ADJUSTED TO MATCH THE FINISH GRADE. U2. ALL EXISTING GATE VALVE BOXES WITHIN THE GRADING AND ROADWAY AREA ARE TO BE WHERE INDICATED NEW CASTING ASSEMBLIES WILL BE PAID FOR SEPARATELY. REPLACEMENT OF ALL ADJUSTING RINGS, I & I CHIMNEY SEAL, AND NEW RINGS. INCLUDE THE SALVAGE AND REMOVAL OF THE EXISTING CASTING, THE COMPLETE TO BE ADJUSTED TO MATCH THE FINISH GRADE. ADJUST CASTING SHALL U1. ALL SEWER MANHOLE CASTINGS WITHIN THE GRADING AND ROADWAY AREA ARE philip.glovigen@xcelenergy.com (952) 470-3310 Philip Glovigen Shorewood, MN 55331 5505 County Road 19 XCEL ENERGY cthompson1@mediacomcc.com (612) 919-0336 Chris Thompson Mound, MN 55364 5308 Shoreline Drive MEDIACOM centerpointenergy.com nathaniel.nazareno@ (612) 321-5352 Nathan Nazareno Minneapolis, MN 55403 P.O. Box 1165, 700 West Linden Avenue CENTERPOINT ENERGY lbrown@shorewoodpw.com (952) 960-7913 Larry Brown CITY OF SHOREWOOD Michael.Spieker@centurylink.com (612) 381-2599 Michael Spieker Minneapolis, MN 55405 2800 Wayzata Boulevard CENTURY LINK REVISIONSNO.DATE BY CHK LIC. NO: Plan By: Design By: Checked By: Approved By: THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MINNESOTA MY DIRECT SUPERVISION AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN, SPECIFICATION, OR REPORT WAS PREPARED BY OR UNDER KAK DJE PTH 23359K:\ 0 2 9 2 5 -0 9 0 \ Ca d \ P la n \ c s n .dg n 3 / 2 4 / 20 1 6 1:5 2 :4 2 P M DATE:engineering planning environmental construction... St. Paul, MN 55101 477 Temperance Street wsbeng.com Tel: (651)286 8450 Fax: (651)286 8488... Shorewood, Minnesota WSB Project 02925-090 and Appurtenant Work for the City of Improvement Project 2016 Mill and Overlay DJE 10 OF SHEET Paul Hornby, PE City Project 16-03 3/14/16 REVISIONSNO.DATE BY CHK LIC. NO: Plan By: Design By: Checked By: Approved By: THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MINNESOTA MY DIRECT SUPERVISION AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN, SPECIFICATION, OR REPORT WAS PREPARED BY OR UNDER KAK DJE PTH 23359K:\ 0 2 9 2 5 -0 9 0 \ Ca d \ P la n \ d e t a il - 0 1 _ q t y - t a b .d g n 3 / 2 4 / 20 1 6 1:5 2 :4 3 P M DATE:engineering planning environmental construction... St. Paul, MN 55101 477 Temperance Street wsbeng.com Tel: (651)286 8450 Fax: (651)286 8488... Shorewood, Minnesota WSB Project 02925-090 and Appurtenant Work for the City of Improvement Project 2016 Mill and Overlay DJE 10 OF SHEET Paul Hornby, PE City Project 16-03 3/14/16 4 Statement of Estimated Quantities BASIS FOR PLAN QUANTITY UNIT WEIGHT OF BITUMINOUS MIX113LBS/SY/IN TACK COAT - MILL AND OVERLAY 0.10GAL/SY - NEW ROADS 0.05GAL/SY STATEMENT OF ESTIMATED QUANTITIES NUMBER ITEM DESCRIPTION NOTES UNIT ESTIMATED QUANTITY SCHEDULE A - SURFACE IMPROVEMENTS 2021.501 MOBILIZATION L S 1 2104.501 REMOVE BITUMINOUS CURB 1 L F 120 2105.505 REMOVE CONCRETE DRIVEWAY PAVEMENT 4 SY 10 2104.505 REMOVE BITUMINOUS DRIVEWAY PAVEMENT 4 S Y 80 2104.505 REMOVE BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT S Y 70 2104.509 REMOVE CASTING 1 EACH 2 2104.511 SAWING CONRETE PAVEMENT (FULL DEPTH)4 L F 20 2104.513 SAWING BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT (FULL DEPTH)4 L F 200 2104.601 REMOVE & REPLACE CONCRETE CURB & GUTTER 1 L F 910 2104.602 SALVAGE AND REINSTALL MAIL BOX 2 EACH 10 2105.523 COMMON BORROW (LV)5 C Y 10 2105.603 MINOR GRADING 2 S Y 70 2123.610 STREET SWEEPER (W/PICKUP BROOM)1 HOUR 10 2231.501 BITUMINOUS PATCHING MIXTURE 1 TON 10 2231.501 JOINT ADHESIVE - MASTIC L F 9100 2232.501 MILL BITUMINOUS SURFACE S Y 25500 2357.502 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL FOR TACK COAT GAL 1310 2360.501 TYPE SP 9.5 WEARING COURSE MIX (2,B)TON 2030 2360.503 TYPE SP 9.5 WEARING COURSE MIX (2,B) 3.0" THICK 3,4 S Y 80 2360.601 BITUMINOUS SPILLWAY 1 EACH 0.5 2503.602 CHIMNEY SEALS (EXTERNAL)EACH 24 2504.602 ADJUST GATE VALVE EACH 5 2506.516 CASTING ASSEMBLY 1 EACH 2 2506.522 ADJUST FRAME & RING CASTING EACH 12 2506.522 ADJUST FRAME & RING CASTING (STORM)2 EACH 8 2506.602 ADJUST FRAME & RING CASTING (SPECIAL)EACH 12 2511.501 RANDOM RIPRAP CLAS III C Y 1 2531.501 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER DESIGN B618 L F 140 2531.507 6" CONCRETE DRIVEWAY PAVEMENT 3,4 S Y 10 2535.501 BITUMINOUS CURB 1 L F 120 2557.602 REPAIR DOG FENCE 1 EACH 5 2563.601 TRAFFIC CONTROL LUMP SUM 1 2573.530 STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION EACH 9 2575.505 SODDING, TYPE LAWN (INCL. TOPSOIL & FERT.)4,5 S Y 500 NOTES 1.TO BE USED AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. 2.SEE SPECIFICATION. 3.INCLUDES EXCAVATION AND 6" AGGREGATE BASE CLASS 5. 4.TO BE USED AS REQUIRED TO FACILITATE REMOVE AND REPLACE CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER BID ITEM. 5.TO BE USED TO RESTORE PAVEMENT REMOVALS ON GRANT LORENZ ROAD. REVISIONSNO.DATE BY CHK LIC. NO: Plan By: Design By: Checked By: Approved By: THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MINNESOTA MY DIRECT SUPERVISION AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN, SPECIFICATION, OR REPORT WAS PREPARED BY OR UNDER KAK DJE PTH 23359K:\ 0 2 9 2 5 -0 9 0 \ Ca d \ P la n \ d e t a il - 0 2 .d g n 3 / 2 4 / 20 1 6 1:5 2 :4 4 P M DATE:engineering planning environmental construction... St. Paul, MN 55101 477 Temperance Street wsbeng.com Tel: (651)286 8450 Fax: (651)286 8488... Shorewood, Minnesota WSB Project 02925-090 and Appurtenant Work for the City of Improvement Project 2016 Mill and Overlay DJE 10 OF SHEET Paul Hornby, PE City Project 16-03 3/14/16 Catch Basin Insert Inlet Protection FLOW FLOW 5 Matching Bituminous Curb Concrete Curb & Gutter MATCH BITUMINOUS CURB MATCH BITUMINOUS CURB 5' Bituminous Driveway Replacement Concrete Driveway Replacement (INCIDENTAL) 6" AGGREGATE BASE, CLASS 5 OR RECYCLE (2,B) SPWEA240B (PG 58-28) 3" TYPE SP 9.5 BITUMINOUS WEAR COURSE MIX Miscellaneous Details (INCIDENTAL) 6" AGGREGATE BASE, CLASS 5 OR RECYCLE 6" CONCRETE (Mn/DOT 3A41) Bituminous Spillway (PG 58-28) COURSE MIX (2,B) SPWEA240B 3" TYPE SP 9.5 BITUMINOUS WEAR CLASS 5 OR RECYCLE 6" AGGREGATE BASE Street 6' 4' 4'1'2'1' 6" DEEP RIPRAP CLASS II Bituminous Spillway A A B B Section B-B Section A-A Street 6" DEEP RIPRAP CLASS II STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES January 2016 City of Shorewood 5755 Country Club Road | Shorewood, MN 55331 (952) 960-7900 CERTIFICATION I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly licensed professional engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Paul Hornby, PE Date: January 25, 2016 Lic. No. 23359 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES CERTIFICATION CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN REVISED JANUARY 2016 TABLE OF CONTENTS CERTIFICATION TABLE OF CONTENTS CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS (EJCDC 2013) SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 2 – SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPENDIX A STANDARD UTILITIES SPECIFICATIONS (CEAM 2013 EDITION) APPENDIX B CITY OF SHOREWOOD STANDARD DETAIL PLATES STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND DETAIL PLATES TABLE OF CONTENTS CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN REVISED JANUARY 2016 This document has important legal consequences; consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its use or modification. This document should be adapted to the particular circumstances of the contemplated Project and the controlling Laws and Regulations. STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract (EJCDC® C-520, Stipulated Sum, or C-525, Cost-Plus, 2013 Editions). Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the other. To prepare supplementary conditions that are coordinated with the General Conditions, use EJCDC’s Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions (EJCDC® C-800, 2013 Edition). The full EJCDC Construction series of documents is discussed in the Commentary on the 2013 EJCDC Construction Documents (EJCDC® C-001, 2013 Edition). Copyright © 2013: National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street, Alexandria, VA 22314-2794 (703) 684-2882 www.nspe.org American Council of Engineering Companies 1015 15th Street N.W., Washington, DC 20005 (202) 347-7474 www.acec.org American Society of Civil Engineers 1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Reston, VA 20191-4400 (800) 548-2723 www.asce.org The copyright for this document is owned jointly by the three sponsoring organizations listed above. The National Society of Professional Engineers is the Copyright Administrator for the EJCDC documents; please direct all inquiries regarding EJCDC copyrights to NSPE. NOTE: EJCDC publications may be purchased at www.ejcdc.org, or from any of the sponsoring organizations above. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Article 1 – Definitions and Terminology ......................................................................................... 1 1.01 Defined Terms ........................................................................................................................ 1 1.02 Terminology ........................................................................................................................... 5 Article 2 – Preliminary Matters ....................................................................................................... 6 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance ........................................................................ 6 2.02 Copies of Documents ............................................................................................................. 6 2.03 Before Starting Construction ................................................................................................. 6 2.04 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives ........................... 7 2.05 Initial Acceptance of Schedules ............................................................................................. 7 2.06 Electronic Transmittals ........................................................................................................... 7 Article 3 – Documents: Intent, Requirements, Reuse .................................................................... 8 3.01 Intent ...................................................................................................................................... 8 3.02 Reference Standards .............................................................................................................. 8 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ................................................................................. 8 3.04 Requirements of the Contract Documents ............................................................................ 9 3.05 Reuse of Documents ............................................................................................................ 10 Article 4 – Commencement and Progress of the Work ................................................................ 10 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed ...................................................... 10 4.02 Starting the Work ................................................................................................................. 10 4.03 Reference Points .................................................................................................................. 10 4.04 Progress Schedule ................................................................................................................ 10 4.05 Delays in Contractor’s Progress ........................................................................................... 11 Article 5 – Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions ..................................................................................................................................... 12 5.01 Availability of Lands ............................................................................................................. 12 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas ................................................................................................. 12 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions ..................................................................................... 13 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ........................................................................ 14 5.05 Underground Facilities ......................................................................................................... 15 EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page i 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site ...................................................................... 17 Article 6 – Bonds and Insurance ................................................................................................... 19 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds ........................................................................... 19 6.02 Insurance—General Provisions ............................................................................................ 19 6.03 Contractor’s Insurance ......................................................................................................... 20 6.04 Owner’s Liability Insurance .................................................................................................. 23 6.05 Property Insurance ............................................................................................................... 23 6.06 Waiver of Rights ................................................................................................................... 25 6.07 Receipt and Application of Property Insurance Proceeds ................................................... 25 Article 7 – Contractor’s Responsibilities ....................................................................................... 26 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence ....................................................................................... 26 7.02 Labor; Working Hours .......................................................................................................... 26 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ..................................................................................... 26 7.04 “Or Equals” ........................................................................................................................... 27 7.05 Substitutes ........................................................................................................................... 28 7.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others ............................................................. 29 7.07 Patent Fees and Royalties .................................................................................................... 31 7.08 Permits ................................................................................................................................. 31 7.09 Taxes .................................................................................................................................... 32 7.10 Laws and Regulations ........................................................................................................... 32 7.11 Record Documents ............................................................................................................... 32 7.12 Safety and Protection ........................................................................................................... 32 7.13 Safety Representative .......................................................................................................... 33 7.14 Hazard Communication Programs ....................................................................................... 33 7.15 Emergencies ......................................................................................................................... 34 7.16 Shop Drawings, Samples, and Other Submittals .................................................................. 34 7.17 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee................................................................... 36 7.18 Indemnification .................................................................................................................... 37 7.19 Delegation of Professional Design Services ......................................................................... 37 Article 8 – Other Work at the Site ................................................................................................ 38 8.01 Other Work .......................................................................................................................... 38 8.02 Coordination ........................................................................................................................ 39 8.03 Legal Relationships ............................................................................................................... 39 EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page ii Article 9 – Owner’s Responsibilities .............................................................................................. 40 9.01 Communications to Contractor ............................................................................................ 40 9.02 Replacement of Engineer ..................................................................................................... 40 9.03 Furnish Data ......................................................................................................................... 40 9.04 Pay When Due ...................................................................................................................... 40 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports, Tests, and Drawings .......................................................... 40 9.06 Insurance .............................................................................................................................. 40 9.07 Change Orders ...................................................................................................................... 40 9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals ........................................................................................ 41 9.09 Limitations on Owner’s Responsibilities .............................................................................. 41 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition ............................................................... 41 9.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements .................................................................................... 41 9.12 Safety Programs ................................................................................................................... 41 Article 10 – Engineer’s Status During Construction ...................................................................... 41 10.01 Owner’s Representative ....................................................................................................... 41 10.02 Visits to Site .......................................................................................................................... 41 10.03 Project Representative ......................................................................................................... 42 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work ..................................................................................................... 42 10.05 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments .................................................................... 42 10.06 Determinations for Unit Price Work .................................................................................... 42 10.07 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work ................ 42 10.08 Limitations on Engineer’s Authority and Responsibilities .................................................... 42 10.09 Compliance with Safety Program ......................................................................................... 43 Article 11 – Amending the Contract Documents; Changes in the Work ...................................... 43 11.01 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents .......................................................... 43 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work ............................................................................. 44 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work ..................................................................................... 44 11.04 Change of Contract Price ..................................................................................................... 44 11.05 Change of Contract Times .................................................................................................... 45 11.06 Change Proposals ................................................................................................................. 45 11.07 Execution of Change Orders ................................................................................................. 46 11.08 Notification to Surety ........................................................................................................... 47 Article 12 – Claims ......................................................................................................................... 47 EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page iii 12.01 Claims ................................................................................................................................... 47 Article 13 – Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work ........................................................ 48 13.01 Cost of the Work .................................................................................................................. 48 13.02 Allowances ........................................................................................................................... 50 13.03 Unit Price Work .................................................................................................................... 51 Article 14 – Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work ....... 52 14.01 Access to Work ..................................................................................................................... 52 14.02 Tests, Inspections, and Approvals ........................................................................................ 52 14.03 Defective Work..................................................................................................................... 53 14.04 Acceptance of Defective Work ............................................................................................. 53 14.05 Uncovering Work ................................................................................................................. 53 14.06 Owner May Stop the Work .................................................................................................. 54 14.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work .................................................................................... 54 Article 15 – Payments to Contractor; Set-Offs; Completion; Correction Period .......................... 55 15.01 Progress Payments ............................................................................................................... 55 15.02 Contractor’s Warranty of Title ............................................................................................. 58 15.03 Substantial Completion ........................................................................................................ 58 15.04 Partial Use or Occupancy ..................................................................................................... 59 15.05 Final Inspection .................................................................................................................... 59 15.06 Final Payment ....................................................................................................................... 59 15.07 Waiver of Claims .................................................................................................................. 61 15.08 Correction Period ................................................................................................................. 61 Article 16 – Suspension of Work and Termination ....................................................................... 62 16.01 Owner May Suspend Work .................................................................................................. 62 16.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause ......................................................................................... 62 16.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience ............................................................................. 63 16.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate ............................................................................ 63 Article 17 – Final Resolution of Disputes ...................................................................................... 64 17.01 Methods and Procedures ..................................................................................................... 64 Article 18 – Miscellaneous ............................................................................................................ 64 18.01 Giving Notice ........................................................................................................................ 64 18.02 Computation of Times .......................................................................................................... 64 18.03 Cumulative Remedies .......................................................................................................... 64 EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page iv 18.04 Limitation of Damages ......................................................................................................... 65 18.05 No Waiver ............................................................................................................................ 65 18.06 Survival of Obligations ......................................................................................................... 65 18.07 Controlling Law .................................................................................................................... 65 18.08 Headings ............................................................................................................................... 65 EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page v ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, a term printed with initial capital letters, including the term’s singular and plural forms, will have the meaning indicated in the definitions below. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda—Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement—The written instrument, executed by Owner and Contractor, that sets forth the Contract Price and Contract Times, identifies the parties and the Engineer, and designates the specific items that are Contract Documents. 3. Application for Payment—The form acceptable to Engineer which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4. Bid—The offer of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 5. Bidder—An individual or entity that submits a Bid to Owner. 6. Bidding Documents—The Bidding Requirements, the proposed Contract Documents, and all Addenda. 7. Bidding Requirements—The advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Bond or other Bid security, if any, the Bid Form, and the Bid with any attachments. 8. Change Order—A document which is signed by Contractor and Owner and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or other revision to the Contract, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract. 9. Change Proposal—A written request by Contractor, duly submitted in compliance with the procedural requirements set forth herein, seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both; contesting an initial decision by Engineer concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; challenging a set-off against payments due; or seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. 10. Claim—(a) A demand or assertion by Owner directly to Contractor, duly submitted in compliance with the procedural requirements set forth herein: seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times, or both; contesting an initial decision by Engineer concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; contesting Engineer’s decision regarding a Change Proposal; seeking resolution of a contractual issue that Engineer has declined to address; or seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract; or (b) a demand or assertion by Contractor directly to Owner, duly submitted in compliance with the procedural requirements set forth herein, contesting Engineer’s decision regarding a Change Proposal; or seeking resolution of a contractual issue that Engineer EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 65 has declined to address. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Claim. 11. Constituent of Concern—Asbestos, petroleum, radioactive materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), hazardous waste, and any substance, product, waste, or other material of any nature whatsoever that is or becomes listed, regulated, or addressed pursuant to (a) the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq. (“CERCLA”); (b) the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. §§5501 et seq.; (c) the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq. (“RCRA”); (d) the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq.; (e) the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq.; (f) the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.; or (g) any other federal, state, or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, resolution, code, order, or decree regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning, any hazardous, toxic, or dangerous waste, substance, or material. 12. Contract—The entire and integrated written contract between the Owner and Contractor concerning the Work. 13. Contract Documents—Those items so designated in the Agreement, and which together comprise the Contract. 14. Contract Price—The money that Owner has agreed to pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. . 15. Contract Times—The number of days or the dates by which Contractor shall: (a) achieve Milestones, if any; (b) achieve Substantial Completion; and (c) complete the Work. 16. Contractor—The individual or entity with which Owner has contracted for performance of the Work. 17. Cost of the Work—See Paragraph 13.01 for definition. 18. Drawings—The part of the Contract that graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. 19. Effective Date of the Contract—The date, indicated in the Agreement, on which the Contract becomes effective. 20. Engineer—The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement. 21. Field Order—A written order issued by Engineer which requires minor changes in the Work but does not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 22. Hazardous Environmental Condition—The presence at the Site of Constituents of Concern in such quantities or circumstances that may present a danger to persons or property exposed thereto. The presence at the Site of materials that are necessary for the execution of the Work, or that are to be incorporated in the Work, and that are controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices, Laws and Regulations, and the requirements of the Contract, does not establish a Hazardous Environmental Condition. 23. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations—Any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 2 of 65 24. Liens—Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Contract-related funds, real property, or personal property. 25. Milestone—A principal event in the performance of the Work that the Contract requires Contractor to achieve by an intermediate completion date or by a time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 26. Notice of Award—The written notice by Owner to a Bidder of Owner’s acceptance of the Bid. 27. Notice to Proceed—A written notice by Owner to Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform the Work. 28. Owner—The individual or entity with which Contractor has contracted regarding the Work, and which has agreed to pay Contractor for the performance of the Work, pursuant to the terms of the Contract. 29. Progress Schedule—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor’s plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. 30. Project—The total undertaking to be accomplished for Owner by engineers, contractors, and others, including planning, study, design, construction, testing, commissioning, and start-up, and of which the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents is a part. 31. Project Manual—The written documents prepared for, or made available for, procuring and constructing the Work, including but not limited to the Bidding Documents or other construction procurement documents, geotechnical and existing conditions information, the Agreement, bond forms, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specifications. The contents of the Project Manual may be bound in one or more volumes. 32. Resident Project Representative—The authorized representative of Engineer assigned to assist Engineer at the Site. As used herein, the term Resident Project Representative or “RPR” includes any assistants or field staff of Resident Project Representative. 33. Samples—Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and that establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 34. Schedule of Submittals—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements for Engineer’s review of the submittals and the performance of related construction activities. 35. Schedule of Values—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor’s Applications for Payment. 36. Shop Drawings—All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information that are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings, whether approved or not, are not Drawings and are not Contract Documents. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 3 of 65 37. Site—Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way and easements, and such other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for the use of Contractor. 38. Specifications—The part of the Contract that consists of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work. 39. Subcontractor—An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work. 40. Substantial Completion—The time at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, the Work (or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms “substantially complete” and “substantially completed” as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 41. Successful Bidder—The Bidder whose Bid the Owner accepts, and to which the Owner makes an award of contract, subject to stated conditions. 42. Supplementary Conditions—The part of the Contract that amends or supplements these General Conditions. 43. Supplier—A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or a Subcontractor. 44. Technical Data—Those items expressly identified as Technical Data in the Supplementary Conditions, with respect to either (a) subsurface conditions at the Site, or physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities) or (b) Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site. If no such express identifications of Technical Data have been made with respect to conditions at the Site, then the data contained in boring logs, recorded measurements of subsurface water levels, laboratory test results, and other factual, objective information regarding conditions at the Site that are set forth in any geotechnical or environmental report prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are hereby defined as Technical Data with respect to conditions at the Site under Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.06. 45. Underground Facilities—All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including but not limited to those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, fiber optic transmissions, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 46. Unit Price Work—Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 47. Work—The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction; furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction; and may include related services such as testing, start-up, and commissioning, all as required by the Contract Documents. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 4 of 65 48. Work Change Directive—A written directive to Contractor issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract, signed by Owner and recommended by Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in the following paragraphs are not defined but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives: 1. The Contract Documents include the terms “as allowed,” “as approved,” “as ordered,” “as directed” or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of professional judgment by Engineer. In addition, the adjectives “reasonable,” “suitable,” “acceptable,” “proper,” “satisfactory,” or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of Engineer as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment, action, or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the information in the Contract Documents and with the design concept of the Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective is not intended to and shall not be effective to assign to Engineer any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of Article 10 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. C. Day: 1. The word “day” means a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. Defective: 1. The word “defective,” when modifying the word “Work,” refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. does not conform to the Contract Documents; or b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or c. has been damaged prior to Engineer’s recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion in accordance with Paragraph 15.03 or 15.04). E. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide: 1. The word “furnish,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition. 2. The word “install,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put into use or place in final position said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 5 of 65 3. The words “perform” or “provide,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 4. If the Contract Documents establish an obligation of Contractor with respect to specific services, materials, or equipment, but do not expressly use any of the four words “furnish,” “install,” “perform,” or “provide,” then Contractor shall furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. F. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases that have a well- known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A. Bonds: When Contractor delivers the executed counterparts of the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner such bonds as Contractor may be required to furnish. B. Evidence of Contractor’s Insurance: When Contractor delivers the executed counterparts of the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner, with copies to each named insured and additional insured (as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or elsewhere in the Contract), the certificates and other evidence of insurance required to be provided by Contractor in accordance with Article 6. C. Evidence of Owner’s Insurance: After receipt of the executed counterparts of the Agreement and all required bonds and insurance documentation, Owner shall promptly deliver to Contractor, with copies to each named insured and additional insured (as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or otherwise), the certificates and other evidence of insurance required to be provided by Owner under Article 6. 2.02 Copies of Documents A. Owner shall furnish to Contractor four printed copies of the Contract (including one fully executed counterpart of the Agreement), and one copy in electronic portable document format (PDF). Additional printed copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. B. Owner shall maintain and safeguard at least one original printed record version of the Contract, including Drawings and Specifications signed and sealed by Engineer and other design professionals. Owner shall make such original printed record version of the Contract available to Contractor for review. Owner may delegate the responsibilities under this provision to Engineer. 2.03 Before Starting Construction A. Preliminary Schedules: Within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Contract (or as otherwise specifically required by the Contract Documents), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for timely review: 1. a preliminary Progress Schedule indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract; 2. a preliminary Schedule of Submittals; and EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 6 of 65 3. a preliminary Schedule of Values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdivides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. 2.04 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives A. Before any Work at the Site is started, a conference attended by Owner, Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in Paragraph 2.03.A, procedures for handling Shop Drawings, Samples, and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment, electronic or digital transmittals, and maintaining required records. B. At this conference Owner and Contractor each shall designate, in writing, a specific individual to act as its authorized representative with respect to the services and responsibilities under the Contract. Such individuals shall have the authority to transmit and receive information, render decisions relative to the Contract, and otherwise act on behalf of each respective party. 2.05 Initial Acceptance of Schedules A. At least 10 days before submission of the first Application for Payment a conference, attended by Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate, will be held to review for acceptability to Engineer as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with Paragraph 2.03.A. Contractor shall have an additional 10 days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to Engineer. 1. The Progress Schedule will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on Engineer responsibility for the Progress Schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work, nor interfere with or relieve Contractor from Contractor’s full responsibility therefor. 2. Contractor’s Schedule of Submittals will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals. 3. Contractor’s Schedule of Values will be acceptable to Engineer as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to the component parts of the Work. 2.06 Electronic Transmittals A. Except as otherwise stated elsewhere in the Contract, the Owner, Engineer, and Contractor may transmit, and shall accept, Project-related correspondence, text, data, documents, drawings, information, and graphics, including but not limited to Shop Drawings and other submittals, in electronic media or digital format, either directly, or through access to a secure Project website. B. If the Contract does not establish protocols for electronic or digital transmittals, then Owner, Engineer, and Contractor shall jointly develop such protocols. C. When transmitting items in electronic media or digital format, the transmitting party makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of the items resulting from the recipient’s use of software application packages, operating systems, or EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 7 of 65 computer hardware differing from those used in the drafting or transmittal of the items, or from those established in applicable transmittal protocols. ARTICLE 3 – DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding as if required by all. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, if there is a discrepancy between the electronic or digital versions of the Contract Documents (including any printed copies derived from such electronic or digital versions) and the printed record version, the printed record version shall govern. D. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, and agreements, whether written or oral. E. Engineer will issue clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents as provided herein. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standards Specifications, Codes, Laws and Regulations 1. Reference in the Contract Documents to standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard specification, manual, reference standard, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Contract if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of any such standard specification, manual, reference standard, or code, or any instruction of a Supplier, shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, or Engineer, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees, from those set forth in the part of the Contract Documents prepared by or for Engineer. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to Owner, Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the part of the Contract Documents prepared by or for Engineer. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Contractor’s Verification of Figures and Field Measurements: Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study the Contract Documents, and check and verify pertinent figures and dimensions therein, particularly with respect to applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy that Contractor discovers, or has actual knowledge of, and shall not proceed with any Work affected thereby until the conflict, EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 8 of 65 error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved, by a clarification or interpretation by Engineer, or by an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 2. Contractor’s Review of Contract Documents: If, before or during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents, or between the Contract Documents and (a) any applicable Law or Regulation, (b) actual field conditions, (c) any standard specification, manual, reference standard, or code, or (d) any instruction of any Supplier, then Contractor shall promptly report it to Engineer in writing. Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15) until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved, by a clarification or interpretation by Engineer, or by an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 3. Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof. B. Resolving Discrepancies: 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the part of the Contract Documents prepared by or for Engineer shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between such provisions of the Contract Documents and: a. the provisions of any standard specification, manual, reference standard, or code, or the instruction of any Supplier (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference as a Contract Document); or b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). 3.04 Requirements of the Contract Documents A. During the performance of the Work and until final payment, Contractor and Owner shall submit to the Engineer all matters in question concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents (sometimes referred to as requests for information or interpretation—RFIs), or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents, as soon as possible after such matters arise. Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents, and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. B. Engineer will, with reasonable promptness, render a written clarification, interpretation, or decision on the issue submitted, or initiate an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents. Engineer’s written clarification, interpretation, or decision will be final and binding on Contractor, unless it appeals by submitting a Change Proposal, and on Owner, unless it appeals by filing a Claim. C. If a submitted matter in question concerns terms and conditions of the Contract Documents that do not involve (1) the performance or acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents, (2) the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), or (3) other engineering or technical matters, then Engineer will promptly give written notice to Owner and Contractor that Engineer is unable to provide a decision or interpretation. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on resolution of such a matter in question, either party may pursue resolution as provided in Article 12. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 9 of 65 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor and its Subcontractors and Suppliers shall not: 1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer or its consultants, including electronic media editions, or reuse any such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of Owner and Engineer and specific written verification or adaptation by Engineer; or 2. have or acquire any title or ownership rights in any other Contract Documents, reuse any such Contract Documents for any purpose without Owner’s express written consent, or violate any copyrights pertaining to such Contract Documents. B. The prohibitions of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. ARTICLE 4 – COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Contract or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Contract. In no event will the Contract Times commence to run later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Contract, whichever date is earlier. 4.02 Starting the Work A. Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to such date. 4.03 Reference Points A. Owner shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in Engineer’s judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of Owner. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points or property monuments by professionally qualified personnel. 4.04 Progress Schedule A. Contractor shall adhere to the Progress Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.05 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. 1. Contractor shall submit to Engineer for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.05) proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 10 of 65 2. Proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will change the Contract Times shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 11. B. Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during all disputes or disagreements with Owner. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, or during any appeal process, except as permitted by Paragraph 16.04, or as Owner and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 4.05 Delays in Contractor’s Progress A. If Owner, Engineer, or anyone for whom Owner is responsible, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the performance or progress of the Work, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times and Contract Price. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. B. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor. Delay, disruption, and interference attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be within the control of Contractor. C. If Contractor’s performance or progress is delayed, disrupted, or interfered with by unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of Owner, Contractor, and those for which they are responsible, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Times. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. Such an adjustment shall be Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedy for the delays, disruption, and interference described in this paragraph. Causes of delay, disruption, or interference that may give rise to an adjustment in Contract Times under this paragraph include but are not limited to the following: 1. severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes such as fires, floods, epidemics, and earthquakes; 2. abnormal weather conditions; 3. acts or failures to act of utility owners (other than those performing other work at or adjacent to the Site by arrangement with the Owner, as contemplated in Article 8); and 4. acts of war or terrorism. D. Delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition, an Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated by the Contract Documents, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy, and those resulting from Hazardous Environmental Conditions, are governed by Article 5. E. Paragraph 8.03 governs delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the performance of certain other work at or adjacent to the Site. F. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for any delay, disruption, or interference if such delay is concurrent with a delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 11 of 65 G. Contractor must submit any Change Proposal seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times under this paragraph within 30 days of the commencement of the delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. ARTICLE 5 – AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner shall furnish the Site. Owner shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. B. Upon reasonable written request, Owner shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which permanent improvements are to be made and Owner’s interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic’s or construction lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, temporary construction facilities, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site, adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or otherwise, and other adjacent areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and such other adjacent areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for (a) damage to the Site; (b) damage to any such other adjacent areas used for Contractor’s operations; (c) damage to any other adjacent land or areas; and (d) for injuries and losses sustained by the owners or occupants of any such land or areas; provided that such damage or injuries result from the performance of the Work or from other actions or conduct of the Contractor or those for which Contractor is responsible. 2. If a damage or injury claim is made by the owner or occupant of any such land or area because of the performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor or those for which Contractor is responsible, Contractor shall (a) take immediate corrective or remedial action as required by Paragraph 7.12, or otherwise; (b) promptly attempt to settle the claim as to all parties through negotiations with such owner or occupant, or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding, or at law; and (c) to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against any such claim, and against all costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused directly or indirectly, in whole or in part EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 12 of 65 by, or based upon, Contractor’s performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor or those for which Contractor is responsible. B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work the Contractor shall keep the Site and other adjacent areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by Owner. At the completion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site and adjacent areas all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. D. Loading of Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent structures or land to stresses or pressures that will endanger them. 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports known to Owner of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. those drawings known to Owner of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities); and 3. Technical Data contained in such reports and drawings. B. Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data expressly identified in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. If no such express identification has been made, then Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data (as defined in Article 1) contained in any geotechnical or environmental report prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor. Except for such reliance on Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any Technical Data or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 13 of 65 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notice by Contractor: If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed at the Site either: 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any Technical Data on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 5.03 is materially inaccurate; or 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Drawings or Specifications; or 3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15), notify Owner and Engineer in writing about such condition. Contractor shall not further disturb such condition or perform any Work in connection therewith (except with respect to an emergency) until receipt of a written statement permitting Contractor to do so. B. Engineer’s Review: After receipt of written notice as required by the preceding paragraph, Engineer will promptly review the subsurface or physical condition in question; determine the necessity of Owner’s obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect to the condition; conclude whether the condition falls within any one or more of the differing site condition categories in Paragraph 5.04.A above; obtain any pertinent cost or schedule information from Contractor; prepare recommendations to Owner regarding the Contractor’s resumption of Work in connection with the subsurface or physical condition in question and the need for any change in the Drawings or Specifications; and advise Owner in writing of Engineer’s findings, conclusions, and recommendations. C. Owner’s Statement to Contractor Regarding Site Condition: After receipt of Engineer’s written findings, conclusions, and recommendations, Owner shall issue a written statement to Contractor (with a copy to Engineer) regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question, addressing the resumption of Work in connection with such condition, indicating whether any change in the Drawings or Specifications will be made, and adopting or rejecting Engineer’s written findings, conclusions, and recommendations, in whole or in part. D. Possible Price and Times Adjustments: 1. Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, to the extent that the existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition, or any related delay, disruption, or interference, causes an increase or decrease in Contractor’s cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following: a. such condition must fall within any one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 5.04.A; b. with respect to Work that is paid for on a unit price basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03; and, EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 14 of 65 c. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. 2. Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a subsurface or physical condition if: a. Contractor knew of the existence of such condition at the time Contractor made a commitment to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract, or otherwise; or b. the existence of such condition reasonably could have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test, or study of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for Contractor prior to Contractor’s making such commitment; or c. Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Paragraph 5.04.A. 3. If Owner and Contractor agree regarding Contractor’s entitlement to and the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, then any such adjustment shall be set forth in a Change Order. 4. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, no later than 30 days after Owner’s issuance of the Owner’s written statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question. 5.05 Underground Facilities A. Contractor’s Responsibilities: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Owner and Engineer do not warrant or guarantee the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data provided by others; and 2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have full responsibility for: a. reviewing and checking all information and data regarding existing Underground Facilities at the Site; b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents as being at the Site; c. coordination of the Work with the owners (including Owner) of such Underground Facilities, during construction; and d. the safety and protection of all existing Underground Facilities at the Site, and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. B. Notice by Contractor: If Contractor believes that an Underground Facility that is uncovered or revealed at the Site was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy, then Contractor shall, promptly after EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 15 of 65 becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to Owner and Engineer. C. Engineer’s Review: Engineer will promptly review the Underground Facility and conclude whether such Underground Facility was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy; obtain any pertinent cost or schedule information from Contractor; prepare recommendations to Owner regarding the Contractor’s resumption of Work in connection with the Underground Facility in question; determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Drawings or Specifications to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility; and advise Owner in writing of Engineer’s findings, conclusions, and recommendations. During such time, Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility. D. Owner’s Statement to Contractor Regarding Underground Facility: After receipt of Engineer’s written findings, conclusions, and recommendations, Owner shall issue a written statement to Contractor (with a copy to Engineer) regarding the Underground Facility in question, addressing the resumption of Work in connection with such Underground Facility, indicating whether any change in the Drawings or Specifications will be made, and adopting or rejecting Engineer’s written findings, conclusions, and recommendations in whole or in part. E. Possible Price and Times Adjustments: 1. Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, to the extent that any existing Underground Facility at the Site that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy, or any related delay, disruption, or interference, causes an increase or decrease in Contractor’s cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following: a. Contractor did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated the existence or actual location of the Underground Facility in question; b. With respect to Work that is paid for on a unit price basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03; c. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times; and d. Contractor gave the notice required in Paragraph 5.05.B. 2. If Owner and Contractor agree regarding Contractor’s entitlement to and the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, then any such adjustment shall be set forth in a Change Order. 3. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, no later than 30 days after Owner’s issuance of the Owner’s written statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility in question. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 16 of 65 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports and drawings known to Owner relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site; and 2. Technical Data contained in such reports and drawings. B. Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data expressly identified in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. If no such express identification has been made, then Contractor may rely on the accuracy of the Technical Data (as defined in Article 1) contained in any geotechnical or environmental report prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor. Except for such reliance on Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any Technical Data or any such other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. Contractor shall not be responsible for removing or remediating any Hazardous Environmental Condition encountered, uncovered, or revealed at the Site unless such removal or remediation is expressly identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. D. Contractor shall be responsible for controlling, containing, and duly removing all Constituents of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible, and for any associated costs; and for the costs of removing and remediating any Hazardous Environmental Condition created by the presence of any such Constituents of Concern. E. If Contractor encounters, uncovers, or reveals a Hazardous Environmental Condition whose removal or remediation is not expressly identified in the Contract Documents as being within the scope of the Work, or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, then Contractor shall immediately: (1) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (2) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15); and (3) notify Owner and Engineer (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). Owner shall promptly consult with Engineer concerning the necessity for Owner to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. Promptly after consulting with Engineer, Owner shall take such actions as are necessary to permit Owner to timely obtain required permits and provide Contractor the written notice required by Paragraph 5.06.F. If Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible created the Hazardous Environmental Condition in question, then Owner may remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition, and impose a set-off against payments to account for the associated costs. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 17 of 65 F. Contractor shall not resume Work in connection with such Hazardous Environmental Condition or in any affected area until after Owner has obtained any required permits related thereto, and delivered written notice to Contractor either (1) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work, or (2) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. G. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed to be resumed by Contractor, then within 30 days of Owner’s written notice regarding the resumption of Work, Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may impose a set-off. H. If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work, following the contractual change procedures in Article 11. Owner may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner’s own forces or others in accordance with Article 8. I. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition, provided that such Hazardous Environmental Condition (1) was not shown or indicated in the Drawings, Specifications, or other Contract Documents, identified as Technical Data entitled to limited reliance pursuant to Paragraph 5.06.B, or identified in the Contract Documents to be included within the scope of the Work, and (2) was not created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 5.06.H shall obligate Owner to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual’s or entity’s own negligence. J. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to the failure to control, contain, or remove a Constituent of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible, or to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 5.06.J shall obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual’s or entity’s own negligence. K. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 do not apply to the presence of Constituents of Concern or to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 18 of 65 ARTICLE 6 – BONDS AND INSURANCE 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. Contractor shall furnish a performance bond and a payment bond, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price, as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor’s obligations under the Contract. These bonds shall remain in effect until one year after the date when final payment becomes due or until completion of the correction period specified in Paragraph 15.08, whichever is later, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, the Supplementary Conditions, or other specific provisions of the Contract. Contractor shall also furnish such other bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions or other specific provisions of the Contract. B. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in “Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies” as published in Circular 570 (as amended and supplemented) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. A bond signed by an agent or attorney-in-fact must be accompanied by a certified copy of that individual’s authority to bind the surety. The evidence of authority shall show that it is effective on the date the agent or attorney-in-fact signed the accompanying bond. C. Contractor shall obtain the required bonds from surety companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue bonds in the required amounts. D. If the surety on a bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent, or its right to do business is terminated in any state or jurisdiction where any part of the Project is located, or the surety ceases to meet the requirements above, then Contractor shall promptly notify Owner and Engineer and shall, within 20 days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the bond and surety requirements above. E. If Contractor has failed to obtain a required bond, Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner’s termination rights under Article 16. F. Upon request, Owner shall provide a copy of the payment bond to any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other person or entity claiming to have furnished labor or materials used in the performance of the Work. 6.02 Insurance—General Provisions A. Owner and Contractor shall obtain and maintain insurance as required in this Article and in the Supplementary Conditions. B. All insurance required by the Contract to be purchased and maintained by Owner or Contractor shall be obtained from insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized, in the state or jurisdiction in which the Project is located, to issue insurance policies for the required limits and coverages. Unless a different standard is indicated in the Supplementary Conditions, all companies that provide insurance policies required under this Contract shall have an A.M. Best rating of A-VII or better. C. Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with copies to each named insured and additional insured (as identified in this Article, in the Supplementary Conditions, or elsewhere in the Contract), certificates of insurance establishing that Contractor has obtained and is EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 19 of 65 maintaining the policies, coverages, and endorsements required by the Contract. Upon request by Owner or any other insured, Contractor shall also furnish other evidence of such required insurance, including but not limited to copies of policies and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles. Contractor may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this provision. D. Owner shall deliver to Contractor, with copies to each named insured and additional insured (as identified in this Article, the Supplementary Conditions, or elsewhere in the Contract), certificates of insurance establishing that Owner has obtained and is maintaining the policies, coverages, and endorsements required of Owner by the Contract (if any). Upon request by Contractor or any other insured, Owner shall also provide other evidence of such required insurance (if any), including but not limited to copies of policies and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles. Owner may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this provision. E. Failure of Owner or Contractor to demand such certificates or other evidence of the other party’s full compliance with these insurance requirements, or failure of Owner or Contractor to identify a deficiency in compliance from the evidence provided, shall not be construed as a waiver of the other party’s obligation to obtain and maintain such insurance. F. If either party does not purchase or maintain all of the insurance required of such party by the Contract, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. G. If Contractor has failed to obtain and maintain required insurance, Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site, impose an appropriate set-off against payment, and exercise Owner’s termination rights under Article 16. H. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if a party has failed to obtain required insurance, the other party may elect to obtain equivalent insurance to protect such other party’s interests at the expense of the party who was required to provide such coverage, and the Contract Price shall be adjusted accordingly. I. Owner does not represent that insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract necessarily will be adequate to protect Contractor or Contractor’s interests. J. The insurance and insurance limits required herein shall not be deemed as a limitation on Contractor’s liability under the indemnities granted to Owner and other individuals and entities in the Contract. 6.03 Contractor’s Insurance A. Workers’ Compensation: Contractor shall purchase and maintain workers’ compensation and employer’s liability insurance for: 1. claims under workers’ compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts. 2. United States Longshoreman and Harbor Workers’ Compensation Act and Jones Act coverage (if applicable). 3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor’s employees (by stop-gap endorsement in monopolist worker’s compensation states). EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 20 of 65 4. Foreign voluntary worker compensation (if applicable). B. Commercial General Liability—Claims Covered: Contractor shall purchase and maintain commercial general liability insurance, covering all operations by or on behalf of Contractor, on an occurrence basis, against: 1. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor’s employees. 2. claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage. 3. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom. C. Commercial General Liability—Form and Content: Contractor’s commercial liability policy shall be written on a 1996 (or later) ISO commercial general liability form (occurrence form) and include the following coverages and endorsements: 1. Products and completed operations coverage: a. Such insurance shall be maintained for three years after final payment. b. Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other additional insured (as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or elsewhere in the Contract) evidence of continuation of such insurance at final payment and three years thereafter. 2. Blanket contractual liability coverage, to the extent permitted by law, including but not limited to coverage of Contractor’s contractual indemnity obligations in Paragraph 7.18. 3. Broad form property damage coverage. 4. Severability of interest. 5. Underground, explosion, and collapse coverage. 6. Personal injury coverage. 7. Additional insured endorsements that include both ongoing operations and products and completed operations coverage through ISO Endorsements CG 20 10 10 01 and CG 20 37 10 01 (together); or CG 20 10 07 04 and CG 20 37 07 04 (together); or their equivalent. 8. For design professional additional insureds, ISO Endorsement CG 20 32 07 04, “Additional Insured—Engineers, Architects or Surveyors Not Engaged by the Named Insured” or its equivalent. D. Automobile liability: Contractor shall purchase and maintain automobile liability insurance against claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance, or use of any motor vehicle. The automobile liability policy shall be written on an occurrence basis. E. Umbrella or excess liability: Contractor shall purchase and maintain umbrella or excess liability insurance written over the underlying employer’s liability, commercial general liability, and automobile liability insurance described in the paragraphs above. Subject to industry-standard exclusions, the coverage afforded shall follow form as to each and every one of the underlying policies. F. Contractor’s pollution liability insurance: Contractor shall purchase and maintain a policy covering third-party injury and property damage claims, including clean-up costs, as a result EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 21 of 65 of pollution conditions arising from Contractor’s operations and completed operations. This insurance shall be maintained for no less than three years after final completion. G. Additional insureds: The Contractor’s commercial general liability, automobile liability, umbrella or excess, and pollution liability policies shall include and list as additional insureds Owner and Engineer, and any individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions; include coverage for the respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insureds; and the insurance afforded to these additional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby (including as applicable those arising from both ongoing and completed operations) on a non-contributory basis. Contractor shall obtain all necessary endorsements to support these requirements. H. Contractor’s professional liability insurance: If Contractor will provide or furnish professional services under this Contract, through a delegation of professional design services or otherwise, then Contractor shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining applicable professional liability insurance. This insurance shall provide protection against claims arising out of performance of professional design or related services, and caused by a negligent error, omission, or act for which the insured party is legally liable. It shall be maintained throughout the duration of the Contract and for a minimum of two years after Substantial Completion. If such professional design services are performed by a Subcontractor, and not by Contractor itself, then the requirements of this paragraph may be satisfied through the purchasing and maintenance of such insurance by such Subcontractor. I. General provisions: The policies of insurance required by this Paragraph 6.03 shall: 1. include at least the specific coverages provided in this Article. 2. be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in this Article and in the Supplementary Conditions, or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater. 3. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed, or renewal refused until at least 10 days prior written notice has been given to Contractor. Within three days of receipt of any such written notice, Contractor shall provide a copy of the notice to Owner, Engineer, and each other insured under the policy. 4. remain in effect at least until final payment (and longer if expressly required in this Article) and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work as a warranty or correction obligation, or otherwise, or returning to the Site to conduct other tasks arising from the Contract Documents. 5. be appropriate for the Work being performed and provide protection from claims that may arise out of or result from Contractor’s performance of the Work and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. J. The coverage requirements for specific policies of insurance must be met by such policies, and not by reference to excess or umbrella insurance provided in other policies. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 22 of 65 6.04 Owner’s Liability Insurance A. In addition to the insurance required to be provided by Contractor under Paragraph 6.03, Owner, at Owner’s option, may purchase and maintain at Owner’s expense Owner’s own liability insurance as will protect Owner against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. B. Owner’s liability policies, if any, operate separately and independently from policies required to be provided by Contractor, and Contractor cannot rely upon Owner’s liability policies for any of Contractor’s obligations to the Owner, Engineer, or third parties. 6.05 Property Insurance A. Builder’s Risk: Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall purchase and maintain builder’s risk insurance upon the Work on a completed value basis, in the amount of the full insurable replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall: 1. include the Owner and Contractor as named insureds, and all Subcontractors, and any individuals or entities required by the Supplementary Conditions to be insured under such builder’s risk policy, as insureds or named insureds. For purposes of the remainder of this Paragraph 6.05, Paragraphs 6.06 and 6.07, and any corresponding Supplementary Conditions, the parties required to be insured shall collectively be referred to as “insureds.” 2. be written on a builder’s risk “all risk” policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire; lightning; windstorm; riot; civil commotion; terrorism; vehicle impact; aircraft; smoke; theft; vandalism and malicious mischief; mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; flood; collapse; explosion; debris removal; demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations; water damage (other than that caused by flood); and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions. If insurance against mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; or flood, are not commercially available under builder’s risk policies, by endorsement or otherwise, such insurance may be provided through other insurance policies acceptable to Owner and Contractor. 3. cover, as insured property, at least the following: (a) the Work and all materials, supplies, machinery, apparatus, equipment, fixtures, and other property of a similar nature that are to be incorporated into or used in the preparation, fabrication, construction, erection, or completion of the Work, including Owner-furnished or assigned property; (b) spare parts inventory required within the scope of the Contract; and (c) temporary works which are not intended to form part of the permanent constructed Work but which are intended to provide working access to the Site, or to the Work under construction, or which are intended to provide temporary support for the Work under construction, including scaffolding, form work, fences, shoring, falsework, and temporary structures. 4. cover expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects). EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 23 of 65 5. extend to cover damage or loss to insured property while in temporary storage at the Site or in a storage location outside the Site (but not including property stored at the premises of a manufacturer or Supplier). 6. extend to cover damage or loss to insured property while in transit. 7. allow for partial occupation or use of the Work by Owner, such that those portions of the Work that are not yet occupied or used by Owner shall remain covered by the builder’s risk insurance. 8. allow for the waiver of the insurer’s subrogation rights, as set forth below. 9. provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered. 10. not include a co-insurance clause. 11. include an exception for ensuing losses from physical damage or loss with respect to any defective workmanship, design, or materials exclusions. 12. include performance/hot testing and start-up. 13. be maintained in effect, subject to the provisions herein regarding Substantial Completion and partial occupancy or use of the Work by Owner, until the Work is complete. B. Notice of Cancellation or Change: All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained in accordance with this Paragraph 6.05 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 10 days prior written notice has been given to the purchasing policyholder. Within three days of receipt of any such written notice, the purchasing policyholder shall provide a copy of the notice to each other insured. C. Deductibles: The purchaser of any required builder’s risk or property insurance shall pay for costs not covered because of the application of a policy deductible. D. Partial Occupancy or Use by Owner: If Owner will occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in Paragraph 15.04, then Owner (directly, if it is the purchaser of the builder’s risk policy, or through Contractor) will provide notice of such occupancy or use to the builder’s risk insurer. The builder’s risk insurance shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy; rather, those portions of the Work that are occupied or used by Owner may come off the builder’s risk policy, while those portions of the Work not yet occupied or used by Owner shall remain covered by the builder’s risk insurance. E. Additional Insurance: If Contractor elects to obtain other special insurance to be included in or supplement the builder’s risk or property insurance policies provided under this Paragraph 6.05, it may do so at Contractor’s expense. F. Insurance of Other Property: If the express insurance provisions of the Contract do not require or address the insurance of a property item or interest, such as tools, construction equipment, or other personal property owned by Contractor, a Subcontractor, or an employee of Contractor or a Subcontractor, then the entity or individual owning such property item will be responsible for deciding whether to insure it, and if so in what amount. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 24 of 65 6.06 Waiver of Rights A. All policies purchased in accordance with Paragraph 6.05, expressly including the builder’s risk policy, shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any insureds thereunder, or against Engineer or its consultants, or their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors. Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and the respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Engineer, its consultants, all Subcontractors, all individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as insureds, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by Owner or Contractor as trustee or fiduciary, or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. B. Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, for: 1. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to Owner’s property or the Work caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other perils whether or not insured by Owner; and 2. loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other insured peril or cause of loss covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by Owner during partial occupancy or use pursuant to Paragraph 15.04, after Substantial Completion pursuant to Paragraph 15.03, or after final payment pursuant to Paragraph 15.06. C. Any insurance policy maintained by Owner covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in Paragraph 6.06.B shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, damage, or consequential loss, the insurers will have no rights of recovery against Contractor, Subcontractors, or Engineer, or the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors of each and any of them. D. Contractor shall be responsible for assuring that the agreement under which a Subcontractor performs a portion of the Work contains provisions whereby the Subcontractor waives all rights against Owner, Contractor, all individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as insureds, the Engineer and its consultants, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by builder’s risk insurance and any other property insurance applicable to the Work. 6.07 Receipt and Application of Property Insurance Proceeds A. Any insured loss under the builder’s risk and other policies of insurance required by Paragraph 6.05 will be adjusted and settled with the named insured that purchased the EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 25 of 65 policy. Such named insured shall act as fiduciary for the other insureds, and give notice to such other insureds that adjustment and settlement of a claim is in progress. Any other insured may state its position regarding a claim for insured loss in writing within 15 days after notice of such claim. B. Proceeds for such insured losses may be made payable by the insurer either jointly to multiple insureds, or to the named insured that purchased the policy in its own right and as fiduciary for other insureds, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause. A named insured receiving insurance proceeds under the builder’s risk and other policies of insurance required by Paragraph 6.05 shall distribute such proceeds in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or as otherwise required under the dispute resolution provisions of this Contract or applicable Laws and Regulations. C. If no other special agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the money so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and the cost thereof covered by Change Order, if needed. ARTICLE 7 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent resident superintendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to Owner and Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances. 7.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours, Monday through Friday. Contractor will not perform Work on a Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday. Contractor may perform Work outside regular working hours or on Saturdays, Sundays, or legal holidays only with Owner’s written consent, which will not be unreasonably withheld. 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start up, and completion of the Work, whether or not such items are specifically called for in the Contract Documents. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 26 of 65 guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of Owner. If required by Engineer, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. C. All materials and equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. 7.04 “Or Equals” A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the Contract Price has been based upon Contractor furnishing such item as specified. The specification or description of such an item is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or “or equal” item is permitted, Contractor may request that Engineer authorize the use of other items of material or equipment, or items from other proposed suppliers under the circumstances described below. 1. If Engineer in its sole discretion determines that an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, Engineer shall deem it an “or equal” item. For the purposes of this paragraph, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if: a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment Engineer determines that: 1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; 2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole; 3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and 4) it is not objectionable to Owner. b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work: 1) there will be no increase in cost to the Owner or increase in Contract Times; and 2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. B. Contractor’s Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed “or equal” item at Contractor’s expense. C. Engineer’s Evaluation and Determination: Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each “or-equal” request. Engineer may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed “or-equal” item. Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability. No “or-equal” item will be ordered, furnished, installed, or utilized until Engineer’s review is complete and Engineer determines that the proposed item is an “or-equal”, which will be evidenced by an approved Shop Drawing or other written communication. Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any negative determination. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 27 of 65 D. Effect of Engineer’s Determination: Neither approval nor denial of an “or-equal” request shall result in any change in Contract Price. The Engineer’s denial of an “or-equal” request shall be final and binding, and may not be reversed through an appeal under any provision of the Contract Documents. E. Treatment as a Substitution Request: If Engineer determines that an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an “or-equal” item, Contractor may request that Engineer considered the proposed item as a substitute pursuant to Paragraph 7.05. 7.05 Substitutes A. Unless the specification or description of an item of material or equipment required to be furnished under the Contract Documents contains or is followed by words reading that no substitution is permitted, Contractor may request that Engineer authorize the use of other items of material or equipment under the circumstances described below. To the extent possible such requests shall be made before commencement of related construction at the Site. 1. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow Engineer to determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is functionally equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Engineer will not accept requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment from anyone other than Contractor. 2. The requirements for review by Engineer will be as set forth in Paragraph 7.05.B, as supplemented by the Specifications, and as Engineer may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. 3. Contractor shall make written application to Engineer for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application: a. shall certify that the proposed substitute item will: 1) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, 2) be similar in substance to that specified, and 3) be suited to the same use as that specified. b. will state: 1) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will necessitate a change in Contract Times, 2) whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item, and 3) whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. c. will identify: 1) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified, and EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 28 of 65 2) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services. d. shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including but not limited to changes in Contract Price, shared savings, costs of redesign, and claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change. B. Engineer’s Evaluation and Determination: Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each substitute request, and to obtain comments and direction from Owner. Engineer may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute item. Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability. No substitute will be ordered, furnished, installed, or utilized until Engineer’s review is complete and Engineer determines that the proposed item is an acceptable substitute. Engineer’s determination will be evidenced by a Field Order or a proposed Change Order accounting for the substitution itself and all related impacts, including changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any negative determination. C. Special Guarantee: Owner may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor’s expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. D. Reimbursement of Engineer’s Cost: Engineer will record Engineer’s costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor. Whether or not Engineer approves a substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the reasonable charges of Engineer for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor shall also reimburse Owner for the reasonable charges of Engineer for making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner) resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute. E. Contractor’s Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute at Contractor’s expense. F. Effect of Engineer’s Determination: If Engineer approves the substitution request, Contractor shall execute the proposed Change Order and proceed with the substitution. The Engineer’s denial of a substitution request shall be final and binding, and may not be reversed through an appeal under any provision of the Contract Documents. Contractor may challenge the scope of reimbursement costs imposed under Paragraph 7.05.D, by timely submittal of a Change Proposal. 7.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of the Work. Such Subcontractors and Suppliers must be acceptable to Owner. B. Contractor shall retain specific Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for the performance of designated parts of the Work if required by the Contract to do so. C. Subsequent to the submittal of Contractor’s Bid or final negotiation of the terms of the Contract, Owner may not require Contractor to retain any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against which Contractor has reasonable objection. D. Prior to entry into any binding subcontract or purchase order, Contractor shall submit to Owner the identity of the proposed Subcontractor or Supplier (unless Owner has already deemed such proposed Subcontractor or Supplier acceptable, during the bidding process or otherwise). Such proposed Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed acceptable to Owner unless Owner raises a substantive, reasonable objection within five days. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 29 of 65 E. Owner may require the replacement of any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity retained by Contractor to perform any part of the Work. Owner also may require Contractor to retain specific replacements; provided, however, that Owner may not require a replacement to which Contractor has a reasonable objection. If Contractor has submitted the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for acceptance by Owner, and Owner has accepted it (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto), then Owner may subsequently revoke the acceptance of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity so identified solely on the basis of substantive, reasonable objection after due investigation. Contractor shall submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity. F. If Owner requires the replacement of any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity retained by Contractor to perform any part of the Work, then Contractor shall be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, with respect to the replacement; and Contractor shall initiate a Change Proposal for such adjustment within 30 days of Owner’s requirement of replacement. G. No acceptance by Owner of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, shall constitute a waiver of the right of Owner to the completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. H. On a monthly basis Contractor shall submit to Engineer a complete list of all Subcontractors and Suppliers having a direct contract with Contractor, and of all other Subcontractors and Suppliers known to Contractor at the time of submittal. I. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor’s own acts and omissions. J. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and all other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work. K. Contractor shall restrict all Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work from communicating with Engineer or Owner, except through Contractor or in case of an emergency, or as otherwise expressly allowed herein. L. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. M. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be pursuant to an appropriate contractual agreement that specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. N. Owner may furnish to any Subcontractor or Supplier, to the extent practicable, information about amounts paid to Contractor on account of Work performed for Contractor by the particular Subcontractor or Supplier. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 30 of 65 O. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity; nor 2. shall create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any money due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. 7.07 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if, to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer, its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents. B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals, and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device specified in the Contract Documents, but not identified as being subject to payment of any license fee or royalty to others required by patent rights or copyrights. C. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 7.08 Permits A. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of the submission of Contractor’s Bid (or when Contractor became bound under a negotiated contract). Owner shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections for providing permanent service to the Work EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 31 of 65 7.09 Taxes A. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. 7.10 Laws and Regulations A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor’s compliance with any Laws or Regulations. B. If Contractor performs any Work or takes any other action knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all resulting costs and losses, and shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work or other action. It shall not be Contractor’s responsibility to make certain that the Work described in the Contract Documents is in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor’s obligations under Paragraph 3.03. C. Owner or Contractor may give notice to the other party of any changes after the submission of Contractor’s Bid (or after the date when Contractor became bound under a negotiated contract) in Laws or Regulations having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work, including but not limited to changes in Laws or Regulations having an effect on procuring permits and on sales, use, value-added, consumption, and other similar taxes. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times resulting from such changes, then within 30 days of such notice Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may initiate a Claim. 7.11 Record Documents A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one printed record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, written interpretations and clarifications, and approved Shop Drawings. Contractor shall keep such record documents in good order and annotate them to show changes made during construction. These record documents, together with all approved Samples, will be available to Engineer for reference. Upon completion of the Work, Contractor shall deliver these record documents to Engineer. 7.12 Safety and Protection A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Such responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 32 of 65 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, other work in progress, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify Owner; the owners of adjacent property, Underground Facilities, and other utilities; and other contractors and utility owners performing work at or adjacent to the Site, when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property or work in progress. C. Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of Owner’s safety programs, if any. The Supplementary Conditions identify any Owner’s safety programs that are applicable to the Work. D. Contractor shall inform Owner and Engineer of the specific requirements of Contractor’s safety program with which Owner’s and Engineer’s employees and representatives must comply while at the Site. E. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 7.12.A.2 or 7.12.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor at its expense (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of Owner or Engineer or anyone employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of Contractor or any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them). F. Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and protection shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 15.06.B that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). G. Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and protection shall resume whenever Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier returns to the Site to fulfill warranty or correction obligations, or to conduct other tasks arising from the Contract Documents. 7.13 Safety Representative A. Contractor shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. 7.14 Hazard Communication Programs A. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 33 of 65 exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 7.15 Emergencies A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If Engineer determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued. 7.16 Shop Drawings, Samples, and Other Submittals A. Shop Drawing and Sample Submittal Requirements: 1. Before submitting a Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have: a. reviewed and coordinated the Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; b. determined and verified all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto; c. determined and verified the suitability of all materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and d. determined and verified all information relative to Contractor’s responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. 2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written certification that Contractor has satisfied Contractor’s obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor’s review of that submittal, and that Contractor approves the submittal. 3. With each submittal, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of any variations that the Shop Drawing or Sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. This notice shall be set forth in a written communication separate from the Shop Drawings or Sample submittal; and, in addition, in the case of Shop Drawings by a specific notation made on each Shop Drawing submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. B. Submittal Procedures for Shop Drawings and Samples: Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings and Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Submittals. Each submittal will be identified as Engineer may require. 1. Shop Drawings: a. Contractor shall submit the number of copies required in the Specifications. b. Data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show Engineer the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 34 of 65 provide and to enable Engineer to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 7.16.D. 2. Samples: a. Contractor shall submit the number of Samples required in the Specifications. b. Contractor shall clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as Engineer may require to enable Engineer to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 7.16.D. 3. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any related Work performed prior to Engineer’s review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. C. Other Submittals: Contractor shall submit other submittals to Engineer in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Submittals, and pursuant to the applicable terms of the Specifications. D. Engineer’s Review: 1. Engineer will provide timely review of Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to Engineer. Engineer’s review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. Engineer’s review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. 3. Engineer’s review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 4. Engineer’s review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Paragraph 7.16.A.3 and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample. Engineer will document any such approved variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents in a Field Order. 5. Engineer’s review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of Paragraph 7.16.A and B. 6. Engineer’s review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample, or of a variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents, shall not, under any circumstances, change the Contract Times or Contract Price, unless such changes are included in a Change Order. 7. Neither Engineer’s receipt, review, acceptance or approval of a Shop Drawing, Sample, or other submittal shall result in such item becoming a Contract Document. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 35 of 65 8. Contractor shall perform the Work in compliance with the requirements and commitments set forth in approved Shop Drawings and Samples, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7.16.D.4. E. Resubmittal Procedures: 1. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit, as required, new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. 2. Contractor shall furnish required submittals with sufficient information and accuracy to obtain required approval of an item with no more than three submittals. Engineer will record Engineer’s time for reviewing a fourth or subsequent submittal of a Shop Drawings, sample, or other item requiring approval, and Contractor shall be responsible for Engineer’s charges to Owner for such time. Owner may impose a set- off against payments due to Contractor to secure reimbursement for such charges. 3. If Contractor requests a change of a previously approved submittal item, Contractor shall be responsible for Engineer’s charges to Owner for its review time, and Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor to secure reimbursement for such charges, unless the need for such change is beyond the control of Contractor. 7.17 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Engineer and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors shall be entitled to rely on Contractor’s warranty and guarantee. B. Contractor’s warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor’s obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor’s obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. observations by Engineer; 2. recommendation by Engineer or payment by Owner of any progress or final payment; 3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion by Engineer or any payment related thereto by Owner; 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner; 5. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal; 6. the issuance of a notice of acceptability by Engineer; 7. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or 8. any correction of defective Work by Owner. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 36 of 65 D. If the Contract requires the Contractor to accept the assignment of a contract entered into by Owner, then the specific warranties, guarantees, and correction obligations contained in the assigned contract shall govern with respect to Contractor’s performance obligations to Owner for the Work described in the assigned contract. 7.18 Indemnification A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, and in addition to any other obligations of Contractor under the Contract or otherwise, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss, or damage is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom but only to the extent caused by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. B. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Paragraph 7.18.A shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. C. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under Paragraph 7.18.A shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer’s officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors arising out of: 1. the preparation or approval of, or the failure to prepare or approve maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs, or Specifications; or 2. giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. 7.19 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services are required to carry out Contractor’s responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable Laws and Regulations. B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials, or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 37 of 65 Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional’s written approval when submitted to Engineer. C. Owner and Engineer shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of the services, certifications, or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided Owner and Engineer have specified to Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this paragraph, Engineer’s review and approval of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Engineer’s review and approval of Shop Drawings and other submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 7.16.D.1. E. Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria specified by Owner or Engineer. ARTICLE 8 – OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 8.01 Other Work A. In addition to and apart from the Work under the Contract Documents, the Owner may perform other work at or adjacent to the Site. Such other work may be performed by Owner’s employees, or through contracts between the Owner and third parties. Owner may also arrange to have third-party utility owners perform work on their utilities and facilities at or adjacent to the Site. B. If Owner performs other work at or adjacent to the Site with Owner’s employees, or through contracts for such other work, then Owner shall give Contractor written notice thereof prior to starting any such other work. If Owner has advance information regarding the start of any utility work at or adjacent to the Site, Owner shall provide such information to Contractor. C. Contractor shall afford each other contractor that performs such other work, each utility owner performing other work, and Owner, if Owner is performing other work with Owner’s employees, proper and safe access to the Site, and provide a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that Contractor may cut or alter others' work with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will be affected. D. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor’s Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 8, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Engineer in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor’s Work. Contractor’s failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor’s Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 38 of 65 8.02 Coordination A. If Owner intends to contract with others for the performance of other work at or adjacent to the Site, to perform other work at or adjacent to the Site with Owner’s employees, or to arrange to have utility owners perform work at or adjacent to the Site, the following will be set forth in the Supplementary Conditions or provided to Contractor prior to the start of any such other work: 1. the identity of the individual or entity that will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors; 2. an itemization of the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility; and 3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility for such coordination. 8.03 Legal Relationships A. If, in the course of performing other work at or adjacent to the Site for Owner, the Owner’s employees, any other contractor working for Owner, or any utility owner causes damage to the Work or to the property of Contractor or its Subcontractors, or delays, disrupts, interferes with, or increases the scope or cost of the performance of the Work, through actions or inaction, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both. Contractor must submit any Change Proposal seeking an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times under this paragraph within 30 days of the damaging, delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. The entitlement to, and extent of, any such equitable adjustment shall take into account information (if any) regarding such other work that was provided to Contractor in the Contract Documents prior to the submittal of the Bid or the final negotiation of the terms of the Contract. When applicable, any such equitable adjustment in Contract Price shall be conditioned on Contractor assigning to Owner all Contractor’s rights against such other contractor or utility owner with respect to the damage, delay, disruption, or interference that is the subject of the adjustment. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. B. Contractor shall take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damaging, delaying, disrupting, or interfering with the work of Owner, any other contractor, or any utility owner performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. If Contractor fails to take such measures and as a result damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of any such other contractor or utility owner, then Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor, and assign to such other contractor or utility owner the Owner’s contractual rights against Contractor with respect to the breach of the obligations set forth in this paragraph. C. When Owner is performing other work at or adjacent to the Site with Owner’s employees, Contractor shall be liable to Owner for damage to such other work, and for the reasonable direct delay, disruption, and interference costs incurred by Owner as a result of Contractor’s failure to take reasonable and customary measures with respect to Owner’s other work. In response to such damage, delay, disruption, or interference, Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 39 of 65 D. If Contractor damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of any other contractor, or any utility owner performing other work at or adjacent to the Site, through Contractor’s failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid such impacts, or if any claim arising out of Contractor’s actions, inactions, or negligence in performance of the Work at or adjacent to the Site is made by any such other contractor or utility owner against Contractor, Owner, or Engineer, then Contractor shall (1) promptly attempt to settle the claim as to all parties through negotiations with such other contractor or utility owner, or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law, and (2) indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against any such claims, and against all costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such damage, delay, disruption, or interference. ARTICLE 9 – OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES 9.01 Communications to Contractor A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all communications to Contractor through Engineer. 9.02 Replacement of Engineer A. Owner may at its discretion appoint an engineer to replace Engineer, provided Contractor makes no reasonable objection to the replacement engineer. The replacement engineer’s status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Engineer. 9.03 Furnish Data A. Owner shall promptly furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents. 9.04 Pay When Due A. Owner shall make payments to Contractor when they are due as provided in the Agreement. 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports, Tests, and Drawings A. Owner’s duties with respect to providing lands and easements are set forth in Paragraph 5.01. B. Owner’s duties with respect to providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in Paragraph 4.03. C. Article 5 refers to Owner’s identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of conditions at the Site, and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site. 9.06 Insurance A. Owner’s responsibilities, if any, with respect to purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in Article 6. 9.07 Change Orders A. Owner’s responsibilities with respect to Change Orders are set forth in Article 11. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 40 of 65 9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals A. Owner’s responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 14.02.B. 9.09 Limitations on Owner’s Responsibilities A. The Owner shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Owner will not be responsible for Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. Owner’s responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in Paragraph 5.06. 9.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements A. Upon request of Contractor, Owner shall furnish Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to satisfy Owner’s obligations under the Contract Documents (including obligations under proposed changes in the Work). 9.12 Safety Programs A. While at the Site, Owner’s employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable requirements of Contractor’s safety programs of which Owner has been informed. B. Owner shall furnish copies of any applicable Owner safety programs to Contractor. ARTICLE 10 – ENGINEER’S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 10.01 Owner’s Representative A. Engineer will be Owner’s representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner’s representative during construction are set forth in the Contract. 10.02 Visits to Site A. Engineer will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as Engineer deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor’s executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, Engineer, for the benefit of Owner, will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. Engineer will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Engineer’s efforts will be directed toward providing for Owner a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and observations, Engineer will keep Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard Owner against defective Work. B. Engineer’s visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on Engineer’s authority and responsibility set forth in Paragraph 10.08. Particularly, but without limitation, during EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 41 of 65 or as a result of Engineer’s visits or observations of Contractor’s Work, Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. 10.03 Project Representative A. If Owner and Engineer have agreed that Engineer will furnish a Resident Project Representative to represent Engineer at the Site and assist Engineer in observing the progress and quality of the Work, then the authority and responsibilities of any such Resident Project Representative will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions, and limitations on the responsibilities thereof will be as provided in Paragraph 10.08. If Owner designates another representative or agent to represent Owner at the Site who is not Engineer’s consultant, agent, or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work A. Engineer has the authority to reject Work in accordance with Article 14. 10.05 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments A. Engineer’s authority, and limitations thereof, as to Shop Drawings and Samples, are set forth in Paragraph 7.16. B. Engineer’s authority, and limitations thereof, as to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services, if any, are set forth in Paragraph 7.19. C. Engineer’s authority as to Change Orders is set forth in Article 11. D. Engineer’s authority as to Applications for Payment is set forth in Article 15. 10.06 Determinations for Unit Price Work A. Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor as set forth in Paragraph 13.03. 10.07 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. Engineer will render decisions regarding the requirements of the Contract Documents, and judge the acceptability of the Work, pursuant to the specific procedures set forth herein for initial interpretations, Change Proposals, and acceptance of the Work. In rendering such decisions and judgments, Engineer will not show partiality to Owner or Contractor, and will not be liable to Owner, Contractor, or others in connection with any proceedings, interpretations, decisions, or judgments conducted or rendered in good faith. 10.08 Limitations on Engineer’s Authority and Responsibilities A. Neither Engineer’s authority or responsibility under this Article 10 or under any other provision of the Contract, nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or performance of any authority or responsibility by Engineer, shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 42 of 65 B. Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing any of the Work. D. Engineer’s review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and other documentation required to be delivered by Paragraph 15.06.A will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests, and approvals, that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. E. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this Paragraph 10.08 shall also apply to the Resident Project Representative, if any. 10.09 Compliance with Safety Program A. While at the Site, Engineer’s employees and representatives will comply with the specific applicable requirements of Owner’s and Contractor’s safety programs (if any) of which Engineer has been informed. ARTICLE 11 – AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; CHANGES IN THE WORK 11.01 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be amended or supplemented by a Change Order, a Work Change Directive, or a Field Order. 1. Change Orders: a. If an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents includes a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, such amendment or supplement must be set forth in a Change Order. A Change Order also may be used to establish amendments and supplements of the Contract Documents that do not affect the Contract Price or Contract Times. b. Owner and Contractor may amend those terms and conditions of the Contract Documents that do not involve (1) the performance or acceptability of the Work, (2) the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), or (3) other engineering or technical matters, without the recommendation of the Engineer. Such an amendment shall be set forth in a Change Order. 2. Work Change Directives: A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times but is evidence that the parties expect that the modification ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order, following negotiations by the parties as to the Work Change Directive’s effect, if any, on the Contract Price and Contract Times; or, if negotiations are unsuccessful, by a determination under the terms of the Contract Documents governing adjustments, expressly including Paragraph 11.04 regarding change of Contract Price. Contractor must submit any Change Proposal seeking an EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 43 of 65 adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, no later than 30 days after the completion of the Work set out in the Work Change Directive. Owner must submit any Claim seeking an adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, no later than 60 days after issuance of the Work Change Directive. 3. Field Orders: Engineer may authorize minor changes in the Work if the changes do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Such changes will be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on Owner and also on Contractor, which shall perform the Work involved promptly. If Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, then before proceeding with the Work at issue, Contractor shall submit a Change Proposal as provided herein. 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work. Such changes shall be supported by Engineer’s recommendation, to the extent the change involves the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), or other engineering or technical matters. Such changes may be accomplished by a Change Order, if Owner and Contractor have agreed as to the effect, if any, of the changes on Contract Times or Contract Price; or by a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved; or, in the case of a deletion in the Work, promptly cease construction activities with respect to such deleted Work. Added or revised Work shall be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents. Nothing in this paragraph shall obligate Contractor to undertake work that Contractor reasonably concludes cannot be performed in a manner consistent with Contractor’s safety obligations under the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations. 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents, as amended, modified, or supplemented, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 7.15 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 14.05. 11.04 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment of Contract Price shall comply with the provisions of Article 12. B. An adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: 1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, then by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03); or 2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, then by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 11.04.C.2); or 3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and the parties do not reach mutual agreement to a lump sum, then on EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 44 of 65 the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 13.01) plus a Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.04.C). C. Contractor’s Fee: When applicable, the Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 13.01.B.1 and 13.01.B.2, the Contractor’s fee shall be 15 percent; b. for costs incurred under Paragraph 13.01.B.3, the Contractor’s fee shall be five percent; c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraphs 11.01.C.2.a and 11.01.C.2.b is that the Contractor’s fee shall be based on: (1) a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred under Paragraphs 13.01.A.1 and 13.01.A.2 by the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work, at whatever tier, and (2) with respect to Contractor itself and to any Subcontractors of a tier higher than that of the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work, a fee of five percent of the amount (fee plus underlying costs incurred) attributable to the next lower tier Subcontractor; provided, however, that for any such subcontracted work the maximum total fee to be paid by Owner shall be no greater than 27 percent of the costs incurred by the Subcontractor that actually performs the work; d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 13.01.B.4, 13.01.B.5, and 13.01.C; e. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Owner for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in Contractor’s fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and f. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in Contractor’s fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 11.04.C.2.a through 11.04.C.2.e, inclusive. 11.05 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall comply with the provisions of Article 12. B. An adjustment of the Contract Times shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Paragraph 4.05, concerning delays in Contractor’s progress. 11.06 Change Proposals A. Contractor shall submit a Change Proposal to Engineer to request an adjustment in the Contract Times or Contract Price; appeal an initial decision by Engineer concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents; contest a set-off against payment due; or seek other relief under EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 45 of 65 the Contract. The Change Proposal shall specify any proposed change in Contract Times or Contract Price, or both, or other proposed relief, and explain the reason for the proposed change, with citations to any governing or applicable provisions of the Contract Documents. 1. Procedures: Contractor shall submit each Change Proposal to Engineer promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto, or after such initial decision. The Contractor shall submit supporting data, including the proposed change in Contract Price or Contract Time (if any), to the Engineer and Owner within 15 days after the submittal of the Change Proposal. The supporting data shall be accompanied by a written statement that the supporting data are accurate and complete, and that any requested time or price adjustment is the entire adjustment to which Contractor believes it is entitled as a result of said event. Engineer will advise Owner regarding the Change Proposal, and consider any comments or response from Owner regarding the Change Proposal. 2. Engineer’s Action: Engineer will review each Change Proposal and, within 30 days after receipt of the Contractor’s supporting data, either deny the Change Proposal in whole, approve it in whole, or deny it in part and approve it in part. Such actions shall be in writing, with a copy provided to Owner and Contractor. If Engineer does not take action on the Change Proposal within 30 days, then either Owner or Contractor may at any time thereafter submit a letter to the other party indicating that as a result of Engineer’s inaction the Change Proposal is deemed denied, thereby commencing the time for appeal of the denial under Article 12. 3. Binding Decision: Engineer’s decision will be final and binding upon Owner and Contractor, unless Owner or Contractor appeals the decision by filing a Claim under Article 12. B. Resolution of Certain Change Proposals: If the Change Proposal does not involve the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), the acceptability of the Work, or other engineering or technical matters, then Engineer will notify the parties that the Engineer is unable to resolve the Change Proposal. For purposes of further resolution of such a Change Proposal, such notice shall be deemed a denial, and Contractor may choose to seek resolution under the terms of Article 12. 11.07 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders covering: 1. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; 2. changes in Contract Price resulting from an Owner set-off, unless Contractor has duly contested such set-off; 3. changes in the Work which are: (a) ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 11.02, (b) required because of Owner’s acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 14.04 or Owner’s correction of defective Work under Paragraph 14.07, or (c) agreed to by the parties, subject to the need for Engineer’s recommendation if the change in the Work involves the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), or other engineering or technical matters; and 4. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other changes, which embody the substance of any final and binding results under Paragraph 11.06, or Article 12. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 46 of 65 B. If Owner or Contractor refuses to execute a Change Order that is required to be executed under the terms of this Paragraph 11.07, it shall be deemed to be of full force and effect, as if fully executed. 11.08 Notification to Surety A. If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor’s responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change. ARTICLE 12 – CLAIMS 12.01 Claims A. Claims Process: The following disputes between Owner and Contractor shall be submitted to the Claims process set forth in this Article: 1. Appeals by Owner or Contractor of Engineer’s decisions regarding Change Proposals; 2. Owner demands for adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other relief under the Contract Documents; and 3. Disputes that Engineer has been unable to address because they do not involve the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), the acceptability of the Work, or other engineering or technical matters. B. Submittal of Claim: The party submitting a Claim shall deliver it directly to the other party to the Contract promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto; in the case of appeals regarding Change Proposals within 30 days of the decision under appeal. The party submitting the Claim shall also furnish a copy to the Engineer, for its information only. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim shall rest with the party making the Claim. In the case of a Claim by Contractor seeking an increase in the Contract Times or Contract Price, or both, Contractor shall certify that the Claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data are accurate and complete, and that to the best of Contractor’s knowledge and belief the amount of time or money requested accurately reflects the full amount to which Contractor is entitled. C. Review and Resolution: The party receiving a Claim shall review it thoroughly, giving full consideration to its merits. The two parties shall seek to resolve the Claim through the exchange of information and direct negotiations. The parties may extend the time for resolving the Claim by mutual agreement. All actions taken on a Claim shall be stated in writing and submitted to the other party, with a copy to Engineer. D. Mediation: 1. At any time after initiation of a Claim, Owner and Contractor may mutually agree to mediation of the underlying dispute. The agreement to mediate shall stay the Claim submittal and response process. 2. If Owner and Contractor agree to mediation, then after 60 days from such agreement, either Owner or Contractor may unilaterally terminate the mediation process, and the Claim submittal and decision process shall resume as of the date of the termination. If the mediation proceeds but is unsuccessful in resolving the dispute, the Claim EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 47 of 65 submittal and decision process shall resume as of the date of the conclusion of the mediation, as determined by the mediator. 3. Owner and Contractor shall each pay one-half of the mediator’s fees and costs. E. Partial Approval: If the party receiving a Claim approves the Claim in part and denies it in part, such action shall be final and binding unless within 30 days of such action the other party invokes the procedure set forth in Article 17 for final resolution of disputes. F. Denial of Claim: If efforts to resolve a Claim are not successful, the party receiving the Claim may deny it by giving written notice of denial to the other party. If the receiving party does not take action on the Claim within 90 days, then either Owner or Contractor may at any time thereafter submit a letter to the other party indicating that as a result of the inaction, the Claim is deemed denied, thereby commencing the time for appeal of the denial. A denial of the Claim shall be final and binding unless within 30 days of the denial the other party invokes the procedure set forth in Article 17 for the final resolution of disputes. G. Final and Binding Results: If the parties reach a mutual agreement regarding a Claim, whether through approval of the Claim, direct negotiations, mediation, or otherwise; or if a Claim is approved in part and denied in part, or denied in full, and such actions become final and binding; then the results of the agreement or action on the Claim shall be incorporated in a Change Order to the extent they affect the Contract, including the Work, the Contract Times, or the Contract Price. ARTICLE 13 – COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 13.01 Cost of the Work A. Purposes for Determination of Cost of the Work: The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessary for the proper performance of the Work at issue, as further defined below. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.01 are used for two distinct purposes: 1. To determine Cost of the Work when Cost of the Work is a component of the Contract Price, under cost-plus-fee, time-and-materials, or other cost-based terms; or 2. To determine the value of a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price. When the value of any such adjustment is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor is entitled only to those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the adjustment. B. Costs Included: Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by Owner, costs included in the Cost of the Work shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 13.01.C, and shall include only the following items: 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by Owner and Contractor. Such employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time on the Work. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers’ compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, and vacation and holiday pay applicable EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 48 of 65 thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers’ field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to Contractor unless Owner deposits funds with Contractor with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to Owner. All trade discounts, rebates, and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to Owner, and Contractor shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by Owner, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to Owner and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to Owner, who will then determine, with the advice of Engineer, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor’s Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as Contractor’s Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 13.01. 4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 5. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor’s employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Contractor. c. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof, whether rented from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner with the advice of Engineer, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which Contractor is liable, as imposed by Laws and Regulations. e. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. f. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established in accordance with Paragraph 6.05), provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 49 of 65 other than the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of Owner. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor’s fee. g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. h. Minor expenses such as communication service at the Site, express and courier services, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. i. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance that Contractor is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain. C. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor’s officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, safety managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor’s principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 13.01.B.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 13.01.B.4. The payroll costs and other compensation excluded here are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor’s fee. 2. Expenses of Contractor’s principal and branch offices other than Contractor’s office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor’s capital expenses, including interest on Contractor’s capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in Paragraph 13.01.B. D. Contractor’s Fee: When the Work as a whole is performed on the basis of cost-plus, Contractor’s fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor’s fee shall be determined as set forth in Paragraph 11.04.C. E. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to this Article 13, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to Engineer an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. 13.02 Allowances A. It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 50 of 65 B. Cash Allowances: Contractor agrees that: 1. the cash allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and 2. Contractor’s costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. C. Contingency Allowance: Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any, is for the sole use of Owner to cover unanticipated costs. D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 13.03 Unit Price Work A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Payments to Contractor for Unit Price Work will be based on actual quantities. C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor’s overhead and profit for each separately identified item. D. Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor. Engineer will review with Contractor the Engineer’s preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). Engineer’s written decision thereon will be final and binding (except as modified by Engineer to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) upon Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of the following paragraph. E. Within 30 days of Engineer’s written decision under the preceding paragraph, Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may file a Claim, seeking an adjustment in the Contract Price if: 1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and 3. Contractor believes that it is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or Owner believes that Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price, and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 51 of 65 ARTICLE 14 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 14.01 Access to Work A. Owner, Engineer, their consultants and other representatives and personnel of Owner, independent testing laboratories, and authorities having jurisdiction will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor’s safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 14.02 Tests, Inspections, and Approvals A. Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work (or specific parts thereof) for all required inspections and tests, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections and tests. B. Owner shall retain and pay for the services of an independent inspector, testing laboratory, or other qualified individual or entity to perform all inspections and tests expressly required by the Contract Documents to be furnished and paid for by Owner, except that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections of covered Work shall be governed by the provisions of Paragraph 14.05. C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Engineer the required certificates of inspection or approval. D. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging, obtaining, and paying for all inspections and tests required: 1. by the Contract Documents, unless the Contract Documents expressly allocate responsibility for a specific inspection or test to Owner; 2. to attain Owner’s and Engineer’s acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; 3. by manufacturers of equipment furnished under the Contract Documents; 4. for testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical, electrical, and other equipment to be incorporated into the Work; and 5. for acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor’s purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections and tests shall be performed by independent inspectors, testing laboratories, or other qualified individuals or entities acceptable to Owner and Engineer. E. If the Contract Documents require the Work (or part thereof) to be approved by Owner, Engineer, or another designated individual or entity, then Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such approvals. F. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, Contractor shall, if requested by Engineer, uncover such Work for observation. Such uncovering shall be at Contractor’s expense unless Contractor had given Engineer timely notice of Contractor’s intention to EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 52 of 65 cover the same and Engineer had not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 14.03 Defective Work A. Contractor’s Obligation: It is Contractor’s obligation to assure that the Work is not defective. B. Engineer’s Authority: Engineer has the authority to determine whether Work is defective, and to reject defective Work. C. Notice of Defects: Prompt notice of all defective Work of which Owner or Engineer has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor. D. Correction, or Removal and Replacement: Promptly after receipt of written notice of defective Work, Contractor shall correct all such defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if Engineer has rejected the defective Work, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. E. Preservation of Warranties: When correcting defective Work, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner’s special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work. F. Costs and Damages: In addition to its correction, removal, and replacement obligations with respect to defective Work, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to defective Work, including but not limited to the cost of the inspection, testing, correction, removal, replacement, or reconstruction of such defective Work, fines levied against Owner by governmental authorities because the Work is defective, and the costs of repair or replacement of work of others resulting from defective Work. Prior to final payment, if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the measure of such claims, costs, losses, and damages resulting from defective Work, then Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15. 14.04 Acceptance of Defective Work A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, Owner prefers to accept it, Owner may do so (subject, if such acceptance occurs prior to final payment, to Engineer’s confirmation that such acceptance is in general accord with the design intent and applicable engineering principles, and will not endanger public safety). Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages attributable to Owner’s evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to reasonableness), and for the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor. If any such acceptance occurs prior to final payment, the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work shall be incorporated in a Change Order. If the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted, then Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15. If the acceptance of defective Work occurs after final payment, Contractor shall pay an appropriate amount to Owner. 14.05 Uncovering Work A. Engineer has the authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 53 of 65 B. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, then Contractor shall, if requested by Engineer, uncover such Work for Engineer’s observation, and then replace the covering, all at Contractor’s expense. C. If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or inspected or tested by others, then Contractor, at Engineer’s request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in question, and provide all necessary labor, material, and equipment. 1. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall be responsible for all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and pending Contractor’s full discharge of this responsibility the Owner shall be entitled to impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15. 2. If the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, then Contractor may submit a Change Proposal within 30 days of the determination that the Work is not defective. 14.06 Owner May Stop the Work A. If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, then Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. 14.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, then Owner may, after seven days written notice to Contractor, correct or remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07, Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor’s services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner’s representatives, agents and employees, Owner’s other contractors, and Engineer and Engineer’s consultants access to the Site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07 will be charged against Contractor as set- offs against payments due under Article 15. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 54 of 65 include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor’s defective Work. D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner’s rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07. ARTICLE 15 – PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; SET-OFFS; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD 15.01 Progress Payments A. Basis for Progress Payments: The Schedule of Values established as provided in Article 2 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to Engineer. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed during the pay period, as determined under the provisions of Paragraph 13.03. Progress payments for cost-based Work will be based on Cost of the Work completed by Contractor during the pay period. B. Applications for Payments: 1. At least 20 days before the date established in the Agreement for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens, and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance, a warehouse bond, or other arrangements to protect Owner’s interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to Owner. 2. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of Contractor stating that all previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge Contractor’s legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment. 3. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. C. Review of Applications: 1. Engineer will, within 10 days after receipt of each Application for Payment, including each resubmittal, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner, or return the Application to Contractor indicating in writing Engineer’s reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 2. Engineer’s recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by Engineer to Owner, based on Engineer’s observations of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional, and on Engineer’s review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of Engineer’s knowledge, information and belief: EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 55 of 65 a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated; b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under Paragraph 13.03, and any other qualifications stated in the recommendation); and c. the conditions precedent to Contractor’s being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is Engineer’s responsibility to observe the Work. 3. By recommending any such payment Engineer will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: a. inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to Engineer in the Contract; or b. there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to be paid additionally by Owner or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor. 4. Neither Engineer’s review of Contractor’s Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor Engineer’s recommendation of any payment, including final payment, will impose responsibility on Engineer: a. to supervise, direct, or control the Work, or b. for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or c. for Contractor’s failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor’s performance of the Work, or d. to make any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the money paid on account of the Contract Price, or e. to determine that title to any of the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of any Liens. 5. Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in Engineer’s opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to Owner stated in Paragraph 15.01.C.2. 6. Engineer will recommend reductions in payment (set-offs) necessary in Engineer’s opinion to protect Owner from loss because: a. the Work is defective, requiring correction or replacement; b. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; c. Owner has been required to correct defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 14.07, or has accepted defective Work pursuant to Paragraph 14.04; d. Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; or EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 56 of 65 e. Engineer has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify termination for cause under the Contract Documents. D. Payment Becomes Due: 1. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to Owner with Engineer’s recommendation, the amount recommended (subject to any Owner set-offs) will become due, and when due will be paid by Owner to Contractor. E. Reductions in Payment by Owner: 1. In addition to any reductions in payment (set-offs) recommended by Engineer, Owner is entitled to impose a set-off against payment based on any of the following: a. claims have been made against Owner on account of Contractor’s conduct in the performance or furnishing of the Work, or Owner has incurred costs, losses, or damages on account of Contractor’s conduct in the performance or furnishing of the Work, including but not limited to claims, costs, losses, or damages from workplace injuries, adjacent property damage, non-compliance with Laws and Regulations, and patent infringement; b. Contractor has failed to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damage, delay, disruption, and interference with other work at or adjacent to the Site; c. Contractor has failed to provide and maintain required bonds or insurance; d. Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; e. Owner has incurred extra charges or engineering costs related to submittal reviews, evaluations of proposed substitutes, tests and inspections, or return visits to manufacturing or assembly facilities; f. the Work is defective, requiring correction or replacement; g. Owner has been required to correct defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 14.07, or has accepted defective Work pursuant to Paragraph 14.04; h. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; i. an event that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify a termination for cause has occurred; j. liquidated damages have accrued as a result of Contractor’s failure to achieve Milestones, Substantial Completion, or final completion of the Work; k. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; l. there are other items entitling Owner to a set off against the amount recommended. 2. If Owner imposes any set-off against payment, whether based on its own knowledge or on the written recommendations of Engineer, Owner will give Contractor immediate written notice (with a copy to Engineer) stating the reasons for such action and the specific amount of the reduction, and promptly pay Contractor any amount EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 57 of 65 remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, if Contractor remedies the reasons for such action. The reduction imposed shall be binding on Contractor unless it duly submits a Change Proposal contesting the reduction. 3. Upon a subsequent determination that Owner’s refusal of payment was not justified, the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as determined by Paragraph 15.01.C.1 and subject to interest as provided in the Agreement. 15.02 Contractor’s Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment furnished under the Contract will pass to Owner free and clear of (1) all Liens and other title defects, and (2) all patent, licensing, copyright, or royalty obligations, no later than seven days after the time of payment by Owner. 15.03 Substantial Completion A. When Contractor considers the entire Work ready for its intended use Contractor shall notify Owner and Engineer in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete and request that Engineer issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Contractor shall at the same time submit to Owner and Engineer an initial draft of punch list items to be completed or corrected before final payment. B. Promptly after Contractor’s notification, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If Engineer does not consider the Work substantially complete, Engineer will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. C. If Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will deliver to Owner a preliminary certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. Engineer shall attach to the certificate a punch list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. Owner shall have seven days after receipt of the preliminary certificate during which to make written objection to Engineer as to any provisions of the certificate or attached punch list. If, after considering the objections to the provisions of the preliminary certificate, Engineer concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, Engineer will, within 14 days after submission of the preliminary certificate to Owner, notify Contractor in writing that the Work is not substantially complete, stating the reasons therefor. If Owner does not object to the provisions of the certificate, or if despite consideration of Owner’s objections Engineer concludes that the Work is substantially complete, then Engineer will, within said 14 days, execute and deliver to Owner and Contractor a final certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised punch list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the preliminary certificate as Engineer believes justified after consideration of any objections from Owner. D. At the time of receipt of the preliminary certificate of Substantial Completion, Owner and Contractor will confer regarding Owner’s use or occupancy of the Work following Substantial Completion, review the builder’s risk insurance policy with respect to the end of the builder’s risk coverage, and confirm the transition to coverage of the Work under a permanent property insurance policy held by Owner. Unless Owner and Contractor agree otherwise in writing, Owner shall bear responsibility for security, operation, protection of the Work, property insurance, maintenance, heat, and utilities upon Owner’s use or occupancy of the Work. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 58 of 65 E. After Substantial Completion the Contractor shall promptly begin work on the punch list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. In appropriate cases Contractor may submit monthly Applications for Payment for completed punch list items, following the progress payment procedures set forth above. F. Owner shall have the right to exclude Contractor from the Site after the date of Substantial Completion subject to allowing Contractor reasonable access to remove its property and complete or correct items on the punch list. 15.04 Partial Use or Occupancy A. Prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, Owner may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which Owner, Engineer, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor’s performance of the remainder of the Work, subject to the following conditions: 1. At any time Owner may request in writing that Contractor permit Owner to use or occupy any such part of the Work that Owner believes to be substantially complete. If and when Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor, Owner, and Engineer will follow the procedures of Paragraph 15.03.A through E for that part of the Work. 2. At any time Contractor may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. 3. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of Paragraph 15.03 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 4. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 6.05 regarding builder’s risk or other property insurance. 15.05 Final Inspection A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Engineer will promptly make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work, or agreed portion thereof, is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 15.06 Final Payment A. Application for Payment: 1. After Contractor has, in the opinion of Engineer, satisfactorily completed all corrections identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in accordance with the Contract Documents, all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance, certificates of EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 59 of 65 inspection, annotated record documents (as provided in Paragraph 7.11), and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: a. all documentation called for in the Contract Documents; b. consent of the surety, if any, to final payment; c. satisfactory evidence that all title issues have been resolved such that title to all Work, materials, and equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of any Liens or other title defects, or will so pass upon final payment. d. a list of all disputes that Contractor believes are unsettled; and e. complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to Owner) of all Lien rights arising out of the Work, and of Liens filed in connection with the Work. 3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens specified in Paragraph 15.06.A.2 and as approved by Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (a) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material, and equipment for which a Lien could be filed; and (b) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner might in any way be responsible, or which might in any way result in liens or other burdens on Owner's property, have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien, or Owner at its option may issue joint checks payable to Contractor and specified Subcontractors and Suppliers. B. Engineer’s Review of Application and Acceptance: 1. If, on the basis of Engineer’s observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Engineer’s review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract have been fulfilled, Engineer will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing Engineer’s recommendation of final payment and present the Application for Payment to Owner for payment. Such recommendation shall account for any set-offs against payment that are necessary in Engineer’s opinion to protect Owner from loss for the reasons stated above with respect to progress payments. At the same time Engineer will also give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.07. Otherwise, Engineer will return the Application for Payment to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment. C. Completion of Work: The Work is complete (subject to surviving obligations) when it is ready for final payment as established by the Engineer’s written recommendation of final payment. D. Payment Becomes Due: Thirty days after the presentation to Owner of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, the amount recommended by Engineer (less any further sum Owner is entitled to set off against Engineer’s recommendation, EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 60 of 65 including but not limited to set-offs for liquidated damages and set-offs allowed under the provisions above with respect to progress payments) will become due and shall be paid by Owner to Contractor. 15.07 Waiver of Claims A. The making of final payment will not constitute a waiver by Owner of claims or rights against Contractor. Owner expressly reserves claims and rights arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to Paragraph 15.05, from Contractor’s failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, from outstanding Claims by Owner, or from Contractor’s continuing obligations under the Contract Documents. B. The acceptance of final payment by Contractor will constitute a waiver by Contractor of all claims and rights against Owner other than those pending matters that have been duly submitted or appealed under the provisions of Article 17. 15.08 Correction Period A. If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents, or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents), any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the Site, adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or otherwise, and other adjacent areas used by Contractor as permitted by Laws and Regulations, is found to be defective, then Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner’s written instructions: 1. correct the defective repairs to the Site or such other adjacent areas; 2. correct such defective Work; 3. if the defective Work has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others, or to other land or areas resulting therefrom. B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of Owner’s written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications. D. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this paragraph, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 61 of 65 E. Contractor’s obligations under this paragraph are in addition to all other obligations and warranties. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. ARTICLE 16 – SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 16.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, Owner may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days by written notice to Contractor and Engineer. Such notice will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension. Any Change Proposal seeking such adjustments shall be submitted no later than 30 days after the date fixed for resumption of Work. 16.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events will constitute a default by Contractor and justify termination for cause: 1. Contractor’s persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule); 2. Failure of Contractor to perform or otherwise to comply with a material term of the Contract Documents; 3. Contractor’s disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; or 4. Contractor’s repeated disregard of the authority of Owner or Engineer. B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 16.02.A occurs, then after giving Contractor (and any surety) ten days written notice that Owner is considering a declaration that Contractor is in default and termination of the contract, Owner may proceed to: 1. declare Contractor to be in default, and give Contractor (and any surety) notice that the Contract is terminated; and 2. enforce the rights available to Owner under any applicable performance bond. C. Subject to the terms and operation of any applicable performance bond, if Owner has terminated the Contract for cause, Owner may exclude Contractor from the Site, take possession of the Work, incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient. D. Owner may not proceed with termination of the Contract under Paragraph 16.02.B if Contractor within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate begins to correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure. E. If Owner proceeds as provided in Paragraph 16.02.B, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is completed. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the cost to complete the Work, including all related claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals) sustained by Owner, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If the cost to complete the Work including such related claims, costs, losses, EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 62 of 65 and damages exceeds such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed by Engineer as to their reasonableness and, when so approved by Engineer, incorporated in a Change Order. When exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph, Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. F. Where Contractor’s services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue, or any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor or any surety under any payment bond or performance bond. Any retention or payment of money due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from liability. G. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of Paragraph 6.01.A, the provisions of that bond shall govern over any inconsistent provisions of Paragraphs 16.02.B and 16.02.D. 16.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Upon seven days written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, terminate the Contract. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for (without duplication of any items): 1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; and 3. other reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination, including costs incurred to prepare a termination for convenience cost proposal. B. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated overhead, profits, or revenue, or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 16.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate A. If, through no act or fault of Contractor, (1) the Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or (2) Engineer fails to act on any Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or (3) Owner fails for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven days written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided Owner or Engineer do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the contract and recover from Owner payment on the same terms as provided in Paragraph 16.03. B. In lieu of terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has failed to act on an Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may, seven days after written notice to Owner and Engineer, stop the Work until payment is made of all such amounts due Contractor, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to preclude Contractor from submitting a Change Proposal for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 63 of 65 expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor’s stopping the Work as permitted by this paragraph. ARTICLE 17 – FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES 17.01 Methods and Procedures A. Disputes Subject to Final Resolution: The following disputed matters are subject to final resolution under the provisions of this Article: 1. A timely appeal of an approval in part and denial in part of a Claim, or of a denial in full; and 2. Disputes between Owner and Contractor concerning the Work or obligations under the Contract Documents, and arising after final payment has been made. B. Final Resolution of Disputes: For any dispute subject to resolution under this Article, Owner or Contractor may: 1. elect in writing to invoke the dispute resolution process provided for in the Supplementary Conditions; or 2. agree with the other party to submit the dispute to another dispute resolution process; or 3. if no dispute resolution process is provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or mutually agreed to, give written notice to the other party of the intent to submit the dispute to a court of competent jurisdiction. ARTICLE 18 – MISCELLANEOUS 18.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if: 1. delivered in person, by a commercial courier service or otherwise, to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for which it is intended; or 2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the sender of the notice. 18.02 Computation of Times A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. 18.03 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract. The provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 64 of 65 18.04 Limitation of Damages A. With respect to any and all Change Proposals, Claims, disputes subject to final resolution, and other matters at issue, neither Owner nor Engineer, nor any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, shall be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 18.05 No Waiver A. A party’s non-enforcement of any provision shall not constitute a waiver of that provision, nor shall it affect the enforceability of that provision or of the remainder of this Contract. 18.06 Survival of Obligations A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor. 18.07 Controlling Law A. This Contract is to be governed by the law of the state in which the Project is located. 18.08 Headings A. Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 65 of 65 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS SGC 0 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................ 1 SGC 1.01 DEFINED TERMS ...................................................................................................... 1 SGC 2.01 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE ..................................... 1 SGC 2.03 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION ................................................................... 1 SGC 2.04 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE ..................................................................... 2 SGC 2.05 INITIAL ACCEPTANCE OF SCHEDULES ................................................................ 2 SGC 3.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS ...................................................................................... 2 SGC 4.03 REFERENCE POINTS ............................................................................................... 4 SGC 4.04 PROGRESS SCHEDULE .......................................................................................... 4 SGC 5.01 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS ......................................................................................... 4 SGC 5.03 SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS ........................................................ 5 SGC 5.04 DIFFERING SUBSURFACE OR PHYSICAL CONDITIONS ..................................... 5 SGC 5.06I HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION AT SITE ......................................... 5 SGC 6.01B PERFORAMNCE, PAYMENT, AND OTHER BONDS ............................................... 5 SGC 6.03 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE ............................................................... 5 SGC 6.04 OWNER’S LIABILITY INSURANCE ........................................................................... 6 SGC 6.05 PROPERTY INSURANCE ......................................................................................... 7 SGC 6.06 WAIVER OF RIGHTS ................................................................................................. 7 SGC 7.02 LABOR; WORKING HOURS ...................................................................................... 7 SGC 7.06 CONCERNING SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS ...................... 7 SGC 7.10 LAWS AND REGULATIONS ...................................................................................... 7 SGC 7.12 SAFETY AND PRECAUTION .................................................................................... 7 SGC 7.18 INDEMNIFICATION.................................................................................................... 8 SGC 8.01 OTHER WORK ........................................................................................................... 8 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN REVISED JANUARY 2016 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS SGC 9.11 EVIDENCE OF FINANCIAL ARRANGEMENTS ........................................................ 8 SGC 10.02 VISITS TO SITE ......................................................................................................... 9 SGC 10.08 LIMITATION ON ENGINEER’S AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITIES ................. 9 SGC 11.04 CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE ............................................................................. 9 SGC 12.01 CLAIMS ...................................................................................................................... 9 SGC 12.01 CLAIMS ...................................................................................................................... 9 SGC 13.01B5F COST OF THE WORK ............................................................................................... 9 SGC 13.01C COSTS EXCLUDED................................................................................................... 9 SGC 13.03 UNIT PRICE WORK ................................................................................................. 10 SGC 14.02 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS .................................................................................... 10 SGC 15.01 PROGRESS PAYMENTS ........................................................................................ 10 SGC 15.05 FINAL INSPECTION ................................................................................................ 11 SGC 15.06 FINAL PAYMENT ..................................................................................................... 11 SGC 15.08 CORRECTION PERIOD .......................................................................................... 11 SGC 17.01 METHODS AND PROCEDURES ............................................................................ 12 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN REVISED JANUARY 2016 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS SGC 0 INTRODUCTION These Supplementary General Conditions amend or supplement the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC C-700, 2013 Edition) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions, which are not so amended or supplemented, remain in full force and effect. SGC 1.01 DEFINED TERMS The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions, which are defined in the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (C-700, 2013 Edition), have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. OWNER shall mean the City of Shorewood, 5755 Country Club Road, Shorewood, MN 55331. ENGINEER shall mean the City ENGINEER of the City of Shorewood, or the ENGINEER representing the OWNER on the project. Contractor shall mean the individual or entity with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. Observer shall mean the individual or entity by whom the Owner and Engineer is represented in the observation and construction of the project. SGC 2.01 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE Delete paragraph 2.01.B and insert the following: Before any work at the site is started, Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with a copy to Engineer, certificates (and other evidence of insurance requested by Owner) that Contractor is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 6. SGC 2.03 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION Paragraph 2.03.A of the General Conditions shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following paragraphs. A. Within ten (10) days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Conditions) and before the preconstruction conference, Contractor shall submit to Engineer the following for its timely review. 1. A Progress Schedule indicating the order in which the Contractor proposes to perform the various stages of the Work, the dates on which the Contractor will start the various features thereof, and the contemplated dates for completing the same. The lack of a schedule shall be cause for withholding progress payments and could result in a work stoppage. If the work is stopped, no credit for working days or payment of down time will be provided. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 1 The Contractor shall not deviate from this Schedule after it is approved without the written permission of the Engineer. The Progress Schedule will be acceptable to the Engineer if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on the Engineer responsibility for adherence to the Progress Schedule nor interfere with or relieve the Contractor from the Contractor’s full responsibility therefore. 2. The Contractor shall present to the Engineer six (6) copies of detailed, dimensioned manufacturer's drawings of all materials, apparatus and machinery, and for such fittings and devices as the Engineer may direct. Shop drawings will not be accepted for review by the Engineer until after they have been checked and approved by the Contractor as evidenced by his approval stamp and signature. The Engineer will keep two copies of each set and return the rest to the Contractor with the Engineer's approval or notations. In case of lack of approval, the Contractor shall submit new drawings, corrected as required by the Engineer. All such drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer with atleast 14 days prior to manufacture of the material product allowance for consideration. Submittals shall be required for, but not limited to: Manhole Structures, Castings, Sewer Pipe, Water Main, Lift Stations, and Waterworks Brass. 3. The Engineer's approval of such drawings and Progress Schedules shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for deviations from drawings or specifications unless the Contractor has, in writing, called the Engineer's attention to such deviations at the time of submission, nor shall it relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for errors of any sort in shop drawings or Progress Schedules. No Work shall be started until the drawings and Progress Schedules have been approved by the Engineer. SGC 2.04 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE Add a new paragraph immediately after 2.04.A of the General Conditions, which is to read as follows: B. The preconstruction meeting will be arranged by the Engineer. Representatives of the Engineer, Owner, Contractor, utility companies and other parties involved in the project shall be present at this meeting. The Contractor's project superintendent and foreman will be present at this meeting. The Contractor's project superintendent shall be familiar with all phases of the work to be executed and shall oversee the work during its progress. The project superintendent shall represent the Contractor in the Contractor’s absence, and communications and directions given to the project superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. The Contractor's list of subcontractors and suppliers shall be submitted and reviewed along with any other information necessary for the orderly execution of the work at the preconstruction conference. SGC 2.05 INITIAL ACCEPTANCE OF SCHEDULES Paragraph 2.05 of the General Conditions shall be deleted in its entirety. SGC 3.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS Add new paragraphs immediately after 3.02.A.2 of the General Conditions, which are to read as follows: 3. The work shall be performed in accordance with: STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 2 A. The 2014 edition of the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Construction and the 2014 Edition of the Materials Lab Supplemental Specifications for Construction (MnDOT Specifications) and any supplements or amendments thereto issued prior to the date of these Contract Documents, including the current MnDOT 2360 Plant Mixed Asphalt Pavement Specification; B. The 2013 Edition of the City Engineers Association of Minnesota Construction Standard Specifications as published by the League of Minnesota Cities, St. Paul, Minnesota, and Standard Detail Plates; and C. The Project Manual, which contain individual project Bidding Requirements, Proposal Form, Conditions of the Contract, Contract Forms, Specifications, and any other project-specific information in the form of appendices. D. The current edition of the Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devises (MMUTCD), including the current edition of the Field Manual for Temporary Traffic Control Zone Layouts. The provisions for construction shall comply with the following order of precedence (“1” being the highest precedence, “4” being the lowest): 1) Individual Project Plan 2) Individual Project Manual 3) MnDOT Standard Specifications for Construction Any conflicting requirements or language shall follow that stated in the highest precedence document of those listed above, unless directed in writing by the Engineer. 4. Coordination of Plans and Specifications shall be in accordance with the provisions of MnDOT Specification 1504, as modified by the following definitions: a. Standard Specification: Standard Utilities Specifications of the City Engineers Association and all amendments thereto; MnDOT Standard Specifications for Construction and all amendments thereto; and the other specifications of ASTM, ANSI, AWWA, etc., as referenced and as published on the date of the bid advertisement. b. Supplemental Specifications: Refer in precedent order to the Supplementary Conditions and the General Conditions as contained in these Contract Documents. c. Work under these Contract Documents shall be governed by all applicable federal, state, and local laws, regulations, codes and ordinances, and the Contract Documents, which are as follows: General Conditions Supplementary Conditions General Requirements Special Provisions Addenda Proposal Contract Documents Technical Specifications STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 3 Should the Contract Documents conflict with any of the regulations and standards mentioned in preceding paragraphs of these Supplementary Conditions, the regulations and standards shall take precedence. This shall not, however, be construed to relieve the Contractor from complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents, which are in excess of, but not contrary to, the regulations and standards. SGC 4.03 REFERENCE POINTS Add new paragraphs immediately after 4.03.A of the General Conditions, which are to read as follows: B. All property corner monuments and section corners known by the Engineer will be marked prior to construction. Any such monuments required to be removed by the proposed construction will be replaced at the Owner's expense. Any such monuments outside the proposed construction limits shall be protected by the Contractor. Should any monuments outside the proposed construction limits be disturbed, a Licensed Land Surveyor will reset them at the Contractor’s expense. C. The Engineer will provide horizontal and vertical control construction stakes to allow the Contractor to construct the utilities as follows: 1) One set of offset stakes placed at twenty-five (25) foot intervals for the first one hundred (100) feet out of each manhole, then one hundred (100) foot intervals thereafter for gravity sewer. A cut sheet indicating horizontal and vertical distances from the stake to the pipe invert will be provided along with hub elevations and benchmarks. 2) One set of offset stakes placed at fifty (50) foot intervals, with a cut sheet including changes in direction and appurtenances for water main construction. The cut sheet should also include hub elevations and benchmarks. 3) One set of hubs at fifty foot (50’) intervals on street centerline to re-establish sub- grade. 4) One set of offset cut and fill stakes placed at fifty-foot (50’) intervals on each side of the street for fine grading and curb and gutter. A cut sheet showing hub elevations and benchmarks will be provided. D. The Contractor shall give the Engineer forty-eight (48) hour notice of need for the establishment of line and grade so that the Engineer may have time to provide them. No additional compensation shall be allowed by the Contractor for any claims of crews being held up because of lack of line and grade stakes. After lines and grades for any part of the work have been given by the Engineer, the Contractor will be held responsible for such lines and grades. It shall be the Contractor's total responsibility to accurately construct the streets and utilities in accordance with the construction stakes. All stakes or other marks given shall be protected and preserved by the Contractor until the Contractor is authorized to remove them. The Contractor shall be billed the cost of any re-staking due to their negligence. The Contractor shall, at their own expense, correct any mistakes that may be caused by the unauthorized disturbance or removal of line and grade stakes. The Engineer may require that work be suspended when, for any reason, such marks cannot be properly followed. SGC 4.04 PROGRESS SCHEDULE Paragraph 4.04.A of the General Conditions shall be deleted in its entirety. SGC 5.01 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS Add the following to paragraph 5.01.A of the General Conditions, which is to read as follows: STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 4 If the Contractor believes that there has been delay in Owner’s furnishing lands, rights-of-way or easements, Contractor’s sole remedy shall be an extension of Contract Time, for which the Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided in paragraph 11.05. SGC 5.03 SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS Add a new paragraph immediately after 5.03.B of the General Conditions, which is to read as follows: C. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 5.03.A and 5.03.B, under no circumstances may the Contractor rely upon the accuracy of the technical data concerning the amounts, elevations, or locations of subsurface groundwater. SGC 5.04 DIFFERING SUBSURFACE OR PHYSICAL CONDITIONS Amend paragraph 5.04.d.2.a. by inserting in the second line of this paragraph immediately after the word “conditions” the following: “or reasonably should have known thereof.” SGC 5.06.I HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION AT SITE Paragraph 5.06.I of the General Conditions shall be deleted in its entirety. SGC 6.01.B PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT, AND OTHER BONDS The first sentence of this section is changed to read as follows: All bonds shall be in a form acceptable to Owner and shall fulfill statutory requirements SGC 6.03 CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE Add new paragraphs immediately after 6.03.B of the General Conditions, which are to read as follows: The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph 6.03 Contractor’s Insurance of the General Conditions shall provide the following coverages for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations. The intent is to require all Contractors to carry at least $2,000,000 of coverage. These limits may be derived from the use of underlying coverage or Umbrella/Excess Insurance. 1. Worker’s Compensation and related coverage under paragraphs 6.03 of the General Conditions. Coverage A: Statutory Coverage B: Employers Liability Bodily Injury by Accident: Each Accident $500,000 Bodily Injury by Disease: Each Employee $500,000 Bodily Injury by Disease: Policy Limit $2,000,000 Coverage may be written at the State minimum limits but the difference must be supplemented through the use of an Umbrella/Excess policy. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 5 2. Contractors General Liability under paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through A.6 of the General Conditions which shall also include completed operations and product liability coverage and eliminate the exclusion with respect to property under the care, custody and control of Contractor. The policy shall name the City of Shorewood and WSB & Associates, Inc. as additional insureds on a primary and non-contributory basis. As additional insureds, the City of Shorewood and WSB & Associates shall be entitled to the limit required by this agreement or Contractor’s actual policy limits, whichever is greater. Contractor is required to provide the following endorsements: CG 20 10 07 04 or CG 20 10 04 13 and CG 20 37 07 04 or CG 20 37 04 13 or their equivalent. General Liability: Commercial General Liability General Aggregate $2,000,000 Product – Completed Operations Aggregate $2,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury $2,000,000 Each Occurrence (Bodily Injury and Property Damage) $2,000,000 (Explosion, Collapse, and Underground shall not be deleted) Certificate of Insurance should indicate: Contractual Liability is covered Yes Governmental Immunity is waived to the extent of insurance Yes Operations of subcontractor is covered Yes Optional: Certificate of Insurance should indicate: Contractual Liability is covered Yes The intent is to ensure that the “per occurrence” limits and “product-completed operation” aggregates are at least $2,000,000, but may be attained through the use of an Umbrella/Excess policy. 3. Automobile Liability: Bodily Injury: Each Person $2,000,000 Each Accident $2,000,000 Property Damage: Each Accident $2,000,000 or Bodily Injury & Property Damage (Combined Single Limit) $2,000,000 The intent is to ensure that the limits are at least $2,000,000, but may be attained through the use of an Umbrella/Excess policy. 4. Umbrella/Excess Liability: General Aggregate $2,000,000 Each Occurrence $2,000,000 SGC 6.04 OWNER’S LIABILITY INSURANCE Paragraph 6.04A of the General Conditions shall be deleted in its entirety. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 6 SGC 6.05 PROPERTY INSURANCE Delete paragraph 6.05 in its entirety and insert the following: Builder’s Risk Insurance: Before commencement of the Work, the Contractor shall provide Builder’s Risk Insurance on a multiple peril form in the full amount of the total construction and material contract. Such insurance shall contain an appropriate rider to include as Additional Named Insureds, the Owner, the Engineer and his consultants, and each of their officers, employees and agents, all subcontractors, the equipment contractors and all of their subcontractors on the construction premises. Such insurance may have a deductible clause but the deductible amount shall be borne by the Contractor and shall not exceed $1,000.00. The Builder’s Risk Insurance required herein shall apply to projects involving construction of structures and building only. The requirements of this section shall be waived on projects involving only underground utilities, grading, street improvements and similar construction work, but any damage or loss to property shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor until final acceptance of the Work. SGC 6.06 WAIVER OF RIGHTS Paragraph 6.06 of the General Conditions shall be deleted in its entirety. SGC 7.02 LABOR; WORKING HOURS Add two new sentences immediately after the end of 7.02.B of the General Conditions to read as follows: Working hours will be from 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, and 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. on Saturdays. The Contractor shall not be permitted to work on Sundays or holidays, except in the case of emergencies. Requests for modification of working hours must be approved by the City of Shorewood City Council. The Contractor shall submit all requests in writing to the Engineer. The Contractor shall structure the proposed project schedule based on the stated working hours. SGC 7.06 CONCERNING SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS At the end of the paragraph 7.06.O.2 add the following: In accordance with Minnesota Statute 471.425, the Contractor shall pay any subcontractor within ten days of the Contractor’s receipt of payment from the municipality. SGC 7.10 LAWS AND REGULATIONS Add Paragraph D: DATA PRACTICES ACT The Contractor must comply with the Minnesota Government Data Practices Act, Minnesota Statutes Chapter 13, as it applies to (1) all data provided by the Owner pursuant to this Agreement, and (2) all data, created, collected, received, stored, used, maintained, or disseminated by the Contractor pursuant to this Agreement. The Contractor is subject to all the provisions of the Minnesota Government Data Practices Act, including but not limited to the civil remedies of Minnesota Statutes Section 13.08, as if it were a government entity. In the event the Contractor receives a request to release data, the Contractor must immediately notify the Owner. The Owner will give the Contractor instructions concerning the release of the data to the requesting party before the data is released. Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold the Owner, its officials, officers, agents, employees, and volunteers harmless from any claims resulting from Contractor’s officers’, agents’, owners’, partners’, employees’, volunteers’, assignees’ or subcontractors’ unlawful disclosure and/or use of protected data. The terms of this paragraph shall survive the cancellation or termination of this Agreement. SGC 7.12 SAFETY AND PRECAUTION STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 7 Add a new paragraph immediately after 7.12.G of the General Conditions, which is to read as follows: H. The Contractor shall provide all necessary temporary barricades, fences and other protection as required for the proper execution of the work and for the protection of his employees, employees of the Owner, other construction personnel, and the general public according to all Federal, State, and Local regulations. This may include increased signing as necessary. The Contractor may need to furnish, erect, and maintain lights to provide a safe work environment according to all state and federal codes. All utility trenches shall be backfilled at the end of each working day and driveway access provided to individual residences to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall immediately call “911” if a gas utility line is struck or damaged. SGC 7.18 INDEMNIFICATION Add the following as subparagraph 7.18.Dof the General Conditions to read as follows: 2. Provided however, if the claim, damage, loss or expense referred to in Paragraph 7.18A results from failure of the ENGINEER to discover a condition or object which is underground or otherwise not reasonably observable by the ENGINEER, and if said failure to discover is apparent to the CONTRACTOR in that the said condition or object is omitted from the ENGINEER’S maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, change orders, designs or specifications, then the CONTRACTOR shall be liable for indemnification of ENGINEER under Paragraph 7.18 for damage resulting from said failure to discover unless CONTRACTOR shall have notified ENGINEER of the existence and location of such condition or object prior to the occurrence of such damage and in sufficient time for ENGINEER to have made provisions therefore. Further, in the event neither ENGINEER nor CONTRACTOR discover such condition or object, CONTRACTOR shall bear the burden of indemnification under Paragraph 7.18. SGC 8.01 OTHER WORK Add the following to 8.01.C of the General Conditions to read as follows: The Contractor shall cooperate with all parties to facilitate the prompt completion of all contracts. Add the following immediately after 8.01.D of the General Conditions, which is to read as follows: D. The Contractor is hereby advised that the following work may be performed on the site by others during the contract time. 1. The individual lot owners or their agents may be site grading and/or constructing buildings on the lots adjacent to the proposed streets. 2. Private utility companies may be installing and/or relocating underground facilities on or adjacent to the project. E. If Owner performs work for the Contractor, the Contractor must pay Owner for such work with no deduction in Contract amount. SGC 9.11 EVIDENCE OF FINANCIAL ARRANGEMENTS Paragraph 9.11 of the General Conditions shall be deleted in its entirety. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 8 SGC 10.02 VISITS TO SITE Add a new paragraph immediately after 10.02.B of the General Conditions, which is to read as follows: C. For projects with construction bid costs of $750,000 or more, throughout the construction phase, regular weekly meetings will be held by the Engineer on site to review progress and to discuss items necessary for an orderly completion of the project. The weekly construction meetings shall include the Owner, Engineer and Contractor. The Contractor’s representative must be able to make decisions for the Contractor pertaining to the project. All project conflicts shall be brought to these meetings, including requests for additional payment. Meeting minutes will be provided to all participants as a record of the meeting. SGC 10.08 LIMITATION ON ENGINEER’S AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITIES Add the following at the end of the first sentence of paragraph 10.08A: Insofar as the subject matter of any pertinent claim, dispute, or other matter falls within the realm of the technical expertise of ENGINEER, ENGINEER shall not render any decision on any claims, disputes, or other matters the subject matter of which, at ENGINEER’S sole discretion, requires legal, rather than technical interpretation. SGC 11.04 CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE Add the following paragraphs to 11.04.d of the General Conditions to read as follows: Except as specifically authorized in writing by the Engineer at the time additional work is done beyond the original scope of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall make no claims for additional compensation. The Contractor’s plea of ignorance of foreseeable conditions which will create difficulties or hindrances in the execution of the work will not be acceptable to the Owner as an excuse for any failure of the Contractor to fulfill the requirements of the Contract Documents, and shall not be a basis for the Contractor’s claim for additional compensation. Any discrepancies in or conflicts between the items described in these Contract Documents must be submitted in writing to the Engineer for adjustment prior to proceeding with the work as any claims for additional compensation to achieve compliance with the requirements of those items will not be allowed or considered. SGC 12.01 CLAIMS The first sentence of Paragraph 12.01.B of the General Conditions shall be deleted and the following inserted in its place: Written notice stating the general nature of each Claim, dispute, or other matter shall be delivered by the claimant to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract promptly but in no event later than ten (10) days after the start of the event giving rise thereto. SGC 13.01.B.5.F COST OF THE WORK Paragraph 11.01.A.5.F of the General Conditions shall be deleted in its entirety. SGC 13.01.C COSTS EXCLUDED Insert the following after Paragraph 13.01.C.5: STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 9 6. Sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes related to the Work for which CONTRACTOR is liable. SGC 13.03 UNIT PRICE WORK Delete paragraph 13.03.E in its entirety and insert the following in its place. There will be no adjustment in unit price for increased or decreased quantities. In addition, the Owner reserves the right to reduce certain quantities or delete certain items from each section of the bids as the Owner sees fit, either before or after the Award of Contract. There will be no additional compensation due to remobilization of equipment as necessary to complete punch list items or other items not completed by the Contractor. There will be no additional compensation due to restocking charges for materials not used on the project. SGC 14.02 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS Add the following paragraphs to 14.02.A of the General Conditions to read as follows: The Contractor shall provide a minimum twenty-four (24) hour notice to the Observer for any testing that must be observed or accomplished by someone other than the Contractor’s personnel. All final tests and inspections shall be performed under the observation of the Resident Project Observer. All tests on material to be placed shall be completed prior to the placing of any material. Tests shall be made in accordance with the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) standard and tentative specifications that apply, except as otherwise specified. Signed copies of all reports on tests shall be sent at once to the Owner, Engineer and Contractor. Inspection and testing shall in no way relieve the Contractor or supplier from the responsibility of furnishing materials and workmanship in accordance with the plans and specifications. SGC 15.01 PROGRESS PAYMENTS Amend paragraph 15.01B.3 of the General Conditions to read as follows: The amount of retainage with respect to all progress payments will be as follows: Minnesota Contractors 5% Exempt Non-Minnesota Contractors 5% Non-Exempt Non-Minnesota Contractors 5% + 8%* = 13% *State Surety Deposit Non-Minnesota Contractors are advised to file Form SDE with the Minnesota Department of Revenue to determine their exemption status. No reduction in retainage will be allowed until final acceptance of entire project, unless approved by the Engineer. The first sentence in 15.01.C.5 of the General Conditions shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following sentence: The Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if the established Contract Time for Substantial Completion has expired or, if in the Engineer’s opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to the Owner referred to in paragraph 15.01.C.2. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 10 SGC 15.05 FINAL INSPECTION Add the following after the second sentence of paragraph 15.05.A of the General Conditions: If, after such measures are taken, subsequent inspections by the Engineer reveal that any of the previously identified construction items remain incomplete or defective, the Engineer will again notify the Contractor in writing of the remaining construction items. All costs associated with any subsequent inspections in which said remaining particulars are revealed, will be documented by the Engineer and paid by the Contractor to the Owner. SGC 15.06 FINAL PAYMENT Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 15.06.A.3 of the General Conditions, which is to read as follows: 4. Before final application for payment is made for the work, the Contractor must make satisfactory showing of compliance with M.S.A. 290.92, which requires the withholding of state income taxes for wages paid to employees on this project. Receipt by the Engineer of a certificate of Compliance from the Commissioner of Taxation to the Owner will satisfy this requirement. The Contractor is advised that before such certificate can be issued, the Contractor must first place on file with the Commissioner of Taxation an affidavit that the Contractor has complied with the provisions of M.S.A. 290.92. The required affidavit form will be supplied by the Commissioner of Taxation, Centennial Building, St. Paul, Minnesota, on request. Final payment will not be made until the Contractor shall have filed with the Engineer evidence in the form of an affidavit or such other evidence as may be required that all claims against him by reason of the Contract have been fully paid or satisfactorily secured. This shall be in the form of IC134 forms, paid-in-full final lien waivers from the Contractor, subcontractors, and major suppliers, and a Consent of Surety shall precede or accompany the final application for payment. In case such evidence is not furnished, the Owner may retain out of any monies due said Contractor sums sufficient to cover all lienable claims unpaid. In addition, a two (2) year warranty bond is required from the Contractor. Said maintenance bond is to be dated to begin the date the City Council formally accepts the project. SGC 15.08 CORRECTION PERIOD Replace paragraph 15.08.A of the General Conditions with the following: If within two (2) years after the date of final acceptance of the project by the City Council; or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations; or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents; or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work that is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for the Contractor’s use by the Owner or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in paragraph 6.11.A is found to be defective, the Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner, and in accordance with the Owner’s written instructions: (i) Repair such defective land or areas, or (ii) Correct such defective Work or, if the defective Work has been rejected by the Owner, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and (iii) Satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting there from. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 11 With regards to any surface concrete work, including but not limited to sidewalks, curb, gutter, and driveway aprons within the project area, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any warranty work unless written approval is provided by the Owner releasing the Contractor from the responsibility for damages. The intent of this provision is to release the Contractor from accepting monetary losses for destruction of concrete sidewalk, curb, gutter, and driveway aprons due to damages and circumstances out of the control of the Contractor. At no point during the two-year warranty period shall this relieve the Contractor’s responsibility for correction of the defective work as stated in the preceding paragraph, or as caused by poor construction and defective materials on the concrete sidewalk, curb, gutter, and driveway aprons within the project area. The Owner or Engineer shall make the final determination of what material is defective within the project area at any point within the two-year warranty period. SGC 17.01 METHODS AND PROCEDURES Article 17.01, Methods and Procedures, of the General Conditions shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following paragraphs: “In an effort to resolve any conflicts that arise during the design or construction of the project or following the completion of the project, the Contractor and the Engineer agree that all disputes between them arising out of or relating to this agreement shall be resolved, if possible, at the lowest possible staff level. If the dispute cannot be resolved between the Contractor and the Engineer staff, the Contractor president/CEO and the City Administrator will meet to attempt to resolve the dispute(s). If resolution is not achieved, the dispute shall be submitted to non-binding mediation. The rights and remedies available to the Contractor shall be limited to breach of Contract, and no other cause of action, including, without limitation, negligence, misrepresentation or other tort theory. The Owner or Contractor may assert any such breach of contract claim in any court of competent jurisdiction. Neither the Owner nor the Contractor shall be entitled to a jury trial in any such action. The right and remedies to the Owner hereunder shall be in addition to and shall not be constructed in any way as a limitation of any rights and remedies available to the Owner, which is otherwise available by law or contract, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provision of the Contract documents. The provision of this paragraph shall be as effective as if repeated specifically in the contract documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which it may apply. All representations, warranties and guarantees made in the Contract documents shall survive final payment, termination or completion of this agreement. No waiver or failure to enforce any part or provision of the contract documents, including but not limited to the change order process, shall be deemed to be waiver by the Owner of any subsequent default or breach of the same or any other part of provision contained herein, or right to enforce the same or any other part or provision contained herein.” STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 12 DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WORK SEQUENCE ...................................................................................................................................... 1 PROJECT MEETINGS .................................................................................................................................. 2 SUBMITTALS ................................................................................................................................................ 2 PROJECT STORAGE AREA ........................................................................................................................ 3 QUALITY CONTROL .................................................................................................................................... 3 STRUCTURE MARKERS ............................................................................................................................. 3 FIELD ENGINEERING .................................................................................................................................. 3 CONSTRUCTION LIMITS ............................................................................................................................. 4 AWARD OF CONTRACT .............................................................................................................................. 4 1103 – DEFINITIONS.................................................................................................................................... 4 1402 – “OR EQUAL” CLAUSE ...................................................................................................................... 4 1407 – CLEANUP ......................................................................................................................................... 4 1504 – REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS ..................................................................................................... 5 1507 – UTILITY PROPERTY AND SERVICE ............................................................................................... 5 1508 – CONSTRUCTION STAKES, LINES, AND GRADES ........................................................................ 6 1511 – INSPECTION OF WORK .................................................................................................................. 7 1603 – MATERIALS: SPECIFICATIONS, SAMPLES, TESTS, AND ACCEPTANCE .................................. 7 1606 – STORAGE OF MATERIALS ............................................................................................................. 8 1701 – FINES ................................................................................................................................................ 8 1702 – PERMITS .......................................................................................................................................... 8 1706 – TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES ............................................................................................ 8 1707 – PROTECTION OF THE PUBLIC ...................................................................................................... 9 1710 – TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES ........................................................................................................ 9 1717 – AIR, LAND AND WATER POLLUTION .......................................................................................... 10 1717 – STORMWATER MANAGEMENT AND EROSION CONTROL ...................................................... 11 1801 – PROSECUTION OF WORK ........................................................................................................... 11 1807 – LIQUIDATED DAMAGES ................................................................................................................ 11 1903 – COMPENSATION FOR INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTITIES ........................................ 12 PROTECT EXISTING SURFACE IMPROVEMENTS ................................................................................. 12 CONTRACTOR’S USE OF PREMISES ...................................................................................................... 12 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES ................................................................................................. 15 HOLD HARMLESS AND INDEMNIFICATION ............................................................................................ 15 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 1 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REVISED JANUARY 2016 DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WORK SEQUENCE The sequencing for this project shall be in accordance with the following requirements. The Contractor shall: 1. Perform his work in such a manner as to cause the least interference with adjoining property owners and the general public. 2. Schedule work continuously to avoid delays. Work or equipment outside the areas designated for construction is not allowed unless approved by the Engineer. 3. Seek approval of any haul routes from the Engineer prior to the start of construction activities. Any damage to existing streets due to unapproved construction use will be repaired at the Contractor’s expense. 4. Expect to make multiple mobilizations at no additional compensation for street and utility construction related work to accommodate access for residents and minimize the period of construction disturbances. 5. Limit the use of equipment to the hours of 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. Monday through Friday and 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. on Saturdays. Work will not be permitted on Sundays and holidays. Requests for modification of working hours must be approved by the City of Shorewood City Council. The Contractor shall submit all requests in writing to the Engineer. The Contractor shall structure the proposed project schedule based on the stated working hours. The winning Contractor shall have all contracts signed and required bonds secured prior to the preconstruction meeting. A preconstruction meeting shall be conducted within seven (7) days of the award of contract, and utility construction shall start within seven (7) days of receiving the Notice to Proceed. The project schedule has been set to accommodate sufficient time for private utility relocation and weather delays. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to complete the project within the assigned schedule. No extension of time will be granted for weather conditions typical to the time of year the work is undertaken. The City may add work to the project in areas located both inside and outside of the established construction limits. Any additional work shall be paid for under unit bid prices, and there will be no compensation for additional mobilizations. A minimum of seven (7) days prior to the preconstruction conference, the Contractor shall submit a schedule/plan of procedure in writing to the Engineer for approval, and after approval, shall not deviate from it without written permission from the Engineer. The schedule of procedure shall indicate the number of crews and persons to be employed, locations of work for each crew, time schedule, work sequence and moves, and other pertinent information as required by the Engineer. The schedule may be influenced by accommodations for affected residents, businesses, private utility relocation, school district schedules, easements, and Hennepin County or MnDOT approval of posted detours along County and State roads if applicable. The Contractor shall modify the schedule to accommodate these occurrences and shall reschedule accordingly at no additional compensation. See “Submittals” for additional information. Any requests from the Contractor for modification of the plans and specifications shall be accompanied by an estimate of the time savings or extension. There must be a benefit to the Owner or the project if the request is to be considered. No extension of time will be acknowledged at the end of the project for failing to notify the Engineer at the time that the delay occurred. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 1 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 1 PROJECT MEETINGS Prior to the start of the work, there will be a preconstruction meeting arranged by the Engineer. Representatives of the Engineer, Owner, Contractor, City, geotechnical firm, and public utility companies shall be present at this meeting. The Contractor’s project superintendent shall be present at the meeting. This person shall be familiar with all phases of the work to be executed and shall oversee the work during its progress. The project superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence, and communications and directions given to him shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Weekly construction meetings will be scheduled, as necessary, throughout the construction phase to review progress and discuss items necessary for an orderly completion of the project. SUBMITTALS Prior to the preconstruction conference, the Contractor shall submit in writing to the Engineer for review a schedule of procedure indicating the order in which the Contractor proposes to perform the various stages of the work, the dates on which he will start the various features thereof, and the contemplated dates for completing the same. The Contractor shall not deviate from this schedule, once approved without written permission of the Engineer. The schedule may be influenced by acquisition of easements or by accommodations for affected residents. The contractor shall modify the schedule to accommodate these occurrences and shall reschedule accordingly at no additional compensation. An updated monthly work schedule must be included with any partial payment request. The lack of a schedule shall be cause for withholding of progress payments and could result in a work stoppage. If the work is stopped, no credit of working days or payment of down time will be provided. The schedule must include down times for unforeseen weather conditions typical for the time of year the work is completed. The Contractor must notify the Engineer of any and all delays within ten (10) days of the occurrence. These may be considered for an extension to the completion dates. Shop Drawings The Contractor shall present to the Engineer four (4) copies of detailed, dimensioned manufacturer’s drawings of all materials, apparatus and machinery, and for such fittings and devices as the Engineer may direct. The Engineer will keep two copies of each set and return the rest to the Contractor with the Engineer’s approval or notations. In case of lack of approval, the Contractor shall submit new drawings, corrected as required by the Engineer. All such drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer with a time allowance of 10 days for consideration. All shop drawings shall be submitted through the Prime or General Contractor and be accompanied by a letter of transmittal. The Prime or General Contractor shall approve all shop drawings before transmitting them for approval. An electronic copy of approved shop drawings shall be submitted to the City. The Engineer’s approval of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for errors of any sort in shop drawings or schedule. No work shall be started until the drawings have been approved by the Engineer. Change Orders Any requests for “Change Orders” shall be submitted to the Engineer in writing within seven (7) days of the occurrence. Any requests shall be approved by the Engineer prior to the work commencing. Traffic Control The Contractor shall provide to the Engineer, at least ten (10) business days in advance of erecting traffic control devices, a traffic control plan that indicates placement of traffic control devices, schedule and duration of time for the traffic control, including identification of flag person(s) for temporary lane closures and proposed detours of traffic. Traffic control shall be in accordance with Section 1710 herein. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 1 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 2 PROJECT STORAGE AREA The Contractor shall be responsible for identifying and providing a project storage area. The area shall be cleaned up and fully restored to the pre-existing condition prior to closing out this project. The cleanup, restoration, and erosion control of the project storage area shall be the Contractor’s responsibility; no compensation will be made for this work. QUALITY CONTROL Any person representing federal or state agencies, the ENGINEER, or Owner shall have the right-of-entry to inspect the work being performed by the Contractor. If the case warrants, the Contractor shall provide proper facilities for such access and inspection. The Contractor shall notify the resident Observer anytime they anticipate working on this project. No work will be allowed without notifying the Observer a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours beforehand. Testing of materials and/or densities will be paid for by the Owner. Any retesting due to failures shall be at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor will be responsible for television inspection of the sanitary sewer after it has been constructed. The Owner reserves the right to view these television inspection tapes prior to final project acceptance. Such inspections are to be at the Contractor’s expense unless a bid item has been provided. STRUCTURE MARKERS All manholes, gate valves, and storm sewer aprons that are not located within the surfaced right-of-way shall be marked with marker signs. Payment for the sign shall be included in the unit price bid for the structure requiring the marker sign (see City Standard Plate No. SAN-12). FIELD ENGINEERING The Owner will provide horizontal and vertical control construction stakes to allow the Contractor to construct the improvements. It shall be the Contractor's total responsibility to accurately construct the improvements in accordance with the construction stakes. Construction stakes will not be placed by the Owner until a written request is received from the Contractor giving the Engineer forty-eight (48) hours' notice, describing where and when he wants the construction stakes placed for the next week’s construction. The stakes will be set only one (1) time and it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to preserve the stakes. The Engineer shall have the right to order the Contractor to have construction stakes replaced if the Engineer determines that a significant number of stakes have been destroyed. The replacement of any construction stakes will be done by the Owner at the Contractor’s expense and for which the Contractor will be billed. The Contractor shall be responsible for replacement of all property or section corners he removes. The Owner will mark all property corners and section corners the Owner is aware of prior to construction. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any property corner, whether the Owner has marked them or not, which the Contractor may disturb in sufficient time to allow the Engineer to establish ties to the corner. The replacement of property or section corners shall be by the Owner at the Contractor's expense and for which the Contractor will be billed. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 1 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 3 CONSTRUCTION LIMITS The Contractor shall confine his operations to the limits of the construction area as shown on the plans. The City will endeavor to have obtained necessary rights-of-entry, rights-of-way, and easements prior to the Contractor commencing work. Failure to acquire all rights-of-entry, rights-of-way, and easements prior to the start of construction shall not be cause for a request of time extension or additional monies by the Contractor. Should special and/or extraordinary construction methods need to be employed by the Contractor for the completion of the project such as, but not limited to, trench box construction, any special and/or extraordinary construction methods used shall be considered incidental to the project. AWARD OF CONTRACT The Contractor shall not begin work until proper execution of the contract and written authorization to proceed has been issued by the Owner and Engineer. The submittal of all required surety bonds and insurance certificates is required before a Notice to Proceed can be issued. 1103 – DEFINITIONS Owner: City of Shorewood Larry Brown, PE Director of Public Works 5755 Country Club Road Shorewood, MN 55331 Phone: (952) 960-7900 Fax: (952) 474-0128 Engineer: WSB & Associates, Inc. Paul Hornby, PE City Engineer 477 Temperance Street St. Paul, MN 55101 Phone: (651) 286-8453 Fax: (651) 286-8488 1402 – “OR EQUAL” CLAUSE Whenever a material or article required is shown on the Plans or in the Specifications by using the name of a product or of a particular manufacturer, it is to be understood that other products or materials which will adequately perform the required function may be considered equal and satisfactory in the Engineer’s opinion. A comparable product shall not be purchased or installed without the Engineer’s approval. A “Contract Change Order” shall be used if the Contract is to be modified. 1407 – CLEANUP The provisions of MnDOT 1407 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: During the progress of the work, the area affected shall be kept clean and free of all rubbish and surplus materials at all times. All unneeded construction equipment shall be removed from the site and all damage repaired so that the public and adjacent property owners are inconvenienced as little as possible. Where materials or debris have washed or flowed into or have been placed in water courses, ditches, gutters, drains, catch basins, or elsewhere as a result of the Contractor’s operations, such material or debris shall be removed and satisfactorily disposed of during progress of work. All ditches, channels, drains, etc. shall be kept in a clean and neat condition. All catch basins and sumps shall be cleaned just prior to final acceptance of the project. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 1 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 4 Any material deposited on streets adjacent to the project from construction or hauling operations shall be cleaned as directed by the Engineer. If the Contractor fails to clean adjacent roadways within 24 hours of notification, the Engineer shall make arrangements to have the roadways cleaned by the City and bill the Contractor $500.00 per occurrence. The $500.00 fee for street sweeping will be deducted from project retainage for each occurrence. It is expected that the existing streets and private properties adjacent to the project will remain clean and free of soil and debris throughout the duration of the project. All roadways, driveways, parking areas, lawns, etc. should be inspected on a minimum daily basis to prevent soil and debris from building up. Any soils or debris shall be removed immediately upon discovery. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the areas adjacent to the construction area are not being sufficiently cleaned, the Engineer shall arrange to have the work completed by a separate Contractor. All costs associated with cleaning the area shall be deducted from the monies due the Contractor. On or before the completion of work, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise directed in writing, remove all temporary works, tools and machinery or other construction equipment placed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall remove all rubbish from any grounds which the Contractor has occupied and shall leave all of the premises and adjacent properties affected by the operation in a neat and restored condition satisfactory to the Engineer. Sweeping of streets and parking lots that are impacted by the construction shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide street and parking lot sweeping when requested by the Engineer. The sweeper shall be a pick up style sweeper. Silt fence shall be removed by the Contractor prior to the end of the warranty period or as directed by the Engineer. Removal shall be incidental with no additional compensation made. Unless the proposal includes a contract bit item for cleanup, cleanup shall be incidental to the contract. Failure to perform clean-up may result in the stoppage of work until clean-up is completed. No additional compensation shall be made for down time resulting from a work stoppage to perform clean-up. 1504 – REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS The provisions of MnDOT 1504 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: Where the Minnesota Department of Transportation specifications are referred to herein and where a reference to the word "State" is mentioned, it is understood that the word "Owner" is substituted. All reference to the word "Engineer" shall be interpreted as the Engineer for the Owner. The 2016 Edition of the Minnesota Department of Transportation (MnDOT) “Standard Specifications for Construction” and latest revisions thereto shall apply except as noted herein. In no cases shall any part of Division I (General Requirements and Covenants) of the MnDOT Specifications apply to this contract unless specifically stated elsewhere in these specifications. Utility construction shall be accomplished in accordance with the City Engineer’s Association of Minnesota; Standard Utilities Specifications 2013 Edition and revisions thereto. When conflicting information is given, the most restrictive shall apply. Any questions of intent will be determined by the Engineer upon written request by the Contractor. 1507 – UTILITY PROPERTY AND SERVICE The provisions of MnDOT 1507 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 1 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 5 Prior to commencing construction, the Contractor shall check all existing manholes, catch basins, gate valve boxes, stop boxes, culverts and storm sewer lines in the construction zones to determine their condition. Failure to report deficiencies in writing, and have such deficiencies acknowledged in writing by the Engineer, will be cause for any required repairs and/or cleaning to be charged to this Contractor. Plans shall contain information depicting the relative location of existing utilities to the extent this information is available from the respective utility companies. The Owner does not, however, guarantee the locations as shown on the plans, and it is the Contractor’s responsibility to ascertain the final location of these utilities and to notify the utility companies prior to commencing construction. The Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of utility locates. The Contractor shall coordinate work efforts with utility relocations in an effort to prevent delays affecting interim deadlines. 1507.2 – NOTIFICATION The provisions of MnDOT 1507.2 are supplemented with the following: It may be necessary to relocate existing private utilities to facilitate construction. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to coordinate his work with the non-municipal utility companies and preserve the existing condition of said utilities. The Owner will not be responsible for any delay that the Contractor may encounter due to the utility company involved failing to promptly do their necessary work. All crossings shall be thoroughly backfilled and compacted, using mechanical tampers to prevent any displacement or settlement of the utility lines. No compensation will be allowed the Contractor for replacement of damaged utilities. State law requires that the Contractor to contact Gopher State One Call (651-454-0002) for utility locations before doing any underground excavation. 1508 – CONSTRUCTION STAKES, LINES, AND GRADES The provisions of MnDOT 1508 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: The Owner will provide horizontal and vertical control construction stakes to allow the Contractor to construct the utilities as follows: A. Offset stakes placed at twenty-five (25) foot intervals for the first one hundred (100) feet out of each manhole, then one hundred (100) foot intervals thereafter for sanitary or storm sewer, with a cut sheet indicating horizontal and vertical distances from the stake to the pipe invert. B. Offset stakes placed at fifty (50) foot intervals, including changes in direction and appurtenances for water main construction. C. Curb and Gutter: Three foot offset stakes placed at 25-foot intervals with a cut sheet indicating a cut/fill to the proposed top of curb. D. The Contractor can request one (1) set of "blue-tops" to be placed at the centerline alignment of the street section. It shall be the Contractor's total responsibility to accurately construct the utilities in accordance with the construction stakes. Construction stakes will not be placed by the Owner until a written request is received from the Contractor giving the Engineer forty-eight (48) hours' notice, describing where and when he wants the construction stakes placed for the next week's construction. The stakes will be set only one time and it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to preserve the stakes. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 1 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 6 The Engineer shall have the right to order the Contractor to have construction stakes replaced if the Engineer determines that a significant number of stakes have been destroyed. The replacement of any construction stakes will be done by the Owner at the Contractor's expense and for which the Contractor will be billed. The Contractor shall be responsible for replacement of all property or section corners he removes. The Owner will mark all property corners and section corners the Owner is aware of prior to construction. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any property corner, whether the Owner has marked them or not, which the Contractor may disturb in sufficient time to allow the Engineer to establish ties to the corner. The replacement of property or section corners shall be by the Owner at the Contractor's expense and for which the Contractor will be billed. No additional compensation shall be allowed the Contractor for any claims of crews being held up because of lack of line and grade stakes. 1511 – INSPECTION OF WORK The provisions of MnDOT 1511 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: Any person representing federal or state agencies, the Engineer, or Owners shall have the right-of-entry to inspect the work being performed by the Contractor. If the case warrants, the Contractor shall provide proper facilities for such access and inspection. The Contractor shall notify the Owner’s Representative anytime he anticipates working on this project. No work will be allowed without notifying the Observer a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours beforehand. 1603 – MATERIALS: SPECIFICATIONS, SAMPLES, TESTS, AND ACCEPTANCE The provisions of MnDOT 1603 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 1603.2 – SAMPLING AND TESTING The first paragraph of MnDOT 1603.2 is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: For all projects, testing will be required to meet the applicable MnDOT Schedule of Materials Control and CEAM. The rates of testing to be completed may be adjusted as determined by the Engineer. This schedule establishes the size of samples and the minimum rate of testing, but in no way effects specification requirements for the material. The rates of testing to be completed may be adjusted as determined by the City Engineer. All testing shall be considered incidental to the construction and no payment will be made. Testing field work shall be completed to assure quality of materials and/or workmanship. The Contractor will assist the City in coordination of the tests to be performed, incidental to the project. Copies of all test results, either passing or failing, shall be provided to the Construction Observer, Public Works Director, Contractor, and WSB & Associates, Inc. Failing test results shall be retested to confirm compliance with the project specifications. A City representative shall be present at the time the test is performed. Test reports shall include the following: Project name Owner project number Engineer project number Location/client Street name Street location per plan stationing Depth below finished grade and/or elevation Results of test performed STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 1 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 7 Comparison of the test results to project specifications. If failing, retest results to confirm compliance with project specifications. Certification by a MnDOT certified tester or registered professional ENGINEER The Contractor shall make an earnest effort to dry soils that exceed the optimum moisture content requirements as specified in MnDOT 2105.3B2. This work is included in the unit bid price for full depth reclamation or pavement removal areas and shall include, but is not limited to, “farming” the soils with a disc or blade to allow natural drying, and/or mixing or replacement of the wet soil with dry soil from another area of the site at no additional compensation. Subject to prior approval by the Engineer, the Contractor may exceed the maximum slump requirements only with the addition of a water reducing agent (super plasticizer). The use of water to exceed the maximum slump requirements is not allowed. The use of plasticizers and/or water reducers shall be at the Contractor’s expense. 1606 – STORAGE OF MATERIALS The provisions of MnDOT 1606 are hereby supplemented with the following: The Contractor is hereby advised that the only materials that will be allowed to be stockpiled within project limits are materials which will be incorporated into the project and then only in the quantity needed. Materials cannot be stockpiled which are for use on other projects. This specification applies to manufactured and natural materials (including material stockpiled for crushing). If the Contractor elects to crush excavated materials within the project limits, the quantity of crushed material will be limited to only the quantity required for this project. The Contractor will not be allowed to crush materials other than those found within the project limits, unless approved in writing by the Engineer. The Contractor will not be allowed to remove crushed material from the project limits, unless approved in writing by the Engineer. 1701 – FINES The provisions of MnDOT 1701 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: In the event the Owner is fined by the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency, Environmental Protection Agency or Minnesota Department of Health as a result of the Contractor’s actions or lack of actions, the Owner will deduct from payment due the Contractor corresponding amounts to cover the cost of such fines, including the costs of related Engineering and legal fees. 1702 – PERMITS The provisions of MnDOT 1702 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: The Contractor is responsible for registering with Hennepin County and MnDOT and obtaining the necessary permits for hauling along County and State Roadways. 1706 – TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES The provisions of MnDOT 1706 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: The Contractor, at their own expense, shall provide and maintain temporary toilet facilities at the site during the construction period. The Contractor and Engineer shall agree to the location of the temporary toilet facilities. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 1 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 8 1707 – PROTECTION OF THE PUBLIC The provisions of MnDOT 1707 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall provide any barricades, fences or other means of protection necessary to properly execute the work and adequately protect his employees, employees of the Owner, employees of the Engineer, and members of the public according to federal, state, and local regulators. All utility trenches shall be backfilled at the end of each working day to the satisfaction of the Engineer. All labor and materials necessary to comply with these provisions are incidental, and no payment shall be made. 1710 – TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES The provisions of MnDOT 1710 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 1710.2 – PROVIDE, MAINTAIN, AND REMOVE The first paragraph of MnDOT 1710.2 is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain warning lights and barricades as required by the Engineer to adequately warn and protect the public from hazardous protrusions, materials, excavations, etc., resulting directly or indirectly from the construction. All traffic control devices shall conform to the current edition of the Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MMUTCD), including the current edition of the Field Manual for Temporary Traffic Control Zone Layouts. All traffic control devices shall have retroreflective sheeting. Traffic control shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor and shall conform to the requirements of the Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MMUTCD). The Contractor shall be required to submit in writing a copy of the traffic control plan to the Engineer at least forty-eight (48) hour notice prior to a proposed partial blockage or closure of any street or public right-of-way. The Contractor shall furnish names, addresses, and phone numbers of at least three (3) individuals responsible for the placement and maintenance of traffic control devices. At least one of these individuals shall be "on call" 24 hours per day, seven days per week during the times any traffic control devices, furnished and installed by the Contractor, are in place. The required information shall be submitted to the Engineer at the preconstruction conference. The Contractor shall also furnish the names, addresses, and phone numbers of those individuals to the following: 1. City of Shorewood – Public Works (952)-960-7913 The Contractor shall, at the preconstruction conference, designate a Work Zone Safety Coordinator who shall be responsible for safety and traffic control management in the Project work zone. The Work Zone Safety Coordinator shall be either an employee of the Contractor such as a superintendent or a foreman, or an employee of a firm which has a subcontract for overall work zone safety and traffic control management for the Project. The responsibilities of the Work Zone Safety Coordinator shall include, but not be limited to: • Coordinating all work zone traffic control operations of the Project, including those of the Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers. • Establishing contact with local school district, government, law enforcement, and emergency response agencies affected by construction before work begins. • Maintaining a record of all known crashes within a work zone. This record should include all available information, such as: time of day, probable cause, location, pictures, sketches, weather conditions, interferences to traffic, etc. These records shall be made available to the Engineer upon request. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 1 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 9 • Complying with all Hennepin County and MnDOT requests for traffic control deemed necessary on adjacent County or State roadways. Traffic control devices shall be inspected daily or as directed by the Engineer. Warning lights shall be checked weekly by the Contractor or its representative for proper operation and cleaned as required. All broken or ineffective traffic barriers, warning signs, and warning lights shall be replaced immediately. All temporary traffic cones or other traffic barricades placed on adjusted structures, such as manholes, catch basins, and valve boxes, shall be considered incidental for each structure adjusted during initial and final bituminous paving. MAINTENANCE AND STAGING OF TRAFFIC CONTROL • All signs installed on roads open to traffic that are not consistent with traffic operations shall be covered as directed by the Engineer. • No access to or from any public road will be permitted for the Contractor’s equipment, material deliveries, the hauling of excavated materials of any kind, or employees’ private vehicles, except at in place public road intersections, or at locations and in such manner as approved by the Engineer. • Street identification signage shall be maintained at all times. Where the only existing signs are small City or County signs located at the intersection, street names and address numbers shall be maintained by temporary installations as required by the Engineer. This is necessary to maintain the 911 emergency system. Measurement and Payment: Payment shall be by the lump sum and shall be compensation in full for all costs of furnishing, installing, maintaining, relocating, and removing the individual traffic control devices. These devices include, but are not limited to: temporary signs, barricades, warning lights, flaggers, and off-duty police officers. Payment for traffic control will be in accordance with the following: 1. When 5 percent (5%) of the Contract amount is earned, 50 percent (50%) of the amount bid for traffic control will be paid. 2. When 10 percent (10%), or more, of the Contract amount is earned, an additional 25 percent (25%) of the amount bid for traffic control will be paid. 3. When 50 percent (50%), or more, of the Contract amount is earned, an additional 20 percent (20%) of the amount bid for traffic control will be paid. 4. The remaining 5 percent (5%) bid for traffic control will be paid when all work has been completed and accepted. 1717 – AIR, LAND AND WATER POLLUTION The provisions of MnDOT 1717.1D are modified and/or supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall be responsible for dust control. Water is available to the Contractor for this use for purchase, but suitable arrangements must be made with the Owner to determine locations where water may be obtained. The Contractor will be responsible for developing a dust control plan that shall include, but not be limited to, the following dust control measures: 1. Minimize period of exposed or graded areas. 2. Spraying construction areas and haul roads with water or calcium chloride. 3. Minimize use of vehicles on unpaved surfaces. 4. Covering or spraying material piles and trucks. 5. Street sweeping. 6. Using natural or artificial wind breaks. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 1 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 10 The Owner has the right to perform this work out at the Contractor’s expense if the work is not completed in a timely manner according to the Engineer. The Owner will deduct from payment due to the Contractor for all corresponding amounts to cover the cost for dust control measures. 1717 – STORMWATER MANAGEMENT AND EROSION CONTROL The provisions of MnDOT 1717.2 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: Erosion control shall be placed and maintained by the Contractor and as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall use the appropriate means of control for individual situations. The erosion control types may include but are not limited to filter fence, rock construction entrances, and Wimco installation. Failure to maintain the erosion control will be sufficient cause to withhold further payments on the project until the maintenance is complete. The erosion control measures for the project have been identified in the plan set; however, modifications can be made depending on actual site conditions. All perimeter erosion control shall be installed and approved by the Engineer prior to the commencement of construction. All manholes shall be protected from surface water drainage. All storm sewer systems shall be protected from sedimentation. All catch basins must be protected by silt fence or Engineer approved equivalent immediately following construction. Areas of pervious pavement adjacent to the project area shall be protected from sedimentation. Prior to final acceptance of the project or the end of the warranty period, the Contractor shall remove all erosion control items. 1801 – PROSECUTION OF WORK REVISED 11/24/14 The provisions of MnDOT 1801 are modified as follows: For Projects in excess of $50,000, the Contractor may sublet work only to subcontractors that meet the definition of "responsible contractor" in Minnesota Statutes §16C.285, subdivision 3. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining verifications of compliance with §16C.285 from subcontractors using a form provided by the Department. The Contractor must provide such verifications to the Department upon the Department’s request. 1807 – LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The provisions of MnDOT 1807 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 1807.1 – ASSESSMENT OF LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The provisions of MnDOT 1807.1 are hereby deleted and replaced with the following: The liquidated damages shall be Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) per calendar day for the project, as well as for any intermediate completion dates. Liquidated damages will be cumulative, and shall be collected for each phase under construction in which the specified intermediate completion dates have not been met. 1807.2 – WAIVER OF LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Section 1807.2 paragraph (b) is hereby deleted. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 1 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 11 1903 – COMPENSATION FOR INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTITIES The provisions of MnDOT 1903 shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: There will be no adjustment in unit price for an under-run or over-run of the estimated quantity. There will be no adjustment in unit price for increased or decreased quantities. In addition, the Owner reserves the right to reduce certain quantities or delete certain items from each section of the bids as the Owner sees fit, either before or after the Award of Contract. There will be no additional compensation due to remobilization of equipment as necessary to complete punch list items or other items not completed by the Contractor. There will be no additional compensation due to restocking charges for materials not used on the project. All payments will be by the unit price bid times the actual number of units installed and accepted. PROTECT EXISTING SURFACE IMPROVEMENTS It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to protect, and/or remove and reinstall all fences, street signs, retaining walls, and other items required to construct the proposed improvements. The work associated with protecting, and/or removing and reinstalling all fences, street signs, lawn irrigation systems, and other items shall be considered incidental to the project unless specific bid items are provided in the Proposal Form. CONTRACTOR’S USE OF PREMISES GENERAL Based on personal examination of the site, the Contractor must satisfy himself as to all local conditions affecting the performance of the contract. The Contractor is considered to accept such conditions as found to exist. EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES Existing underground utilities, as shown on the drawings are located in accordance with available data but locations shall be determined by each Contractor as the work proceeds. Excavation work shall be done carefully to avoid damaging existing utilities. The Contractor shall provide for protection, temporary removal and replacement, or relocation of identified obstructions as required for the performance of the work required in these contract documents. No extra payment will be made for this work unless specified in the proposal or special provisions. Obstructions not shown on the drawings or indicated in the specifications, and requiring relocation, shall be exposed by the Contractor without injury, or if injured, shall be repaired by Contractor at his expense. Removal of such obstruction or its relocation shall be made by the Contractor according to the provisions of the General Conditions. EXISTING FACILITIES The Contractor shall take complete field measurements affecting all existing construction in this project and Contractor shall be solely responsible for proper fit between his work and existing structures and equipment. The Contractor shall examine all work to which he will connect, and if any misalignment is found, he shall arrange his work so that the misalignment is corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Prior to construction, the Contractor shall verify all existing pipe and structure inverts in which connections will be made. Sufficient time throughout the project will be allowed for field changes by the Engineer due to variations in invert elevations and other unanticipated changes. No additional compensation shall be allowed the Contractor for any claims of crews being held up because of this work. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 1 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 12 Dimensions given on the drawings for existing structures are based on existing construction drawings. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to verify the accuracy of these dimensions. Discrepancies in dimensions shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer prior to start of new construction. The Contractor is responsible for any damage to existing structures, work, materials, or equipment because of his work and shall repair or replace any damaged structures, work, materials, or equipment to the satisfaction of and at no additional cost to the Owner or Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to streets, roads, curbs, sidewalks, highways, shoulders, ditches, embankments, or other public or private property, which may be caused by transporting equipment, materials, or men to or from work. The Contractor shall make acceptable arrangements with the group having jurisdiction over damaged property for its repair or replacement. PROTECTION OF IRRIGATION SYSTEMS Care must be taken to ensure that existing irrigation systems in place at start of construction are protected from unnecessary damage. The City will pay for or replace irrigation systems that must be modified because of new construction. The majority of the project consists of reconstruction of the existing curb and gutter and pavements. Unnecessary damage caused to existing sprinkler heads and valves will be repaired at the Contractor’s expense. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to verify all irrigation head and main locations prior to the beginning of construction so as to protect the portions of the irrigation system that will not be affected by the new construction. UNFAVORABLE CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS During excessive moisture or other unsuitable construction conditions, the Contractor shall confine his work to areas which are not adversely affected by the weather. No portion of the work shall be constructed under conditions that would adversely affect the quality of the project unless special means or precautions are taken by Contractor to perform the work in a proper and satisfactory manner. PRESERVATION OF MONUMENT STAKES The Contractor shall carefully preserve all monuments, benchmarks, and stakes. If the Contractor destroys any reference points, the Contractor will be charged with the expense of replacement and shall be responsible for any mistake or loss of time that may be caused. Permanent monuments or benchmarks that must be removed or disturbed shall be protected until properly referenced for relocation. The Contractor shall furnish materials and assistance for the proper replacement of monuments or benchmarks. METHODS OF OPERATION The Contractor shall inform the Engineering in advance concerning his plans for carrying out each part of the work, but the Contractor alone shall be responsible for the safety, adequacy, and efficiency of his plan, equipment, and methods. Any method of work suggested by the Owner, Engineer, or Engineer’s subconsultant but not specified, shall be used at the risk and responsibility of the Contractor. The Owner, Engineer, or Engineer’s sub- consultant will assume no responsibility for the Contractor’s means and methods. Review by Owner, Engineer, or Engineer’s subconsultant of any plan or method of work proposed by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for the plan. Plan review shall not be considered as an assumption of any risk or liability by the Owner, Engineer, or Engineer’s subconsultant, or any officer, agent or employee thereof. The Contractor shall have no claim because of the failure or inefficiency of any plan or method so reviewed. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 1 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 13 CONDUCT OF WORK The Contractor shall observe that the Owner reserves the right to do other work in connection with the project or adjacent to the project, by contract or otherwise. Contractor shall conduct his work to impose no hardship on the Owner or others engaged in other work. The Contractor shall be responsible to others engaged in the work or work adjacent to this project for all damage or injury to work, to persons or property, or for loss caused by failure to finish the work within the specified time for completion. The Contractor shall adjust and coordinate his work with the work of others so that no discrepancies shall result in the overall project. PROTECT EXISTING PAVEMENTS The Contractor shall provide and use only rubber-tired dozers, front-end loaders and other necessary equipment on all work where street pavements or portions of pavements are undisturbed for the protection of the pavements or in such locations as the Engineer may direct. No compensation will be allowed the Contractor for replacement of damaged utilities and resurfacing or replacing damaged pavements. PROTECTION OF ADJACENT PROPERTIES The Contractor shall take whatever steps necessary to protect adjoining properties and structures from hazards in connection with his performance of the work. The Contractor is responsible for any and all damages to properties and structures that occur as a result of his operations. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to protect, and/or remove and reinstall all fences, street signs, retaining walls, and other items required to construct the proposed improvements. The work associated with protecting and/or removing and reinstalling all fences, street signs, lawn irrigation systems, and other items shall be considered incidental to the project unless specific bid items are provided. All labor and materials necessary to comply with the provisions of this section are incidental, and no payment shall be made. GARBAGE SERVICE The Contractor shall be required to accommodate garbage pickup while the project is under construction. This coordination shall include contact with the garbage companies serving the area and maintaining access to the individual properties. In the event that garbage pickup is not accommodated, the Contractor shall be responsible for contracting independently to have the garbage removed at no cost to the project. Maintaining access for garbage service shall be considered incidental to the project cost. NOISE CONTROL The Contractor shall eliminate noise to as great an extent as possible at all times. The Contractor shall not exceed noise levels of 85 decibels within close proximity of existing residential areas. Air compressing plants, generators or other noise emitting equipment shall be equipped with silencers and the exhausts of all gasoline motors or other power equipment shall be provided with mufflers. The Contractor shall provide a plan to the Owner for review and approval detailing noise abatement measures to be implemented and a mitigation plan if noise levels are exceeded. If noise levels are exceeded, the Contractor will be responsible to implement an approved mitigation plan. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 1 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 14 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Minnesota Statute 471.425, Subd. 4a requires contracts of a municipality to have the prime contractor pay any subcontractor within ten days of the prime contractor’s receipt of payment. The contract also must require that the prime contractor pay interest of 1.5 percent per month or any part of a month to the subcontractor for any undisputed amount not paid to the subcontractor within ten days. Final payment will not be made until the Contractor shall have filed with the Engineer evidence in the form of an affidavit or such other evidence as may be required that all claims against him by reason of the Contract have been fully paid or satisfactorily secured. This shall be in the form of paid-in-full lien waivers from each supplier and subcontractor along with the IC134 Form. In case such evidence is not furnished, the Owner may retain out of any monies due said Contractor sums sufficient to cover all lienable claims unpaid. Before final payment is made for the work on this project, the Contractor must make a satisfactory showing that he has complied with the provisions of Minnesota Statutes Annotated 290.92 requiring the withholding of state income taxes for wages paid the employees on this project. Receipt by the Engineer of a certificate of compliance from the Commissioner of Taxation will satisfy the requirement. HOLD HARMLESS AND INDEMNIFICATION To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor agrees to indemnify the City of Shorewood, its officers, employees, agents, and others acting on their behalf, to hold them harmless, and to defend and protect them, from and against any and all loss, damage, liability, cost and expense (specifically including attorneys' fees and other costs and expenses of defense), of any sort whatsoever, based upon, resulting from, or otherwise arising in connection with any actions, claims or proceedings (of any sort and from any source whatsoever) brought, or any loss, damage or injury of any type whatsoever sustained, whether or not also caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder, by reason of any act or omission of Contractor, its officers, employees or agents, or any other person(s) or entity(ies) for whose acts or omissions Contractor may be legally responsible, in the performance of any of Contractor's obligations (whether expressed or implied) under this Contract. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 1 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 15 DIVISION 2 SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISIONS GENERAL ..................................................................................................................................................... 1 SITE CONDITIONS ....................................................................................................................................... 1 2101 – CLEARING AND GRUBBING .......................................................................................................... 1 2104 – REMOVING PAVEMENT AND MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES ............................................... 2 2104 – REMOVING CURB & GUTTER ........................................................................................................ 2 2105 – EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT ............................................................................................... 3 2105 – DEWATERING .................................................................................................................................. 4 2111 – TEST ROLLING ................................................................................................................................ 5 2112 – SUBGRADE PREPARATION ........................................................................................................... 6 2123 – STREET CLEANING/SWEEPING .................................................................................................... 6 2130 – APPLICATION OF WATER .............................................................................................................. 7 2211 – AGGREGATE BASE ........................................................................................................................ 7 2357 – BITUMINOUS TACK COAT ............................................................................................................. 8 2360 – PLANT MIXED ASPHALT PAVEMENT ........................................................................................... 9 2451 – (CEAM 2600) EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL OF UTILITY TRENCHES ..................................... 10 2502 – SUBSURFACE DRAINS ................................................................................................................. 12 2503 – (CEAM 2621) CHIMNEY SEAL ...................................................................................................... 15 2503 – (CEAM 2621) PIPE SEWERS (CONNECTIONS) .......................................................................... 15 2504 – (CEAM 2611) DUCTILE IRON WATER MAINS AND SERVICES ................................................. 19 2504 – ADJUST GATE VALVE AND BOX ................................................................................................. 24 2504 – (CEAM 2611) TEMPORARY WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM ................................................. 25 2506 – ADJUST FRAME AND RING CASTING ........................................................................................ 28 2506 – CASTING ASSEMBLY ................................................................................................................... 30 2506 – (CEAM 2621) MANHOLES AND CATCH BASINS (CONNECTIONS) .......................................... 30 2521 – WALKS ........................................................................................................................................... 31 2531 – CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER ................................................................................................ 33 2531 – CONCRETE CURBING (TRUNCATED DOMES) .......................................................................... 34 2540 – MAILBOX (TEMPORARY) ............................................................................................................. 35 2564 – TRAFFIC SIGNS AND DEVICES ................................................................................................... 36 2571 – PLANT INSTALLATION AND ESTABLISHMENT ......................................................................... 37 2572 – PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF VEGETATION .............................................................. 37 2573 – STORM WATER MANAGEMENT .................................................................................................. 37 2575 – ESTABLISHING TURF AND CONTROLLING EROSION ............................................................. 39 3149 – GRANULAR MATERIAL ................................................................................................................ 40 3877 – TOPSOIL MATERIAL ..................................................................................................................... 41 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 DIVISION 2 SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISIONS GENERAL The governing specifications for this project shall be the Minnesota Department of Transportation’s “Standard Specifications for Construction” (referenced “MnDOT”) 2016 edition, the City Engineer’s Association of Minnesota; Standard Utilities Specifications dated 2013 and all revisions thereto. SITE CONDITIONS DESCRIPTION The CONTRACTOR shall accept the site in its present condition and accept responsibility for all utilities within the construction limits for the duration of the project. The CONTRACTOR shall perform all clearing, excavating, filling, backfilling, and grading necessary for the paving and pipe work in accordance with this Project Manual and in conformity with the dimensions and finish grades shown on the drawings. For the duration of the project, adequate site drainage must be maintained at all times. Excavation shall include dewatering, sheeting, and shoring as necessary to provide space for required construction procedures. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Soil Conditions: Copies of the soil boring logs, if available, will be provided to the Contractor. Data on indicated subsurface conditions are not intended as representations or warranties of accuracy of or continuity between soil borings. It is expressly understood that OWNER or ENGINEER will not be responsible for interpretation or conclusions drawn by the CONTRACTOR. Data is made available for convenience of CONTRACTOR. It shall be the CONTRACTOR’s responsibility to determine to his own satisfaction the location and nature of all surface and subsurface obstacles and the soils and water conditions that may be encountered during the construction. Additional soil borings and other exploratory operations may be made by the CONTRACTOR at the CONTRACTOR’S expense. 2101 – CLEARING AND GRUBBING The provisions of MnDOT 2101 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2101.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Paragraph D6 is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: All timber and debris shall be removed from the project area to a disposal area to be selected and provided for by the Contractor. No burying of debris will be permitted. Dumping receipts or written verification of disposal location are required and shall be given to the Engineer or the Observer. Clearing, grubbing and removal of debris shall be in compliance with state invasive species requirements. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 1 2101.4 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Clearing and grubbing of all trees shall be measured and paid for at the contract prices per unit of measure and shall be considered full compensation for all removal and disposal costs. Removal of trees smaller than four-inch (4") trunk diameter, brush removal and disposal shall be considered incidental and no direct measurement or payment will be made for brush removal. Cleared and grubbed areas (large trees and brush) will be measured in the field by the Engineer. Single trees over four-inch (4") trunk diameter will be measured as 0.05 acres or as each as bid/specified. No additional payment will be made for multiple mobilizations required to remove additional trees necessary to complete the construction specified. 2104 – REMOVING PAVEMENT AND MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES The provisions of MnDOT 2104 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2104.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Paragraph B is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall be responsible for removal, care of, and replacement of all signs, mailboxes, posts, etc., that may be within the construction limits as directed by the Engineer. Paragraph D.3 is supplemented with the following: Materials and debris removed from the project site shall be disposed of at a site selected by the Contractor. Such disposal areas shall be approved landfills or property under the direct control of the Contractor, in accordance with State and local rules and regulations. No burning or burying of debris on the project site will be permitted. 2104.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT The last paragraph is supplemented with the following: Payment for the accepted quantities of all other removal items shall be at the unit prices bid and shall be compensation in full for removal, repair and/or replacement of damaged or lost items as required, hauling of material and debris to a disposal area selected by the Contractor, complete compaction of trenches and depressions, and cleanup of the area as necessary. 2104 – REMOVING CURB & GUTTER The provisions of MnDOT 2104 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2104.1 – DESCRIPTION The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: This work shall consist of removal of all curb and gutter as indicated on the individual plan and as marked by the Engineer in the field. 2104.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Paragraph C2 is supplemented with the following: STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 2 All curb and gutter scheduled for removal and marked by the Engineer in the field shall first be sawcut at any match points with existing curb and gutter, and then removed. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting all curb and gutter within the project that is to remain in place. Any damage to existing curb and gutter shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, and shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the Engineer with no additional compensation thereto. 2104.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT The last paragraph shall be supplemented with the following: Removal of all curb and gutter shall be paid per liner foot at the unit price as shown in the Bid Proposal. Payment for the removal of concrete curb and gutter shall include the concrete removal, sawcutting at any match points with existing curb and gutter, removal of topsoil and backfill material, and the disposal of all materials. 2105 – EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2105 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2105.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Paragraph D is supplemented with the following: Prior to the commencement of the excavations, topsoil shall be stripped and stockpiled for spreading upon the graded area. Mining of materials for removal from the project area and replacement with less desirable materials by the Contractor shall not be permitted. Muck excavations shall be performed for the removal of any unstable or unsuitable materials which may be encountered. Such excavations shall be backfilled with suitable excess common excavation material, common borrow material, or granular borrow material as directed by the Engineer. If the Contractor proceeds without the approval from the Engineer, all work and material required in restoring the roadbed to the proposed grade shall be at the Contractor’s expense. Excavated material that is unsuitable for embankment shall be placed in locations as directed by the Engineer. No unsuitable material shall be placed under roadway surfaces, sidewalks, or pathways. All unsuitable excavated material in excess of that placed as previously described shall be disposed of by the Contractor, at no additional expense to the Owner. Topsoil borrow shall be used only when specifically authorized by the Engineer in the event there is an insufficient amount of salvaged topsoil available. It is included in the work and bid on the individual project proposal only as a contingency to be used in areas where there may not be sufficient topsoil in place. This work shall not be substituted for the work required of the Contractor to salvage and replace the existing topsoil. 2105.4 – METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Paragraph B is supplemented with the following: The Contractor’s representative and the resident project representative shall be present during the measurement of the work for payment. The Engineer will measure borrow material by volume according to MnDOT 1901 and as specified in the contract. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 3 Select Granular Borrow Modified: Select granular borrow shall be measured by compacted volume unless otherwise specified in the contract. Topsoil Borrow: Topsoil borrow shall be measured by the cubic yard, loose volume measurement unless otherwise specified in the contract. 2105.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2105.5D are supplemented with the following: Common Excavation: Payment for Common Excavation shall be at the Contract price per cubic yard as an in-place, excavated volume, and shall be compensation in full for stripping topsoil, excavation, preparing the excavation and embankment areas, loading, hauling, placing and compacting fill, stockpiling material, spreading topsoil, and disposal of material as required. Payment for Common Excavation shall not include the volume of items paid for separately as removals (e.g. bituminous pavement removal, concrete curb and gutter removal, driveway removal, bituminous pavement reclamation, sidewalk and trail removal, sodding and grading for topsoil placement and restoration work, etc.). The volume of these items shall be subtracted from the Common Excavation quantity. Subgrade Excavation: Payment for Subgrade Excavation shall be at the Contract price per cubic yard as an in-place, excavated volume, and shall be compensation in full for excavation, loading, hauling, placing and compacting fill, stockpiling material, and disposal of material as required. Muck Excavation: Payment for Muck Excavation shall be at the Contract price per cubic yard as an in-place, excavated volume, and shall be compensation in full for excavation, loading, hauling, placing and compacting fill, stockpiling material, and disposal of unsuitable material as required. This work shall also include the replacement and compaction of suitable material within the excavated area, unless it is directed by the Engineer that borrow material be used to replace the excavated material. 2105 – DEWATERING The provisions of MnDOT 2105 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2105.1 – DESCRIPTION The first paragraph of MnDOT 2105.1 is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall provide excavation groundwater dewatering as necessary to allow for construction on a stable foundation. Dewatering operations are controlled by permit from the DNR or other agencies. The Contractor is responsible for application for any necessary permits and compliance with all conditions of permits. The work potentially involves the drawdown of the water table, placement of temporary barriers or other satisfactory types of water control to allow for construction and to protect the work. The Contractor shall also be responsible for noise control during dewatering as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall make his own determination as to the extent of the groundwater on the project prior to bidding. No additional compensation will be made for a higher than expected groundwater table or any compliance requirements from regulatory agencies. 2105.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Paragraph C of MnDOT 2105.3 shall be supplemented with the following: Groundwater elevations shown on borings are those encountered at the time borings were completed. Since elevations are dependent upon hydrologic conditions, the Contractor shall perform the necessary dewatering operations, irrespective of the actual water table surface water elevation which prevails at the time the work is accomplished. All pipes shall be constructed in a dry trench as specified in MnDOT Section 2503.3-A and as specified herein. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 4 2105.4 – METHOD OF MEASUREMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2105.4 are to be supplemented with the following: Measurement for the dewatering operation shall be made by the lump sum for all dewatering activities necessary during the project. No additional compensation will be paid for multiple dewatering operations at multiple locations throughout the project. Payment for dewatering shall require proof that a DNR permit was obtained for dewatering completed in conjunction with the project. 2105.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2105.5 are to be supplemented with the following: Payment for dewatering shall be compensation in full for the dewatering operation including all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to complete all work for the project as specified herein. 2111 – TEST ROLLING The provisions of MnDOT 2111 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2111.1 – DESCRIPTION The first paragraph shall be supplemented with the following: This work shall consist of test rolling the finished subgrade prior to placement of aggregate base and test rolling the aggregate base before placement of pavement. In the event of failure, the Contractor shall repair the area(s) without compensation. Additional test rolling shall be required following the repair of the failed area(s). Approval of the test roll does not constitute acceptance of the street and does not relieve the Contractor of warranty issues. 2111.2 – EQUIPMENT MnDOT 2111.2 is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: A loaded tandem dump truck delivering a 9-ton axle load shall be used as test rolling equipment and shall be supplied by the Contractor. A tandem dump truck delivering a 10-ton axle load shall be provided by the Contractor where the roadway design loading is designated as such. 2111.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The requirements shall be supplemented with the following: A representative of the Owner, Engineer, and Contractor shall be present during test rolling. The subgrade prior to the placement of the geotextile fabric and select granular borrow shall also be considered unstable if, under the operation of the proof rolling equipment, the surface shows deflection or yielding of more than one inch (1”) (at the time of the test rolling equipment passes over the subgrade). The aggregate base shall be considered unstable if, under the operation of the test rolling equipment, the surface shows rutting, deflection or yielding. In addition, the subgrade or aggregate base material shall not roll or push under the weight of the vehicle. 2111.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Test rolling of the subgrade, granular borrow, and aggregate base (including all repairs to unstable sections and retesting) will be considered incidental work and no direct compensation will be made thereof. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 5 2112 – SUBGRADE PREPARATION The provisions of MnDOT 2112 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2112.1 – DESCRIPTION The first paragraph is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: This work shall consist of shaping and compacting the subgrade after the completion of the utility work and prior to the placement of the aggregate base or surface course thereon. 2112.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The provisions are modified and/or supplemented with the following: Any excess granular material from the grading operations should be used first in areas where the subgrade is low, as backfill behind the curb, or other areas as approved by the Engineer. If there is still excess material after these operations are completed, the material shall become the property of the Contractor for proper disposal. Upon completion of the subgrade preparation and test rolling, the Observer will review the grades with the Contractor’s representative by the string line method. When the subgrade is being prepared for placement of an aggregate base course, the elevation of the finished surface at the time the next layer is placed, shall not vary by more than 15 mm (0.05 foot) above or 30 mm (0.05 foot) below the prescribed elevation at any point where measurement is made. The Contractor will furnish the string line and perform the string line grade check with the Observer. 2112.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2112.5 is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: Payment for subgrade preparation shall be by the road station, which shall be compensation in full for all labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work as specified and shall include disposal of excess material. 2123 – STREET CLEANING/SWEEPING The provisions of MnDOT 2123 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2123.1 – DESCRIPTION The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: Prior to the placement of the final lift of bituminous, all streets shall be swept and cleaned. Throughout construction, constructed streets and roadways adjacent to the project shall be swept and cleaned as directed by the Engineer, and shall be in conformance with the NPDES permit. 2123.3 – SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS The provisions of MnDOT 2123.3 are to be supplemented with the following: Removal shall be accomplished with self-propelled street sweeping equipment with a pick-up broom. All materials shall be collected and retained within the sweeping equipment as they are swept. Disposal of the swept material shall be in accordance with MnDOT 2104.3D. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 6 2123.4 – METHOD OF MEASUREMENT The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: If the proposal includes an item for sweeping, payment will only be made for hours of time required to maintain cleaned roadways for the traveling public, mainly on roadways adjacent to the project. No payment shall be made for sweeping that is normally required to construct the project, including, but not limited to, removal of bituminous millings, sweeping between bituminous lifts, and sweeping prior to placement of bituminous pavement markings. No payment will be made under this item for sweeping done by “kickoff brooms.” 2123.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2123.5 are hereby deleted and replaced with the following: If the proposal includes an item for sweeping, payment for street cleaning/sweeping shall be made at the unit price bid in the proposal form. Payment for street cleaning/sweeping shall include all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work as detailed in the construction documents. 2130 – APPLICATION OF WATER The provisions of MnDOT 2130 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2130.2 – MATERIALS The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: Water for construction purposes may be obtained from the City of Shorewood. The City of Shorewood may charge for construction water and the Contractor shall understand and be familiar with the fees charged for water. The Contractor shall pay any fee accrued for construction water to the City of Shorewood. Water shall not be taken from ponds, wetlands or any other surface water sources. 2130.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT The application of water will only be paid as a dust control measure, as directed by the Engineer. No direct compensation will be paid for water applied during tolerancing activities. Water: Payment shall be at the Contract unit price per M (1000) gallons and shall be compensation in full for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete work as specified. 2211 – AGGREGATE BASE The provisions of MnDOT 2211 are supplemented with the following: 2211.2 – MATERIALS The first paragraph shall be supplemented with the following: Aggregate base shall be Class 5 100% crushed Limestone and as specified in MnDOT 3138. The use of salvaged/recycled aggregate mixtures shall not be allowed under the roadway. Before any aggregate base is placed, the Contractor shall submit an aggregate gradation from an approved testing laboratory certifying that the materials to be incorporated into the work meet these specifications with no exceptions. All costs associated with testing and certification shall be borne by the Contractor and considered incidental to the project with no additional compensation allowed therefore. Onsite salvaged aggregate base shall only be allowed if prior approval has been obtained from the Engineer. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 7 2211.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The requirements are supplemented with the following: General: The select granular section shall be inspected, checked, test rolled and approved by the Engineer prior to placement of aggregate base. The subgrade shall be inspected, checked, test rolled and approved by the Engineer prior to placement of aggregate base. The Contractor shall install the aggregate base immediately, no more than 48 hours after completion and approval of the subgrade. If placement of the aggregate base is done 48 hours or more after the initial roll test a second roll test will be required and paid for by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible to maintain the aggregate base until completion of bituminous surfacing as incidental to the work, with no direct payment therefore. Additional aggregate base required due to erosion, washouts, trench settlements or other similar causes shall be replaced by the Contractor without additional compensation therefore. If aggregate base material is being wasted or placed excessively thick, the Engineer reserves the right to deduct quantities that are in excess of plan thickness. Said quantities shall be based on aggregate material weighing 105 pounds per square yard of area per inch of thickness. Spreading and Compacting: Compaction shall be obtained by the Penetration Index Method to a minimum of 100% of the Standard Proctor Density. The density will be tested by an Engineer approved testing laboratory. A minimum of one (1) test per five (5) road stations will be taken. The location of the test will be at the direction of the Engineer. The Owner shall bear the initial cost of the testing. If however, sections of the roadway fail and retesting is required, the cost of this additional testing shall be at the Contractor’s expense. Workmanship and Quality: Upon completion of the aggregate base installation and test rolling, the resident project representative will review the grades with the Contractor’s representative by the string line method. The Contractor will furnish the string line and perform the string line grade check. The Contractor will certify that the aggregate base is to proper grade prior to the placement of the bituminous base with an allowable tolerance of +/- 0.05 feet. The Contractor shall remove, replace and test roll any portion of the aggregate base that becomes contaminated after placement. 2211.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: No claim may be made for aggregate that it is not placed. This shall be payment in full for all costs incidental to construction including water added and compaction. Original load tickets from a certified scale shall be provided to the construction Observer by the end of each day’s haul. 2357 – BITUMINOUS TACK COAT The provisions of MnDOT 2357 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2357.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A uniform application will not have streaks (corn rows), bare spots, puddles, or other irregular patterns. Additionally, emulsion samples are to be taken from the distributor. 2357.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 8 Tack Coat: Payment of bituminous materials for tack coat will be on the actual volume used, converted from application temperature to sixty degrees Fahrenheit (60° F) at the unit price bid per gallon. The unit price bid for tack coat shall include sweeping, cleaning of all debris and dirt from the previous bituminous courses prior to placement of tack coat. 2360 – PLANT MIXED ASPHALT PAVEMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2360 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2360.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Cold Weather Paving Requirements: Paving of the base course where temperatures are less than 40 degrees Fahrenheit and rising will not be allowed unless approved by the Engineer. Paving of the wear course where temperatures are less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit and rising will not be allowed unless approved by the Engineer. Pavement density shall be in accordance with the Maximum Density Method as specified by the provisions of Mn/DOT 2360. Deductions for failing asphalt density tests shall be in accordance with the MnDOT Standard Specifications for Construction. No density incentives shall apply to this project. Pavement smoothness requirements of 2399 Pavement Surface Smoothness shall not apply on this project with the following exception: The requirements of 2399.2D3 Straightedge Evaluation shall apply. The first paragraph of 2360.3.D.1 is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: D.1 Maximum Density Compact the pavement to at least the minimum required maximum density values in accordance with Table 2360-19, “Required Minimum Lot Density (Mat)”. Table 2360-20 Longitudinal Joint Density Requirement is hereby deleted. 2360.3.D.1.j Companion Core Testing of the attached 2360 (Plant Mixed Asphalt Pavement) Specification is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: The Department will select at least one of the two companion cores per lot to test for verification. 2360.3.D.1.n Longitudinal Joint Density is hereby deleted. 2360.3.D.1.p Shoulders is hereby deleted. 2360.3.D.1.r Pay Factor Determination is hereby deleted. The provisions of 2360.2.G.4.b Sampling and Testing is revised as shown below: Take QC samples at random tonnage or locations, quartered from a larger sample of mixture. Sample randomly and in accordance with the Schedule of Materials Control. Determine random numbers and tonnage or locations using the Bituminous Manual; Section 5-693.7 Table A or ASTM D 3665, Section 5, or, an Engineer approved alternate method of random generation. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 9 Sample mixture from behind the paver. Sampling from the truck box at the plant site is not allowed unless approved by the Engineer. In addition to the QC sample, the Contractor will also bring an additional split of the mixture sample to the plant site and store for the Department for ten (10) calendar days. The procedure for truck box sampling is on the Bituminous Office website. The Contractor will obtain at least a 130 pound sample. Split the sample in the presence of the Inspector. The Inspector will retain possession of the Agency portion of each split sample that is taken and randomly submit a minimum of one sample on a daily basis, to the District laboratory for Verification testing (see 2360.2.G.3). Store compacted mixture specimens and loose mixture companion samples for ten (10) calendar days. Label these split companion samples with companion numbers. 2451 – (CEAM 2600) EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL OF UTILITY TRENCHES The provisions of CEAM 2600 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2451.2 – (CEAM 2600.2) MATERIALS The provisions of CEAM 2600.2A1 are modified with the following: H1/F1 Granular Material Gradation Classification Foundation materials shall have the following crushing requirements. Not less than 50% of the material, by weight, that is retained on the No. 4 sieve shall have one or more crushed faces. Hard, durable crushed carbonate quarry rock may be used for Foundation materials. Bedding and Encasement materials, where improved pipe foundation is not required, shall meet the requirements of MnDOT Specification 3149.2B1, Granular Borrow, except that 100%, by weight, shall pass the 1" sieve. A gradation report from an approved Independent Testing Laboratory of the proposed granular foundation, bedding, and encasement materials shall be furnished to the Engineer before any of the granular materials are delivered to the project. 2451.3 – (CEAM 2600.3) CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The provisions of CEAM 2600.3A2 are supplemented with the following: Establishing Line and Grade: All trenches shall be excavated so that the pipe may be laid accurately to grade with a minimum of seven and one-half feet (7½’) of cover over the water main from finished grade, unless otherwise noted on the plans. Installation of water main or services to a depth greater than specified shall be considered incidental with no additional compensation allowed therefore. The existing grade shown on the plans is approximate. Modification of the pipe location or differences in existing elevation shall not be cause for additional compensation. The provisions of CEAM 2600.3A4 are supplemented with the following: Interference of Underground Structures: No existing valves may be operated by individuals other than personnel from the Owner’s Public Works Department. Only under emergency conditions or after specific authorization is given by the Owner’s Public Works Department shall the Contractor operate valves. The provisions of CEAM 2600.3B1 are supplemented with the following: STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 10 Operational Limitations and Requirements: Where possible, excavated materials shall be placed in areas that will not block existing vehicle and pedestrian traffic and drainage ways. The Contractor shall review proposed methods of operation with the Engineer prior to beginning the work. The trench shall be dug only so far in advance of the work. Advance excavation shall be the minimum consistent with the Contractor’s methods and scheduling, shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer and consistent with other sections of these specifications. The sides of the trench shall be sloped and/or braced and the trench drained to provide stable excavation and permit the pipe to be laid in a dry trench. The trench excavation must conform to all local, state and federal requirements. All work must be confined to the limits of the construction and to easements or rights-of-way as indicated on the plans. The Contractor shall install at his expense the necessary trench support to meet the varying soil conditions and to protect existing structures and property. The provisions of CEAM 2600.3B3 are supplemented with the following: Excavation Limitations and Requirements: It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to notify the Engineer of changing soil conditions which may be of poor bearing capacity and when organic soils are encountered. Where utilities are placed on unstable soils without notification of the Engineer, the Contractor shall be responsible for all repairs and correction of the installation without further compensation. Granular foundation materials for use where unstable foundation materials are encountered shall not be used as an aid to facilitate installation of pipe in wet soil conditions. Use of these materials in this manner in lieu of providing adequate dewatering measures shall be considered incidental to the construction with no additional compensation allowed therefore. The provisions of CEAM 2600.3B4 are supplemented with the following: Sheeting and Bracing Excavations: The cost of all special construction techniques necessary to protect in place facilities shall be included in the unit price bid for pipe installation with no additional compensation allowed therefore. The provisions of CEAM 2600.3D are supplemented with the following: Placement of Insulation: Insulation shall be equal to Dow Chemical Company "Styrofoam Al" brand plastic foam or Engineer approved equal. The provisions of CEAM 2600.3E are supplemented with the following: Pipeline Backfilling Operations: Bedding of DIP and RCP shall be defined as Class C and be accomplished in accordance with these specifications. Class C bedding shall be as specified within the CEAM standard utility specifications and shall be used for all ductile iron pipe (DIP) and reinforced concrete pipe (RCP) installations unless otherwise called for on the Plans or directed by the Engineer. All RCP Class IV pipe shall have MnDOT Class B bedding. All PVC pipe shall be bedded in accordance with ASTM Specification D2321, "Recommended Practice for Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe". This shall include placement of granular materials meeting the requirements of 2600.2 from a point six (6) inches below the bottom of the pipe to a point twelve (12) inches above the top of the pipe. Compaction of granular materials around PVC and RCP pipe shall be to ninety-five (95) percent of maximum density (ASTM D698). Placement and compaction of granular materials around PVC and RCP pipe shall be considered incidental to the installation of the pipe with no additional compensation allowed therefore. Where existing soils do not meet the requirements of Specification 2600.2, the Contractor shall furnish the required granular materials as incidental to the cost of the pipe. Backfilling to the top of the encasement zone shall be completed with hand operated mechanical tampers in six (6") inch lifts. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 11 Backfilling above the encasement zone shall comply with the general requirements specified in 2600.3E and the following. The Contractor shall utilize a sheepsfoot roller with non-vibratory compaction in order to achieve the specified densities below the upper three feet (3’) of the surface . The intention is to minimize any vibration caused deterioration to the existing house foundations adjacent to the roadway construction. 1. Backfill within the roadbed or building pad areas shall be placed in accordance with MnDOT Specification 2105.3E and shall be compacted to Specified Density Requirements as per MnDOT Specification 2105.3F1. 2. Backfill not within the roadbed or building pad areas shall be compacted to 95% of maximum density (ASTM D698). 3. Backfill materials shall be carefully placed in uniform loose thickness layers up to 12 inches thick and spread over the full width and length of the trench section. Backfill layers shall not exceed a loose volume thickness of 12 inches. Maximum backfill lift thicknesses may be increased or decreased by authority and at the discretion of the Engineer in consideration of material type, material disposition, or the demonstrated capability of compaction equipment. 4. The Engineer shall have full authority to suspend backfill operations until the preceding lift of backfill has been determined by the Engineer to be fully compacted and a passing compaction test has been taken. No additional compensation for lost time shall be made if backfill operations are suspended by the Engineer for the purposes of determining adequate trench backfill compaction. Any settlement of road surfaces in excess of one (1") inch, as measured by a 10-foot straight edge, within the warranty period, shall be considered failure of the mechanical compaction and the Contractor shall be required to repair such settlement with no additional compensation. If insufficient suitable materials are available to complete backfilling, excess suitable materials from other areas of the project shall be used to complete the work. Granular foundation, bedding, and encasement materials shall be placed around all pipe within areas of rock excavation. 2451.4 – (CEAM 2600.4) METHOD OF MEASUREMENT The provisions of CEAM 2600.4B are supplemented with the following: One and one-half inch (1-1/2”) clear foundation material can be substituted if deemed necessary and if approved by the Engineer, and shall be incidental to the pipe costs. Granular foundation material shall be used only below the pipe invert. 2451.5 – (CEAM 2600.5) BASIS OF PAYMENT The provisions of CEAM 2600.5 are supplemented with the following: All surplus excavated materials not required for backfill shall be disposed of by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner and in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. All costs associated with the disposal of the surplus excavated materials are considered incidental to the pay item. 2502 – SUBSURFACE DRAINS The provisions of MnDOT 2502 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 12 2502.1 – DESCRIPTION The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: The location and alignment of the subsurface drains and outlets are shown in a general manner on the Plans. Exact location and alignment shall be as determined by the Engineer in the field to ensure that the drain properly collects groundwater and infiltration water that may accumulate in the bottom of granular base material. 2502.2 – MATERIALS The provisions of MnDOT 2502.3A is supplemented with the following: Pipe: Subsurface drains shall be perforated, corrugated, polyethylene drainage tubing (PE) meeting the provisions of MnDOT 3278. Filter Aggregate: Filter aggregate shall meet the provisions of MnDOT 3149.2H. Geotextile Fabric: Geotextile fabric shall be Type 1 meeting the requirements of MnDOT 3733. 2502.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The first sentence of paragraph 2502.3B is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: Perforated PE pipe drains shall be placed according to the details shown on the individual plan or as directed by the Engineer. The pipe drains shall be connected to drainage structures as shown on the individual project plans and details. The provisions of MnDOT 2502.3B is supplemented with the following: The contractor is responsible for maintaining drainage for all existing draintile services within the project area for the duration of construction. If the contractor’s construction phasing plan calls for the removal of existing draintile facilities prior to the installation of new facilities, the contractor shall be responsible for maintaining drainage and no additional compensation. Unless otherwise noted in the plans, drain grades shall not be less than 0.2 percent. The Contractor shall supply and use laser grade control equipment when placing all Thermoplastic (TP) Pipe when pipe grades do not follow working grades at a constant depth. Perforated PE pipe drains shall be placed according to the details shown on the individual plan or as directed by the Engineer. The pipe drains shall be connected to drainage structures as shown on the individual project plans and details. Pipe may be furnished with either bell and spigot or sleeve couplings and either gasket or solvent joints. All solvent joints shall be left un-cemented unless cement is specifically requested by the Engineer. The ends shall be appropriately marked showing the depth of the bell or sleeve, so that both the Engineer and workers can easily ascertain that the joint has been fully coupled. Perforations shall be laid down. Connections to drainage structures shall be composed of angle fittings not to exceed 22-1/2 degrees. The Contractor shall place 6-inch perforated Thermoplastic (TP) Pipe after the sub-cut is partially or totally backfilled. Drains shall be placed by machine trencher capable of cutting the trench, shaping the trench bottom to cradle the lower one-third of the pipe, laying the pipe, and backfilling with filter aggregate in one simultaneous and continuous operation. Plowing will not be permitted. The trenching head shall be equipped with a shield to prevent adjacent material from caving. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 13 The trench shall be backfilled with Filter Aggregate. Filter Aggregate shall be free flowing and receive vibratory compaction to the satisfaction of the Engineer. In addition to the required trench compaction, at least one pass of general compaction, as directed by the Engineer, shall be made over the trench prior to placing the overlying required pavement structure. The trenching operation may be performed any time after at least 2 feet of sub-cut backfill has been placed and compacted. If the trenching is not done until the sub-cut is completely backfilled, only the lowermost 2 feet of the trench need be backfilled with Filter Aggregate. The remaining trench fill shall be similar to that required for the sub-cut and care must be taken to achieve satisfactory density. Perforated pipe drains shall be connected directly to permanent drainage structures via non-perforated discharge pipes which shall be constructed concurrently with the drains and be laid at roughly right angles to the roadway centerline. A 12-inch straight length of (TP) connecting pipe shall be provided to connect (TP) subsurface drains to structures. Discharge pipes shall be connected to the drainage structures at a height of approximately 1 foot, but not less than 6 inches, above the top of the structure invert. The connection shall be core drilled unless otherwise pre-approved by the Engineer. Pipe drains shall outlet to storm sewer drainage structures as noted in the plans or as directed by the Engineer. 2502.4 – METHOD OF MEASUREMENT The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: Connection of pipe drains to drainage structures and terminal points (i.e. existing draintile or draintile services) shall be incidental to the construction of subsurface drains. 2502.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT The first and third paragraph is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: All surplus excavated materials not required for backfill shall be disposed of by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner and in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. All costs associated with the disposal of the surplus excavated materials are considered incidental to the pay item. Payment for subsurface drains of each size, type, kind and strength class, at the appropriate Contract prices per unit of measure will be compensation in full for all costs of furnishing and installing the item as specified including labor, materials, equipment, excavation, geotextile, fittings, and aggregates as specified, except as otherwise provided herein. Payment for Perforated (PE) Pipe Drain at the contract unit price per linear foot shall be full compensation for fabric wrapped pipe, furnished and installed as specified, filter aggregate backfill and compaction, end caps, connecting the pipe drains into the drainage structures, and all other associated work required to install the perforated pipe drains as detailed, specified, and as directed by the Engineer. Payment for Perforated (PVC) Pipe Drain at the contract unit price per linear foot shall be full compensation for fabric wrapped pipe, furnished and installed as specified, filter aggregate backfill and compaction, end caps, connecting the pipe drains into the drainage structures, and all other associated work required to install the perforated pipe drains as detailed, specified, and as directed by the Engineer. The non-perforated connecting pipe length and coupling(s) shall be included for payment with the discharge footage. Payment for (TP) Pipe Drain at the contract unit price per linear foot shall be full compensation for trenching, furnishing and placing non-perforated (TP) discharge pipe, wyes, tees, connectors, other connectors as necessary, connecting the discharge pipe into the drainage structure, backfill and compaction, and all other associated work required to install the non-perforated discharge pipes between the outlet drainage structures and the perforated pipe drains. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 14 2503 – (CEAM 2621) CHIMNEY SEAL The provisions of CEAM 2621 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2503.1 – (CEAM 2621.1) DESCRIPTION The first paragraph of CEAM 2621.1 is supplemented with the following: This provision shall be applicable to all work necessary to complete the installation of chimney seals on sanitary sewer manholes as shown on the Plans. 2503.2 – (CEAM 2621.2) MATERIALS The adjusting rings and castings of each sanitary sewer manhole shall be sealed with an approved external rubber shield (Infi-Shield® as manufactured by Sealing Systems, Inc., or an approved equal). The seal shall be made of ethylene propylene diene monomer (EPDM) rubber with a minimum thickness of 50 mils. The seal shall meet the requirements of ASTM C-433, F-411, and C-923. Each band shall have a 2-inch (2”) mastic strip on the top and bottom edge. The mastic shall be non- hardening butyl rubber sealant and shall seal to the cone/top slab of the manhole and over the lip of the casing. An inspection tab shall be secured to the top of the casting frame. In the event that metal casting adjustments are utilized, the inspection tab may be removed after approval from the Engineer. 2503.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The provisions of CEAM 2621.3 are supplemented with the following: All chimney seal installation shall be performed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. The Contractor shall be required to perform the installation of the first chimney seal in the presence of the Engineer or representative of the Owner to verify that the installation is acceptable and in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 2503.4 – METHOD OF MEASUREMENT The provisions of CEAM 2621.4 are supplemented with the following: Chimney seals will be measured by each chimney sealed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 2503.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT The provisions of CEAM 2621.5 are supplemented with the following: Payment for the installation of chimney seals at the Contract price per unit of measurement will be compensation in full for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to perform the work as required. 2503 – (CEAM 2621) PIPE SEWERS (CONNECTIONS) The provisions of CEAM 2621 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: CEAM 2621.2 – MATERIALS The provisions of CEAM 2621.2A3 are supplemented with the following: STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 15 A3. Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Fittings: Reinforced concrete pipe and fittings shall conform with the requirements of MnDOT Specification 3236 for the type, size and strength class specified. Reinforced concrete aprons shall be of the same strength class as the pipe. Trash guards and "U" bolt fasteners shall be hot dipped galvanized after fabrication as per MnDOT Standard Specifications 3392 and 3394. Aprons that are thirty-six (36) inch (pipe size) and larger require steel sheet piling (see detail SD-8). A5. Poly-vinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings: Joints shall be either O-ring rubber gasket or solvent-cemented according to the manufacturer's specifications and with the approval of the Engineer. All service wyes and service pipe shall be SDR 26. The Contractor shall furnish and place the necessary pipe bedding material as specified in ASTM D2321, “Recommended Practice for Underground Installation of Flexible Thermo-Plastic Sewer Pipe”. The provisions of CEAM 2621.2B are supplemented with the following: Metal Sewer Castings: Metal Sewer Castings shall conform to the Standard Detail Plates. All castings shall be Class 35 or better. The words "SANITARY SEWER" or "STORM SEWER" shall be cast on top of each manhole cover in two (2) inch letters as applicable. Except as directed on the plans, all castings shall be used for the following situations: 1. Type B618 and D412 curb storm sewer casting shall be Neenah R-3067-V or approved equal, or as specified by the Engineer in the casting tabulation for the project. 2. In roads, concrete walks, and bituminous paths, storm and sanitary sewer casting shall be Neenah R-1642 with two pick holes or Engineer approved equal. The provisions of CEAM 2621.2C are supplemented with the following: Precast Concrete Manhole and Catch Basin Sections: Manholes and catch basins shall conform to the Standard Detail Plates. Steps shall be manufactured from hi-test metal having a minimum tensile strength of 35,000 psi. Steps are required in sanitary sewer and storm sewer manholes. Sanitary sewer manholes shall have integral base with lower barrel riser section. The provisions of CEAM 2621 are supplemented with the following: Precast Segmental Block: NOT ALLOWED 2503.3 – (CEAM 2621) CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The OBSERVER shall receive twenty-four (24) hours of advance notice for testing. When connecting to an existing sanitary sewer stub or manhole, a plug should be installed on the main in the existing manhole to prevent rainwater or sediment from entering the existing system. The plug shall be removed once all new sanitary sewer mains on the project have been installed, inspected, and approved. When the Contractor uses laser beam control for grade and alignment, the Contractor shall check into the grade stakes provided. Any discrepancies found between the laser beam elevation and grade stake elevation shall be immediately brought to the Engineer’s attention before continuing pipe installation. Failure to check into grade stakes provided or to notify Engineer of discrepancies shall put the full responsibility on the Contractor, for any removal and reinstallation of pipe necessary to conform to the line and grade as shown on the plans. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 16 Should material be encountered in any trench that is in the judgment of the Engineer unsuitable, replacement materials may be ordered at the unit price stipulated in the contract. Excavation and disposal of material shall be incidental. Replacement material shall be aggregate backfill. The provisions of CEAM 2621.3A2 are supplemented with the following: Pipe Laying Operations: Deviation from the pipe grade, as provided by the Engineer, in excess of 0.05 percent may be cause for removal and relaying of the pipe by the Contractor with no additional compensation allowed therefore. No re-rounding of pipe will be allowed. Bedding shall be Class B for ductile iron and concrete pipe unless stated in the plans. Density tests will be performed by the Owner at all points designated by the Engineer to assure compliance with the minimum density requirement. If required density is not achieved, the Contractor will be ordered to bed the pipe with compacted sand six inches (6") below the pipe and alongside the top of the pipe. The Contractor shall furnish and place this sand bedding as an incidental item with no direct compensation therefore. PVC plastic sewer pipe shall be bedded and installed in accordance with the requirements of ASTM-D-2321, "Recommended Practice for Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe". The provisions of CEAM 2621.3C are supplemented with the following: Sewer Service Installations: It shall be the duty of the Contractor to keep a record of sewer service wye locations with respect to the nearest downstream manhole, but the Engineer will record ties on the end of all sewer services at the property line. When installing sewer services, the Contractor shall before backfilling, contact the Engineer or his representative and assist him in making ties to the end of the service in the open trench. At least two (2) ties shall be made for each service and if backfilling proceeds before such ties are made, the Contractor shall dig up the end of all such services with no additional compensation for the purpose of making ties. Recorded with the ties shall be size and depth of service. During backfilling the Contractor shall furnish and place a vertical four-inch by four-inch (4"x4") wooden stake set four-feet (4’) above the finished ground surface minimum eight feet (8’) in total length and extending down to the end of the sewer service. The four-inch by four-inch (4"x4") stake shall be painted light green with epoxy paint. Where sanitary sewer services are to extend from existing mains, wyes shall be installed by cutting the existing sanitary sewer. Hub sleeves or Fernco-type connections will not be allowed with the connection unless approved by the Engineer. Installing saddles on the existing main is not allowed. House services shall be kept to a minimum depth of ten feet (10') at the property line or as directed by the Engineer. All services shall project fifteen (15) feet past the right-of-way line and shall be installed at a two percent (2%) grade. Risers shall be used when the depth of cover over the top of the sewer main is more than twelve (12) feet. When necessary, risers shall be used to extend the service stub to a point within eleven (11) feet of the surface; where an airtight stopper fastened or braced in place to permit air testing of the pipe will then be installed. The provisions of CEAM 2621.3D are supplemented with the following: Precast Concrete Manhole and Catch Basin Structures: A minimum of 2 and a maximum of 5 adjustment rings shall be used on all structures with no exceptions. Precast concrete drainage structures shall be utilized in all other locations. For shallow structures, the Contractor shall furnish precast structures with additional depth as necessary for pre-casting, not to exceed a maximum of 2.0' deeper than the plan design build. The additional depth of manhole shall be filled with grout to match elevations of proposed pipe inverts. Compaction around manholes and all structures within the street shall meet the 100 percent Standard Proctor Density requirement in the upper 3 feet. J-tampers and other smaller compacting equipment shall be used to accomplish the compaction requirements. Steps shall be aligned over the downstream side of the manhole and be: STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 17 1" + or - horizontal alignment 1" + or - vertical alignment with 16" spacing Catch basins under curb and gutter shall be installed to an alignment deviation of less than 0.20' with the top slab centered over the base. Deviations greater than 0.20' shall be corrected by the Contractor by moving the base to its proper location. All grade stakes involved must be saved by the Contractor. In the event that a catch basin location must be adjusted and the grade stake shows the Contractor to be in error or the grade stake has been destroyed, the Contractor must make the correction at their expense. All manholes should be covered with plates, castings, or other approved materials at all times during construction to prevent rainwater and sediment from entering the system. A “Mirafi” or an Engineer approved equivalent fabric must be installed on all structures twenty-four (24) hours after being set or at the direction of the Engineer. No additional compensation allowed therefore. Drilling of holes in catch basins, to help drain water off of asphalt base course when directed by Engineer, shall be considered incidental. All sanitary sewer shall be jetted clean and televised after the services are installed and within seven (7) days after the manholes are raised as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall supply the Owner with the video and a detailed report. During jetting or flushing operations existing downstream lines shall be plugged appropriately to prevent sedimentation. All sedimentation shall be removed at the bottom of the plug. The provisions of CEAM 2621.3E are supplemented with the following: Sanitary Sewer Leakage Testing: All leaks shall be sealed by the Contractor before final acceptance by the Owner. The provisions of CEAM 2621.3E1a are supplemented with the following: Air Test Method: The pressure gauge shall be marked in 0.1 psi increments and to be a standard calibrated gauge. The provisions of CEAM 2621.3F are supplemented with the following: Deflection Testing: The Owner reserves the right to have the Contractor measure the deflection of PVC pipe at any time, including during the guarantee period following the final acceptance of the sewer pipe. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to comply with the rules for marking the location of these sewer and water service laterals. Procedures for noting the utility locations may vary by project. As such, the specific procedures for each project shall be detailed in the individual project manuals. CEAM 2621.4 – METHOD OF MEASUREMENT A. Sewer Pipe: Sewer pipe will be measured by the linear foot for each type of diameter of pipe and according to pipe classification. Unit bid shall include excavation, pumping, sheeting, pipe completely installed, and backfilled in-place. All measurements will be made along the centerline of the pipe and from center of manhole to center of manhole, or point of juncture with bends, tees or special structures. The services are also paid along the centerline of the pipe. B. Manholes: Manholes will be paid on a lineal foot basis according to the manhole diameter from the invert of the pre-cast manhole section to the top of the manhole casting, including depth of sumps. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 18 C. Granular Materials: One and one-half inch (1 1/2") clear foundation material can be substituted at the same price if deemed necessary and if approved by the Engineer. Granular foundation material shall be used below the pipe invert to the spring line of the pipe, and will be paid for on a cubic yard basis for material in place. No payment will be allowed without prior approval by the Engineer. Encasement and backfill material shall be determined by loose volume vehicular measure and shall be installed only in the presence of the Engineer and according to his direction. CEAM 2621.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT The provisions of CEAM 2621.5 are modified with the following: Payment shall be made as per the CEAM Standard Specification except as noted below: All surplus excavated materials not required for backfill shall be disposed of by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner and in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. All costs associated with the disposal of the surplus excavated materials are considered incidental to the pay item. Sewer Pipe: Payment shall be made at the unit price bid per linear foot. Sanitary sewer services shall be measured from the center of the sanitary sewer service to the end of the service stub. Riser service at the right-of-way end of the service pipe installation will be paid for as linear foot of service pipe. Sewer pipe payment shall be limited to eighty (80) percent of the actual amount installed until all sewer has been tested, accepted and backfilled to subgrade elevations. No additional compensation will be made for sewer and copper water service lines not constructed in a common trench. Connect to Existing Sanitary Sewer Manhole: Payment shall be at the unit price bid for connecting to each existing sanitary sewer manhole, which shall be compensation in full for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to connect to each existing sanitary sewer manhole. Connect to Existing Sanitary Sewer: Payment shall be at the unit price bid for connecting to each existing sanitary sewer pipe, which shall be compensation in full for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to connect to each existing sanitary sewer pipe. Connect to Existing Sanitary Sewer Service: Payment shall be at the unit price bid for connecting to each existing sanitary sewer service, which shall be compensation in full for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to connect to each existing sanitary sewer service. Casting Assembly: Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each casting assembly installed. Payment for all casting assemblies shall include casting adjustments from placement of the bituminous base and wear courses. Granular Bedding Material: Payment for granular bedding material shall be at the unit price bid per ton for foundation, encasement or backfill, and shall include the removal and disposal of the excavated unsuitable material being replaced. 2504 – (CEAM 2611) DUCTILE IRON WATER MAINS AND SERVICES The provisions of CEAM 2611 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: CEAM 2611.1 - DESCRIPTION The provisions of CEAM 2611.1 are supplemented with the following: The provision herein shall be applicable to all work necessary to construct connections of existing watermain facilities to new or repaired watermain facilities, either by the means of mechanical joints or by wet tap. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 19 CEAM 2611.2 – MATERIALS The provisions of CEAM 2611.2A1 are supplemented with the following: Ductile Iron Pipe: Ductile iron pipe shall be Class 52. Ductile iron pipe, gray iron pipe fittings and accessories shall be manufactured by American Cast Iron Pipe Company, Clow Pipe Company, Tyler Pipe Industries Inc., United States Pipe and Foundry Company, Union Foundry Company or Engineer approved equal. All DIP water mains including valves, fittings, hydrants, and appurtenances shall be fully encased in polyethylene film of 8 mil minimum nominal thickness or 4 mil high-density cross-laminated per AWWA C105. Ductile Iron Fittings: All fittings shall be ductile iron Class 350 compact fittings in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53-84. All fittings shall be fusion-bonded epoxy coated, conforming to ANSI/AWWA C550 and C116/A21.16 requirements. The thickness of the coating shall be 6-8 mils. All restraints shall be fusion bonded epoxy coated on the inside and outside according to ANSI/AWWA C550 and C116/A21.16. The thickness of the coating shall be 6-8 mils. All bolts and fasteners are to be stainless steel. All mechanical and push-on joints shall have rubber gaskets conforming to ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11. All nuts and bolts shall be Core Blue t-bolts as manufactured by Birmingham Fastener Manufacturing or Engineer approved equal. The raw materials analysis shall meet the chemical and physical requirements of AWWA C111/A21.11-00, current revision. All tie rod restraints and corresponding nuts shall be coated with an approved rust-proofing material. Copper jumpers shall be installed between the mechanical joint fittings. The copper jumper shall consist of a minimum of 1-1/2” x 10” wide flat copper strip with holes on either end to accommodate the bolts on the mechanical joints. The nuts and bolts used to affix more than one copper strap shall consist of Silicon Bronze meeting all ANSI/AWWA specifications. No grinding or chipping of the epoxy coatings shall be allowed. Retainer Glands: Retainer glands shall be ductile iron designed to withstand pressures shown in Table No. 9-6 of American Cast Iron Pipe Company's catalog. Retainer glands shall be by American, US Pipe or Mega-Lug type and shall be used at all changes in direction and at all fittings and valves in addition to reaction blocking. This shall be considered incidental to the pipe. Fire Hydrants: Hydrants shall be Waterous Pacer (model WB-67-250), traffic type, eight and one-half feet (8-1/2') of bury. The nozzle shall be a minimum of eighteen inches (18”) above grade while still maintaining the appropriate break-off elevation. Hydrants shall have National Standard Thread connections. The Contractor shall supply the following items: two hydrant locators with each hydrant, one installed and one delivered to City’s Public Services yard, one hydrant wrench per six (6) hydrants installed with a minimum of two (2) per project, and one yellow (12”) “Out of Order” tag per hydrant, installed on the pumper connection after backfilling. The out of order tag shall be removed by the Contractor and given to the City’s Public Services Utility Supervisor when all water main testing is complete. All hydrant valves shall be installed with mega-lugs or be rodded to the tee on the main line. Refer to the City standard detail plate. Valve Boxes: Valve boxes shall be Mueller H-10357, or approved equal, with H-10361 drop lid, cast iron cover marked with “Water”. Box to be adjustable a minimum of six inches (6") up and down from the specified depth of pipe bury. Gate Valves: All valves shown on the drawings as twelve-inch (12") or less shall be compression resilient seated gate valves in accordance with the AWWA C509 (latest revision) Specifications and having one hundred fifty (250) psi pressure rating. Valves shall be either American, Clow or equivalent. Gate valves meeting AWWA C500 Specification will not be allowed. The provisions of CEAM 2611.2D are supplemented with the following: STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 20 Service Saddles: Service saddles shall be used on any service where three (3) full threads cannot be engaged as per the table shown in AWWA C151, Table A.2. Saddles shall be Smith Blair Type 313 for sizes up to three-inch (3") taps. Tees shall be provided for services larger than three inches (3"). Water Service Pipes: All copper tubing used for services shall be new and unused ASTM #B88, Type K copper. No additional compensation will be made for sewer and copper water service lines not constructed in a common trench. Corporation Stops: Corporation stops shall be Mueller H-15000, Ford Type F600 or Engineer approved equivalent ball valve design with threaded inlet and flare type joint. They shall be full size inlet and outlet for the respective services. Curb Stops and Boxes: Curb stops shall be AWWA flared copper service pipe inlets and outlets. They shall have Minneapolis thread and pattern and be Mueller No. H-15154 Mark 2, Oraseal, Ford type B22-444M, or Engineer approved equal ball valve design for use with Minneapolis pattern curb boxes with stationary rods. Curb boxes shall be Mueller No. H-10300, Ford EM2-75-56 or equivalent for one-inch (1") services complete with Minneapolis top, adjustable up or down for seven and one-half feet (7½') of cover. Where curb boxes are placed in concrete or bituminous pavement, a meter box cover, such as the Ford model A1 8-inch cover, shall be installed at no additional compensation. CEAM 2611.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Testing: The City Observer shall receive at least 24 hour advance notice for all testing. Establishing Line and Grade: The Contractor shall give the Engineer 48 hours of notice for the establishment of line and grade so the Engineer may have time to provide them. After line and grade have been provided by the Engineer, the Contractor shall be held responsible for the protection and preservation until authorized to remove them by the Inspector. The Contractor shall bear the full cost of replacement that may be caused by their unauthorized removal. The Engineer may require that work be suspended at any time and for any reason when such marks cannot be properly followed. No additional compensation shall be allowed the Contractor for any claims of crews being held up because of lack of line and grade stakes. Operational Limitations and Requirements: Any dewatering necessary shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be considered incidental to the installation of water main. The provisions of CEAM 2611.3A are supplemented with the following: Installation of Pipe and Fittings: During connection to existing mains, no water main shall be shut down longer than six (6) hours. At no time shall the Contractor operate gate valves. Connections to existing mains shall be coordinated with the Owner’s Public Services Utility Department. The Public Services Utility Department requires a minimum seventy two (72) hour notice if residents are to be without water. Any residents who will be affected by the shutting off of water shall receive written notice at least forty eight (48) hours notice as to when and how long service will be interrupted. The Public Services Utility Department will supply notices of the water shut down to the Contractor for delivery by the Contractor to the effected residents. The provisions of CEAM 2611.3A2 are supplemented with the following: Pipe Laying Operations: All water main pipe shall be laid to seven and one-half feet (7-1/2') from finished grade to top of pipe except where crossing of sanitary or storm sewer line, or service. At that point, there shall be a minimum two-foot (2’) vertical clearance. A horizontal separation distance of ten feet (10') shall be maintained to storm and sanitary sewers. An eighteen-inch (18") vertical separation shall be maintained at all crossings. The provisions of CEAM 2611.3A4 are supplemented with the following: STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 21 Blocking and Anchoring of Pipe: All watermain piping shall be constructed to resist the thrust existing at valves, hydrants and at all fittings by the use of retainer glands and reaction blocking. The retainer glands and the reaction blocking shall be considered incidental to the project. All pipe joints within ten feet (10') of a bend shall be tied or restrained. All hydrants, valves and fittings shall be tied with two (2) three-fourth’s inch (3/4”) galvanized rods in addition to the required blocking. Refer to detail plate for size of blocking. Megalugs may be used with galvanized tie rods in lieu of thrust blocking for hydrants only. The provisions of CEAM 2611.3C are supplemented with the following: Water Service Installations: Corporation stops shall be tapped into the main only when full of water under operating pressure. No taps shall be made into a dry pipe. Corporation stops shall be turned into the pipe until tight and shall not be turned back to facilitate having the operating nut on top. The water service shall be installed with seven and one-half feet (7½') of cover as shown on the detail plate. The curb stop and box shall be located eleven feet (11') inside the property line away from the street (unless otherwise noted on the plans). The top of the curb box shall be set to proper grade with the extension at the mid-point. All curb boxes to be marked with a heavy-duty “T” type steel fence post painted blue. A five-foot (5') extension of one-inch (1") copper shall be brought to within three feet (3') of the ground surface in areas of high ground water. At least two (2) ties shall be made for each service. All ties shall be completed prior to street construction. The Public Works requires a minimum seventy-two (72) hour notice if residents are to be without water or connected to a temporary water service. The Public Works Department will supply notices of the water shut down to the Contractor for delivery by the Contractor to the effected residents. Temporary water services that are allowed by the Engineer shall not be in use and installed for more than two (2) weeks. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing water to affected homes and businesses during the course of the project as directed by the Engineer. At no time shall the Contractor operate gate valves. The Contractor shut downs of the water system should be kept to a minimum. Contractor shall schedule shutdowns so that all present water customers will have service from 6:00 a.m. – 9:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. – 9:00 p.m. every day. The provisions of CEAM 2611.3D are supplemented with the following: Setting Valves, Hydrants, Fittings and Specials: Hydrants, gate valves and valve boxes shall be set plumb with valve boxes placed directly over valves. Top of valve boxes shall be set one-half inch (1/2") below finished grade unless otherwise noted on the plans. Top of valve boxes shall be adjusted by turning the threaded screw sections to achieve proper final elevations. Internal top sections shall not be used to accomplish the adjustment. All hydrants shall be given one (1) additional coat of paint after installation. All surfaces shall be cleaned prior to application of the final field coat. Hydrants shall be set at such elevations that the connecting pipe will have a minimum of seven-foot, six-inch (7'-6") cover or as shown in the plans. Each hydrant shall be placed upon a slab of stone, brick or concrete not less than four inches (4") thick and fifteen inches (15") square. The back side of the hydrant opposite the pipe connection shall be firmly wedged against the vertical face of the trench with concrete blocking to prevent the hydrant from blowing off the line. Around the base of each hydrant shall be placed not less than one-half (½) cubic yard of crushed stone or coarse gravel with tar paper covering to ensure complete drainage of the hydrant when closed. The provisions of CEAM 2611.3E are supplemented with the following: Disinfection of Water and Mains: Disinfection procedures, sampling and testing shall meet the Minnesota Department of Health standards. Electrical Conductivity Test: Conductivity testing shall follow the Standard Utility Specifications. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 22 Hydrostatic Testing of Watermains: Complete the pressure test as per G. If this fails, the Contractor shall attempt to locate and repair the leak. As a final option, the leakage test shall be performed as per I2 with the leakage formula being applicable. The pressure gauge shall be marked in one (1) psi increments. The City does not guarantee that the existing gate valves will maintain the leakage test requirement and as an alternate, the Contractor will be required to plug the newly-installed line and test separately each segment of line installed. All wet taps and/or cut-ins shall be tested separately and immediately prior to backfilling. See Typical Air Bleed and Testing Detail. Pipeline Backfilling Operations: Backfilling shall be done in uniform lifts completely compacted over the full width of the excavated area. The material shall be compacted to ninety-five percent (95%) Standard Proctor Density, except that the top three feet (3') of the trench shall be compacted to one hundred percent (100%) standard proctor density. Backfill shall be placed such that the final moisture content of the soil is in an acceptable range as determined by the Owner’s testing laboratory. Trench backfill shall be by use of suitable material from the excavation. The Contractor is responsible for excavating, stockpiling, and handling materials in such a way as to not degrade suitability of materials for backfill. The Contractor is responsible for adding moisture or for reasonable soil drying measures to allow for material placement at a moisture content that will allow compaction to the required Standard Proctor Density. All pipe backfill material, placement and compaction shall be incidental to pipe sewer price per linear foot for each size and type of pipe and all bedding requirements. Aggregate Bedding: Aggregate Bedding shall be utilized as directed by the Engineer as fill material below the foundation grade in utility trenches if unsuitable soils are encountered. During the installation of the new water mains, service shall be maintained. To maintain service to all properties, it may be necessary to maintain temporary pipes on the surface with connections to outside hose bibs. The temporary connections must be according to Department of Health standards as approved by the Engineer. New installations shall be coordinated so that no home or business is on temporary water service for more than fourteen (14) days. The Contractor shall be responsible for any improvements to homes or businesses necessary to facilitate the temporary water connections. When it is necessary to connect to the existing water system or close existing portions of the water system due to construction operations, the Contractor shall discuss that phase of the project with the City Public Works Department five (5) working days in advance of the planned starting date to allow the orderly planning and coordination by the City. The Contractor shall provide temporary water service to all residences and businesses affected by the project. Connect to Existing Water Main: The Contractor shall notify the Project Representative and the City Utility Supervisor at least seventy-two (72) hours prior to connecting to existing watermains when residents or businesses will be without water. All residents who will be affected by the shutting off of the water service shall receive written notice from the Owner at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance and the notice shall discuss when and for how long service will be interrupted. Corporation stops shall be tapped into the main only when full of water under operating pressure. No taps shall be made into a dry pipe. Corporation stops shall be turned into the pipe until tight and shall not be turned back to facilitate having the operating nut on top. Water service replacements with less than 10-feet of separation from existing sanitary sewer service locations shall be installed as allowed by Minnesota Plumbing Code 4715.1710 Subp.2. The Contractor shall be responsible for following the requirements as identified in this Code. At least two (2) ties shall be made for each service. All ties shall be completed prior to street construction. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 23 Drain Holes: Drain holes are open except in those areas where the static ground water table is higher than the drain hole location on the hydrant, where the drain holes shall be securely plugged according to the manufacturer's recommendation and specifications. CEAM 2611.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT The provisions of CEAM 2611.5 are modified with the following: Payment shall be made as per the CEAM Standard Specification except as noted below: All surplus excavated materials not required for backfill shall be disposed of by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner and in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. All costs associated with the disposal of the surplus excavated materials are considered incidental to the pay item. Hydrant: Payment shall be at the unit price bid for each fire hydrant assembly installed, which shall be compensation in full for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to install the fire hydrant. Hydrant extensions, if required, shall be considered incidental. Each hydrant shall have one candy-cane locator installed. Additional hydrant locators (one for each fire hydrant) and hydrant wrenches (one for every five hydrants installed, with a minimum of two per project) shall be provided to the Owner, and delivered to the City’s Public Services Utility yard. Gate Valve and Box: Payment shall be for each valve installed at the size specified in the plans and shall include the valve box and all labor and materials required to install the gate valve and box. Payment for new Gate Valves and Boxes shall include box adjustments from placement of the bituminous base and wear courses. Connect to Existing Water Main: Payment shall be made for each connection made at the unit price in the proposal and shall include all labor and materials required to make the connection. Type K Copper Pipe: Payment shall be at the unit price bid per linear foot of copper service pipe. Measurement shall be performed in a straight line from the center of the water main to the end of the curb stop. Aggregate Bedding Material: Payment shall be made by the ton, at the unit price in the proposal and shall include excavation and disposal of unsuitable materials. Payment for Aggregate Bedding MUST be pre-approved by the Engineer prior to the start of placement. Water Main Pipe: All tie rods, nuts, bolts, mechanical joints and joint conductivity copper straps, including installation with ductile iron fittings as noted on the individual plans, will be incidental to the pipe construction. Payment for water main pipe shall be limited to 80 percent (80%) of the actual amount installed until all water main has been tested, accepted, and backfilled to subgrade elevations. Fittings: All fittings shall be fusion bonded epoxy inside and out in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4 and shall be paid for as ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.15-83 Class 350 C.I. body weight. Curb Box & Stop: Payment shall be at the unit price bid per specified in the bidding documents, which shall be compensation in full for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to install the curb box and stop, including all adjustments necessary to reach final grade prior to turf establishment. Corporation Stop: Payment shall be at the unit price bid per specified in the bidding documents, which shall be compensation in full for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to install the corporation stop including but not limited to the connection saddle, necessary fittings, and connections. 2504 – ADJUST GATE VALVE AND BOX The provisions of MnDOT 2504 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 24 2504.1 – DESCRIPTION The provisions of MnDOT 2504.1 are supplemented with the following: Gate Valves and Boxes: Gate valve boxes shall be adjusted to grade after placement of bituminous base and/or binder courses. This provision shall be applicable to all work necessary to adjust gate valve boxes within paved surfaces to the final grades as shown in the Plans. 2504.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The provisions of MnDOT 2504.3 are supplemented with the following: During gate valve box adjustment activities, the Contractor shall place traffic cones or other traffic control devices to direct traffic around the castings being adjusted. Gate Valves and Boxes: Gate valve boxes shall be adjusted to grade after placement of bituminous base and/or binder courses. The final surface elevation of the gate valve box shall be one-half inch (½“) below the adjacent pavement surface elevation. 2504.4 – METHOD OF MEASUREMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2504.4 are supplemented with the following: Measurement for adjustment of gate valve boxes shall be on an “each” basis only for gate valve boxes that are adjusted in preparation for bituminous wear course placement. These gate valve boxes must be existing prior to the project. Initial gate valve box adjustment after base course construction or adjustment of gate valve boxes in areas outside of the bituminous roadway surface shall be considered incidental to the Gate Valve and Box pay item. Adjustment of gate valve boxes that were constructed under the contract shall also be incidental to the Gate Valve and Box pay item. 2504.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2504.5 are supplemented with the following: Adjust Valve Box: Payment shall be made for each installed at the unit price in the proposal and shall be compensation in full for all time, materials, equipment, and labor to adjust each valve box as directed by the Engineer, including multiple adjustments to suit blacktop lifts. 2504 – (CEAM 2611) TEMPORARY WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM The provisions of CEAM 2611 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2504.1 – (CEAM 2611.1) DESCRIPTION The provisions of CEAM 2611.1 are supplemented with the following: The provisions herein shall be applicable to all labor, materials, and equipment associated with managing, constructing, and maintaining a temporary water distribution system as required for all existing water users which must be taken out of service for a period exceeding eight (8) hours, or as required at the discretion of the Engineer. 2504.2 – (CEAM 2611.2) MATERIALS The provisions of CEAM 2611.2 are supplemented with the following: Pipe and Fittings: All piping, including hoses used for water service shall be ANSI/AWWA rated. The minimum pipe size shall be 2-inches for mainlines and 3/4-inches for individual service connections. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 25 2504.3 – (CEAM 2611.3) CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The provisions of CEAM 2611.3 are supplemented with the following: Prior to installing the temporary water distribution system, a detailed plan of the temporary water distribution system shall be provided by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. The plan shall detail connection points, materials, mainline and service sizes, sampling points, emergency procedures and other related information about the temporary water system, including installation methods at all street crossings and driveways. The Contractor shall demonstrate that the level of service to the water users will not be significantly impacted and that the temporary system will supply water demands at pressures normal to the existing system. The Contractor shall identify large or exceptional water users and incorporate their needs into the temporary water distribution system. The installation of temporary fire hydrants shall be as outlined in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall allow one (1) week for review and approval by the Engineer. Materials: All piping and fittings shall meet current NSF standards and shall be rated for residential use. Location: All above ground piping shall be installed with appropriate ramping or burial such that the piping will: • not to be endangered by equipment or vehicular traffic • not pose a hazard for pedestrians (tripping, etc.) • provide a barrier-free access • be constructed to safeguard against vandalism and tampering Additionally, the proposed phasing for the temporary water service distribution system shall be planned such that no sleeves will be required to construct the new permanent water main system. Source Water Connection: Source water connections to fire hydrants are discouraged unless the Contractor can demonstrate that the hydrant has been disinfected and thoroughly flushed. The Owner or Engineer assumes no responsibility for the quality of water obtained from a hydrant. After disinfection, the hydrant shall be pressurized at all times in which it serves as a source of potable water. Isolation valves are required at the source water connection, branches (2 on 3-way, 3 on 4-way) and at every service. Reduced Pressure Zone (RPZ): The Minnesota State Plumbing Code requires protection of potable water. A Reduced Pressure Zone (RPZ) backflow preventer must be installed at each point of connection. That RPZ must be tested annually and rebuilt on a 5-year operating cycle, in accordance with the State Plumbing Code. The Contractor shall provide certification of such for each RPZ utilized with the project. Installation of RPZ(s) shall be included with the lump sum cost of the temporary water distribution system. Pressure Testing and Leakage: All above ground piping shall be regularly inspected to ensure leak tight connections at the beginning and during the period that the temporary water distribution is in use. At the discretion of the Engineer, buried temporary water distribution piping shall satisfy hydrostatic pressure testing. The Contractor shall make his own determination about water pressure maintained by the temporary system and shall determine if a pressure reduction valve (PRV) is necessary. If so, the PRV shall be included within the lump sum cost of the temporary water distribution system. Chlorine Residual and Bacteriological Testing: After the temporary water system is installed (both mainlines and services) in its final location, but before service piping is connected to the water users, the temporary water distribution system shall satisfy the chlorine residual and bacteriological testing standards and protocols for the commissioning of new water mains, which includes two tests being taken a minimum of 24-hours apart. Samples must be collected at the end of each branch. All sampler qualification, procedural standards, bacteriological and chlorine residual requirements detailed for commissioning new water main distribution systems apply to testing the temporary water distribution system. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 26 Service Connections: The service connection piping shall be installed and disinfected at the same time as the main line in order that disinfection is accomplished on the service piping. The final connection to the water user shall not be made until the chlorine residual and bacteriological testing requirements have been satisfied. A check valve shall be installed on the service connection between the mainline and the connection to the water user. Prior to connection to water users, individual service lines shall be thoroughly flushed. The final connectors shall be spray-disinfected and swabbed with a minimum 1% and maximum 5% sodium Hypochlorite (bleach) solution to disinfect the fittings. The Contractor shall arrange for the plumbing system to be flushed to remove any elevated chlorine residuals. A typical service connection to a private building shall be at an outside hose bib, requiring the water valve at the meter to be shut-off. If a vacuum breaker is found to exist on the hose bib, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to remove the breaker. The Contractor will be fully responsible for any damage incurred during the removal process, and any required plumbing replacements shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. An individual WYE type connector shall be installed. A vacuum breaker shall be installed on the side opposite the service connection. In the event that this scenario is not possible, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to determine how to provide temporary water service to the satisfaction of the property Owner. The Contractor is responsible to provide an appropriate connection to the water user. The property Owner is under no obligation to allow the temporary water system to be connected to their internal system at any location other than on the public side of the curb stop. In the event that a property Owner will not permit an above ground connection as typical, it shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to make alternate arrangements to service the property. In lieu of making aboveground temporary servicing, the Contractor has the option to connect the temporary distribution system to the public side of the existing curb stop. Operation: The temporary water distribution system shall be continually pressurized after the bacteriological testing is completed and be capable of supplying normal water demands throughout its installation. In the event of a main or service break, the Contractor shall take immediate steps to minimize water loss and to avoid system contamination. Each end of the broken pipe shall be elevated in a manner to avoid backflow into the pipe. All fittings used in the repair and the pipe ends shall be spray-disinfected and swabbed with a minimum 1% and maximum 5% sodium Hypochlorite (bleach) solution to disinfect the connection. At the discretion of the Engineer, a round of chlorine and bacteriological samples may be taken to ensure the integrity of the system. Off-hours Corrective Action: In the event that corrective action is needed to the temporary water distribution system outside of normal working hours, the Engineer or Owner will attempt to contact the Contractor to take corrective actions. At the preconstruction meeting for the project, the Contractor shall provide the name and 24-hour contact information for the person(s) responsible for repairs. If, in the sole opinion of the Owner, the Contractor is unable to make the corrections in a timely manner, the Owner may direct their own forces to take corrective steps. The Contractor will be responsible for any costs incurred by the Owner. Relocation of the Temporary Distribution System: The relocation of the temporary water system either in whole or in parts by any means without conducting and passing the chlorine residual and bacteriological requirements shall not be permitted. Relocation here is defined as depressurizing and moving the pipe work in order to service other water users. 2504.4 – (CEAM 2611.4) METHOD OF MEASUREMENT The provisions of CEAM 2611.4 are supplemented with the following: Temporary Water Distribution System shall be measured as a single lump sum with no separate measurement being made for any portions of work. No additional compensation will be made for multiple setups or for numerous temporary water systems due to phasing. 2504.5 – (CEAM 2611.5) BASIS OF PAYMENT The provisions of CEAM 2611.5 are supplemented with the following: Payment shall be made at the contract unit price as listed on the Proposal Form. If no temporary water is necessary, this item shall be deleted from the contract and no payment shall be made. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 27 2506 – ADJUST FRAME AND RING CASTING The provisions of MnDOT 2506 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2506.1 – DESCRIPTION The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: The provisions herein shall be applicable to all work necessary to prepare, clean, and re-grout the interior of the manhole and complete adjustment of frame rings and castings to the final grades as shown in the Plans where existing castings are not being replaced. These provisions shall supplement the casting adjustment provisions set forth in MnDOT 2506. 2506.2 – MATERIALS The provisions of 2506.2 are supplemented with the following: The following types of adjustment material may be utilized for performing frame and ring casting adjustments: Manhole Structures 28-inches in diameter or larger: HDPE rings as manufactured by Ladtech, Inc. approved equal, shall be installed where the plan has indicated removal and replacement of sanitary sewer rings and with all new storm sewer structures. HDPE adjusting ring sealant shall be butyl caulk as manufactured by Ladtech, Inc. (or approved equal) and shall be installed as per the manufacturer’s specifications. Concrete rings may also be specified at the direction of the engineer, Manhole Structures less than 28-inches in diameter: Concrete Rings, secured in place with concrete mortar. Minimize number of rings by using greater than 2” concrete adjusting rings. Cast Iron Manhole Risers, not to exceed 2-inches (2”) in height, secured in place with manufacturer recommended sealing agent. Other adjusting materials may be used at the direction of the Engineer. 2506.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Adjusting Frame and Ring Castings: The procedure for adjusting structures shall be in accordance with the standard procedures used to adjust structures within multiple lift bituminous pavement sections. Included in this work is the requirement to set the rim elevations to the interim surface elevation of the bituminous base course prior to suspension of operations for the winter. During the structure adjustment between bituminous courses, the Contractor shall place traffic cones or other traffic barricades on the structure being adjusted. The procedure shall consist of setting the rings and casting to the interim pavement grade, constructing bituminous pavement, and in the following year, setting the rims to final grade prior to paving the final bituminous wear course. The rims shall be set to final grade by utilizing a manhole riser ring installation. The manhole riser ring installation shall be as per manufacturer’s recommendations. Structures shall be adjusted such that they conform to the following requirements: a. Manholes and catch basins shall have no more than five (5) nor less than two (2) concrete adjusting rings and the maximum height of adjusting rings and mortar shall not exceed twelve (12) inches. Concrete adjusting rings shall be a standard, two (2) inch thick, reinforced ring manufactured for this specific purpose. The diameter or rectangular dimension shall conform to the type of casting on the structure. Plastic HDPE adjusting rings MAY BE substituted for concrete adjusting rings. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 28 b. Frame and ring castings shall be set to the designated elevation in a full bed of mortar. Mortar between the rings shall be no less than one-third (⅓) inch or greater than one-half (½) inch. No less than one-half (½) inch thickness of mortar shall be plastered around the outside of the rings to encase the rings of structures (this does not apply to catch basins within curbs, which shall be encased in concrete). No shims of any type shall be used to set the rings. c. Catch basin castings and adjusting rings shall be encased in a minimum of four (4) inches of concrete when installed in curbing in accordance with the Standard Detail Plates. Rim elevations shall be set to correspond with the depressed curb as illustrated in the plans. d. The final surface elevation of the frame or ring casting shall be one-half inch (½“) below the adjacent pavement surface elevation, and at-grade in turf areas. e. All sanitary sewer manholes shall include an Infi-Shield® or Engineer approved equivalent external manhole chimney seal. The Contractor has ten (10) calendar days to raise all structures upon completion of the base course paving. Failure to do so shall result in a $50.00 per structure reduction in the Contractor’s partial payment. The Contractor shall remain responsible for the adjustments. Repeated failure to complete this item before the winter season shall be considered failure to perform and appropriate action will result. The Contractor has forty-eight (48) hours to install the wear course paving after adjusting structures for the wear course paving, this time frame includes overlay projects. During the interim period between adjusting structures for the wear course paving and installing the wear course paving, the Contractor shall place traffic cones or other traffic barricades on the adjusted structures. The rims shall be set to final grade by utilizing a manhole riser ring installation. Cast Iron Manhole Risers shall only be utilized for adjusting frame and ring castings from the base course to the final wear-course elevation. Cast iron risers may not be utilized for adjustment of catch basin structures located within curbs. All cast iron casting adjustments shall be performed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. The Contractor shall be required to perform the installation of the first cast iron riser in the presence of the Engineer or representative of the Owner to verify that the installation is acceptable and in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. If the Contractor is unable to adjust the frame and ring casting using ductile iron adjusting rings then the Contractor shall adjust the entire existing frame and ring casting at no additional cost. This shall include all necessary pavement removal, saw cutting, bituminous patching, bituminous tack coat, and concrete adjusting rings as required to adjust each casting. Concrete adjusting rings, when used at the direction of the Engineer, shall be reinforced rings manufactured for the specific purpose as use for adjusting frame and ring castings. The diameter or rectangular dimension shall conform to the type of casting on the structure. 2506.4 – METHOD OF MEASUREMENT The provisions of 2506.4 are supplemented with the following: Initial casting placement after base course construction, installation of castings on catch basin structures, or installation of any castings in areas outside of the bituminous roadway surface shall be considered incidental to the casting and/or manhole structure pay item. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 29 2506 – CASTING ASSEMBLY 2506.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS This item shall include furnishing, installing, and adjusting each casting assembly as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to verify the type and quantity of castings prior to ordering them. This item shall include compensation in full for all materials, labor, and equipment required to set the furnished and installed castings on existing or new structures to the required elevation for new pavement surface, including multiple adjustments to suit blacktop lifts. The minimum and maximum height of adjusting rings as identified in the details does not apply to the adjustment or placement of new castings on existing structures. However, adjustment of existing structures shall be to the satisfaction of the engineer. In no case will additional compensation be made for adjusting rings exceeding 12” in height for existing structures. 2506.4 – METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Payment shall be on an “Each” basis at the contract unit price in the Bid Proposal. Payment shall include the bituminous needed to patch around each casting assembly and all work associated with placing the bituminous. For storm sewer and sanitary structures paid on an “Each” basis, the furnishing, installation, and adjustment of the casting assembly shall be included in the payment for the storm sewer structure, as shown in the Proposal Form. Payment of both sanitary sewer and storm sewer castings shall be made under this bid item. 2506.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Casting Assembly: Payment shall be made at the unit price bid in the proposal form for each sanitary sewer manhole casting. This shall include all materials, labor, and equipment necessary for each casting installed. Casting Assembly: Payment shall be made at the unit price bid in the proposal form for each storm sewer manhole and catch basin casting. This shall include all materials, labor, and equipment necessary for each casting installed. 2506 – (CEAM 2621) MANHOLES AND CATCH BASINS (CONNECTIONS) The provisions of CEAM 2621 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2506.1 – (CEAM 2621.1) DESCRIPTION The provisions of 2621.1 are supplemented with the following: The provision herein shall be applicable to all work necessary to construct connections of existing storm sewer facilities to new or repaired storm sewer facilities. 2506.3 – (CEAM 2621.3) CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The provisions of 2621.3 are supplemented with the following: All surplus excavated materials not required for backfill shall be disposed of by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner and in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. All costs associated with the disposal of the surplus excavated materials are considered incidental to the pay item. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 30 Connect into Existing Storm Sewer: When connecting to an existing storm sewer stub the Contractor shall verify invert elevation, line, and grade of the existing stub to ensure that the installation of the proposed sewer facility can be constructed according to the plan requirements. The Contractor shall immediately inform the Project Representative of any deviation from the plan requirements due to the existing stub. In the event that the existing sewer stub does not facilitate the construction as planned, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer unit prices for the removal and replacement of the stub to facilitate construction as planned if no unit bid prices are included in the awarded contract. Connect into Existing Drainage Structure: When connecting to an existing storm sewer manhole or catch basin for future storm sewer, the Contractor shall verify the structure location, invert elevation and line of the any existing opening to ensure the installation of the proposed storm sewer facility can be constructed according to the plan requirements. The Contractor shall immediately inform the Project Representative of any deviation from the plan requirements necessitated by existing conditions. The Contractor shall only make connection into the drainage structure by core-drilling or saw cutting, any other means of connection shall be approved by the Engineer. At no time shall a bucket or blade of a piece of construction equipment, or a sledge hammer without prior saw cut be allowed to make an opening for connection. The Contractor shall ensure that upon completion of the connection that the area of connection be water tight. The Contractor shall ensure smooth even flow from the newly connected pipe to the invert of the existing structure. The Contractor shall be held liable for any damage caused to the existing structure or any existing pipes due to negligence on the part of the Contractor. Replacement or repairing of any damage caused to existing facilities when ordered by the Project Representative or the Engineer shall be at the Contractor’s own cost. 2506.5 – (CEAM 2621.5) BASIS OF PAYMENT The provisions of 2621.5 are supplemented with the following: Payment for Connect into Existing Storm Sewer at the Contract price per each storm sewer pipe connection to an existing storm sewer main, and will be compensation in full for all labor, equipment and materials necessary to make the connection. Payment for Connect into Existing Drainage Structure at the Contract price per each storm sewer pipe connection to an existing storm sewer drainage structure, and will be compensation in full for all labor, equipment and materials necessary to make the connection, including the repair and pouring of storm sewer inverts. 2521 – WALKS The provisions of MnDOT 2521 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2521.2 – MATERIALS The provisions of MnDOT 2521.2A.1 are supplemented with the following: Concrete: The air content of the concrete shall be 5% to 8%. Concrete mix shall be 3A32 where forms are placed and 3A22 where slip form machine placement is used. The provisions of MnDOT 2521.2E are supplemented with the following: Granular Materials for Concrete Walk: Base for concrete walk shall meet the requirements of MnDOT 3149.2-B1, granular borrow, except that 100 percent of the material shall pass a one and one-half inch (1½”) sieve. Existing on site materials may be used if approved by the Engineer. 2521.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 31 The provisions of MnDOT 2521.3 are supplemented with the following: When the compressive strength of the concrete test cylinders is less than 3,900 PSI at the 28 day test break, the Owner will decide whether or not the defective concrete must be removed and replaced on a case by case basis. The removal and replacement costs shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. If the Owner decides to allow the concrete to be left in place, the Contractor shall receive no compensation for that section that is determined to be of deficient strength. Where private utilities are to be installed within the public right of way and drainage and utility easements, and are on the same side as the walk, the private utility work shall be coordinated with all applicable private utility companies such that all construction of private utilities will be completed prior to construction of the walk. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordination with the private utilities, Engineer, and Owner to ensure that the private utilities are constructed prior to the walk. The Contractor shall give a minimum of two weeks notification to private utilities for the estimated completion date of curb, gutter, grading, and erosion control stabilization. Coordination with private utilities shall be considered incidental. No additional compensation from the Owner shall be provided to the Contractor for any claims of crews being delayed because of scheduling issues with private utility companies as a result of inadequate notification of curb, gutter, grading, and erosion control completion dates. If connecting to an existing sidewalk, the Contractor shall ensure that a wet saw full depth cut is used to provide a neat and straight vertical line to match. The provisions of MnDOT 2521.3D are supplemented with the following: Placing and Finishing Concrete: Each concrete batch shall be tested for air content prior to placement. Any batch not meeting the air requirements will be rejected. The testing will be done by an approved testing laboratory. The Owner shall bear the initial cost of the testing. If, however, sections of the walk fail and retesting is required, the cost of this additional testing shall be at the Contractor’s expense. Slip form machine placement will be allowed and shall conform to MnDOT 2531.3F requirements. The provisions of MnDOT 2521.3D.2 are supplemented with the following: Joint Construction: Expansion joints shall be placed at locations where a fixed object or structures extend through the walk, at pedestrian ramps and where thicknesses may vary. Spacing of contraction joints shall equal the width of the walk or not to exceed the maximum of sixty feet (60-feet) apart. The provisions of MnDOT 2521.3E.1a are supplemented with the following: Membrane and Extreme Service Membrane Curing Method: Membrane curing method in accordance with MnDOT 3754 will be allowed with the minimum rate of application being one gallon per 124 square feet of exposed surface area. The furnished material shall be Type 2, Class B and conforming to ASTM C 309. The provisions of MnDOT 2521.3 are supplemented with the following: Signing for “Walk Closed” signs, during reconstruction of sidewalks shall be considered incidental. Placement shall be at the beginning and end of each block segment or as directed by the Engineer. A concrete wash and cleanup area will be designated and cleaned on a regular basis or as directed by the Engineer. Concrete walks going through driveways and pedestrian curb ramps shall be formed for six-inch (6”) concrete. All other areas designated on the plans shall be four-inch (4”). STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 32 2521.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2521.5 are hereby deleted and replaced with the following: 4" Concrete Walk: Payment shall be at the unit price bid per square foot of 4” concrete walk, and shall include all excavation necessary to reach the bottom of the base elevation of the concrete walk and grading to match the surrounding grades and ensure proper drainage, 4” of granular borrow or aggregate (as specified in the plans), materials, labor, and equipment required to complete the walk in-place in accordance with the individual plan. Surface tolerances will be verified prior to payment. 6" Concrete Walk: Payment shall be at the unit price bid per square foot of 6” concrete walk, and shall include all excavation necessary to reach the bottom of the base elevation of the concrete walk and grading to match the surrounding grades and ensure proper drainage, 6” of granular borrow or aggregate (as specified in the plans), materials, labor, and equipment required to complete the walk in-place in accordance with the individual plan. Surface tolerances will be verified prior to payment. 2531 – CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER The provisions of MnDOT 2531 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2531.2 – MATERIALS The provisions of MnDOT 2531.2A are supplemented with the following: Concrete: The air content of the concrete shall be 4.5% to 8%. Concrete mix shall be 3Y32 where forms are placed and 3Y22 where slip form machine placement is used. 2531.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The provisions of MnDOT 2531.3 are supplemented with the following: When the compressive strength of the concrete test cylinders is less than 3,900 PSI at the 28 day test break, the Owner will decide whether or not the defective concrete must be removed and replaced on a case to case basis. All removal and replacement shall be the Contractors responsibility. If the Owner decides to allow the concrete to be left in place, the Contractor shall receive no compensation for the section that is determined to be of deficient strength. The provisions of MnDOT 2531.3E are supplemented with the following: Joint Construction: Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not more than sixty feet (60-feet) for manual placement and not more than two-hundred feet (200-feet) for slip-form placement. Joint sealing shall not be required. The provisions of MnDOT 2531.3C are supplemented with the following: Placing and Finishing Concrete: First load each day per mix design and 1 test per 50 cubic yards thereafter shall be tested for air content prior to placement. Any batch not meeting the air requirements will be rejected. The Engineer will take samples as deemed necessary to determine the quality of the concrete. The Contractor shall provide for suitable storage on site for concrete test cylinders. The testing will be done by an approved testing laboratory. The Owner shall bear the initial cost of the testing and transporting of cylinders. If, however, sections of the curb and gutter fail and retesting is required, the cost of this additional testing shall be at the Contractor’s expense. B618 curb and gutter shall be installed at all intersection radii and catch basins as per the Individual project plans. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 33 The provisions of MnDOT 2531.3G.1.a are supplemented with the following: Membrane and Extreme Service Membrane Curing Method: Membrane curing method in accordance with MnDOT 3754 will be allowed with the minimum rate of application being one gallon per 124 square feet of exposed surface area. The curing material shall be Type 2, Class B for non-stamped or non-dyed concrete driveways, and Type 1-D for concrete curb and gutter, stamped or dyed concrete driveways, and must conform to ASTM C 309. The provisions of MnDOT 2531.3H are supplemented with the following: Backfill Construction: Backfilling of the curb and gutter shall be completed within 48-hours after the curing period (3 to 7 days as determined by the Engineer and prior to bituminous surfacing of the roadway. Extreme care must be exercised by the Contractor during this operation to prevent horizontal displacement of the curb and gutter. Backfilling shall be considered incidental to the construction. Only topsoil shall be placed within 6 inches of the finished grade. The provisions of MnDOT 2531.3I are supplemented with the following: Workmanship and Finish: Unacceptable work shall be removed and replaced with acceptable work as ordered by the Engineer. Cracking at areas other than joints will be at the discretion of the Engineer, removed and replaced. 2531.4 – METHOD OF MEASUREMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2531.4 are supplemented with the following: Curb & Gutter: Curb drops for alleys, private entrances, driveway entrances, and pedestrian curb ramps shall be included in the length measurement of the curb and gutter. Where modified “S” type curb is installed in new developments, and B618 curb and gutter is required only around intersection radii and catch basins, measurement shall be made for linear feet of modified “S” curb and gutter. 2531.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2531.5 are supplemented with the following: Curb & Gutter: The unit price bid for concrete curb and gutter shall include all necessary excavation for the curb section and to provide the required depth for base material, the aggregate base material, butyl infused joints, protective coating, and mechanically tamped backfill, curb drop work and B618 curb and gutter work at intersection radii and catch basins. Payment shall be limited to 80% of the actual footage installed until all curbing has been backfilled and the topsoil placed. No additional compensation will be paid for blanket curing methods deemed necessary by the Engineer due to seasonal temperature constraints. 2531 – CONCRETE CURBING (TRUNCATED DOMES) The provisions of MnDOT 2531 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2531.1 – DESCRIPTION The provisions of MnDOT 2531.1 are supplemented with the following: The provisions herein shall be applicable to all work necessary to construct cast-in-place pedestrian ramps and pre-fabricated cast-iron truncated dome systems in compliance with ADA Standards. These provisions shall modify the specifications set forth in MNDOT 2521, 2531, and MNDOT Standard Plate 7036F. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 34 The truncated dome systems shall be red in color. Exposed aggregate finishes or stamped concrete is not allowed. 2531.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The provisions of MnDOT 2531.3 are supplemented with the following: All truncated dome systems shall be installed in strict accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer. The installation protocol shall include details regarding product specific construction requirements and how the system will be sealed to mitigate freeze/thaw damage through moisture intrusion. The Contractor shall provide this information to the Engineer for approval two weeks prior to commencement of work. The entire truncated dome area (typically 2 feet x 4 feet) shall contrast visually from the adjacent walking surfaces. The entire truncated dome area shall be red and the adjacent sidewalk shall be a "white" or light gray cement color. At the time of construction, all truncated dome systems are specified to be in dimensional and alignment compliance with the requirements of the ADA Standards as detailed in the Plan. Paths shall have truncated domes across the entire width of the path when the path crosses a road. 2531.4 – METHOD OF MEASUREMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2531.4 are supplemented with the following: Truncated Domes – Measurement for truncated domes shall be by the square foot of truncated domes installed and approved by the Engineer. The provisions of MnDOT 2531.4D are hereby deleted and replaced with the following: Pedestrian Curb Ramp – Measurement for pedestrian curb ramps shall be by the square foot constructed and approved by the Engineer, regardless of type or other classification. 2531.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2531.5 are supplemented with the following: Payment for Pedestrian Curb Ramps will be paid at the Contract price per unit of concrete walk and will be compensation in full for all concrete materials, labor, and equipment required to complete the construction. Unless otherwise noted in the plans, and specified bid items are provided for, all excavation, pavement removal, grading, and select granular borrow necessary to construct pedestrian curb ramps to the typical section of the adjacent sidewalk or pathway shall be considered as incidental to the construction of the Pedestrian Curb Ramp. Payment for Truncated Domes at the Contract price per unit of measure will be compensation in full for all costs of furnishing the truncated domes and constructing the work as specified and according to the manufacturer’s requirements. 2540 – MAILBOX (TEMPORARY) Temporarily relocate the mailboxes in collaboration with the Engineer and the post office. The provisions of MnDOT 2540 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2540.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The provisions of MnDOT 2540.3 are supplemented with the following: STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 35 The Contractor shall be required to carefully remove each existing mail box and standard as necessary for construction. The mail box and standard shall be delivered to the homeowner for storage during construction. During construction, the Contractor shall furnish temporary mail boxes at an accessible location for interim mail delivery as approved by the Postmaster. Each box shall be clearly labeled and mounted on a stable standard. Upon completion of construction, the Contractor shall be required to reinstall the original box and standard as directed by the Engineer. 2540.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT The last paragraph is supplemented with the following: Mailbox (Temporary): Payment for temporary mailboxes shall be at the unit price bid for each temporary mailbox furnished and installed including any coordination with the USPS, labor, equipment, and materials necessary to construct a temporary mailbox conforming to the U.S. Postal Service requirements. At the conclusion of the project, all temporary mailboxes shall be removed at no additional compensation. 2564 – TRAFFIC SIGNS AND DEVICES The provisions of MnDOT 2564 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2564.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The provisions of MnDOT 2564.3 are supplemented with the following: General: The signing Contractor shall submit all street sign names to the Owner for review following the preconstruction conference prior to ordering the materials. 2564.4 – METHOD OF MEASUREMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2564.4 are supplemented with the following: Sign Type C: Type C signs shall be measured by the “square foot” basis, as shown in the individual project proposal form. Regardless of measurement type, the cost for the signs shall be for the complete unit (sign and post(s)) furnished and installed. Sign Type Special: Type Special signs shall be measured by the “each” basis, as shown in the individual project proposal form. Regardless of measurement type, the cost for the signs shall be for the complete unit (sign and post(s)) furnished and installed. 2564.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2564.5 are supplemented with the following: Sign Panels Type C: Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per SQ FT, which shall be compensation in full for all costs of fabricating and erecting panels as specified. Payment for Type C sign panels will include compensation for furnishing and installing the tubular or flanged channel sing posts, stringers, brackets, and attachment angles or strap mounting hardware on which the sign panels are attached. Screening and installing fabrication stickers and installing warning stickers will be incidental to furnishing and installing Type C sign panels. Sign Panels Type Special: Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per EACH, which shall be compensation in full for all costs of fabricating and erecting panels as specified. Payment for Type Special sign panels will include compensation for furnishing and installing the signs as identified in the standard detail plate including post and mounting hardware on which the sign panels are attached. Each Type Special sign has two (2) sides (double faced), & is considered one (1) sign unit. Two (2) type special signs on one (1) sign post is generally installed at each intersection and co-located on the same post as a stop sign. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 36 2571 – PLANT INSTALLATION AND ESTABLISHMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2571 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2571.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS All planting materials (such as trees, shrubs, etc.) shall be neonicotinoid free. 2572 – PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF VEGETATION The provisions of MnDOT 2572 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2572.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The provisions of MnDOT 2572.3A are supplemented with the following: Protecting and Preserving: Any trees or shrubs deemed savable will be field located by the Engineer and shall be fully protected by the Contractor during construction. Any trees or shrubs removed or damaged by the Contractor, which were deemed savable by the Engineer, will be replaced at the Contractor’s expense. The following procedures shall be adhered to when constructing utilities near trees: a. Cut roots cleanly. b. Paint cut root ends with asphalt based paint. c. Backfill trench as soon as possible; do not leave the roots exposed to air. d. No equipment or construction materials shall be stored beneath a tree's drip line. e. Clean up around trees immediately after construction. The provisions of MnDOT 2572.3A7 are supplemented with the following: Pruning: All pruning of trees has to be approved by the Engineer. All trees damaged during construction shall be pruned and repaired. All wounds on trees shall be treated with an asphalt varnish containing an antiseptic. If an antiseptic asphalt varnish is not available, a plain asphalt varnish can be used if the wound is swabbed with alcohol or coated with shellac. Wounds shall be painted as soon as possible after the area is dry. 2572.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2572.5 are deleted and replaced with the following: All work under protection and restoration of vegetation shall be considered incidental to the contract with no additional compensation allowed unless provided for in the bid proposal form. All protection and restoration materials (such as seed, plantings, trees, and chemicals) shall be neonicotinoid free. 2573 – STORM WATER MANAGEMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2573 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2573.1 – DESCRIPTION The provisions of MnDOT 2573.1 are supplemented with the following: STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 37 The Contractor will be required to comply with NPDES regulations in order to prevent erodible materials from leaving the site and entering waters of the State. 2573.2 – MATERIALS The provisions of MnDOT 2573.2 are supplemented with the following: Catch Basin Inlet Protection: Catch basin inlet protection devices allowed shall include Type “C” the Sediment Control Inlet Hat or the Wimco style catch basin inlet device. The Contractor shall verify with the Engineer prior to installation that the proposed inlet protection device is suitable for prevention of soil and sediment erosion. 2573.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The provisions of MnDOT 2573.3 are supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of all-temporary erosion and sediment control measures. These measures shall be repaired, replaced, or supplemented as set forth in the NPDES General Storm Water Permit, which is summarized below for reference: EROSION & SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURE FAILURE CRITERIA TIME FRAME FOR REPLACING, REPAIRING, OR SUPPLEMENTING Silt Fence, Biorolls Sediment depth reaches 1/3 height Within 24 hours of discovery (or as soon as field conditions allow) Stabilized Drainage Sediment in storm sewer, or a water/wetland of the State. Within 7 days of discovery or Within 7 days of obtaining access Stabilized Construction Site - Vehicle Exit Locations Sediment is being tracked off-site Within 24 hours of discovery (sediment that does not drain back to site must be removed) Solid Waste Sediment, asphalt, concrete millings, construction debris, plastic, paper, and other waste not disposed of properly Within 24 hours of discovery Inlet / Catch Basin Protection Sediment volume reaches 1/2 full. Within 24 hours of discovery If the Contractor fails to provide maintenance of the temporary erosion control measures, within the above time frames, the Engineer shall have the authority under the terms of this contract to hire the work done and deduct the costs incurred from the amounts due to the Contractor. The Contractor shall be assessed liquidated damages of $200 per day for each specified area for which the Contractor has not installed or repaired erosion control devices (including sod) within 48 hours after receiving written notice. 2573.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2573.5B1 are hereby deleted and replaced with the following: STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 38 Payment shall be limited to 50% of the actual quantities installed until 50% of the Contract Work including any Change Orders has been completed. At that point in time, payment shall be increased but limited to 80% of the actual quantities installed until all temporary erosion control measures have been removed from the project site. 2575 – ESTABLISHING TURF AND CONTROLLING EROSION The provisions of MnDOT 2575 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2575.1 – DESCRIPTION The provisions of MnDOT 2575.1 are supplemented with the following: All disturbed areas within the project shall be either seeded or sodded to an equal or better condition to that which was in place prior to construction and as directed by the Engineer. All exposed areas of the site will receive sod or erosion control blanket within two (2) weeks after final grade on slopes flatter than 3:1 and one (1) week on slopes steeper than 3:1. Restoration may include areas outside of the construction limits as determined by the Engineer. Once the bituminous base is placed, sod shall be installed within one week of the bituminous placement. Sod shall be placed in the boulevard area between the curb and walk. A minimum of three feet (3') of sod shall be placed along curb and a minimum of three feet (3’) of sod shall be placed along both sides of any sidewalk. 2575.2 – MATERIALS The provisions of MnDOT 2575.2A are supplemented with the following: Seeding: The seed mixture shall be MnDOT Mixture 25-151 at the rate specified in the construction documents. The provisions of MnDOT 2575.2C are supplemented with the following: Sodding: Sod shall meet the requirements of MnDOT 3878. The sod type shall be Mineral or Highland. No Peat sod allowed. The provisions of MnDOT 2575.2G are supplemented with the following: Erosion Control Blanket: The erosion control blanket shall be MnDOT Category 3. The provisions of MnDOT 2574.508 are supplemented with the following: Fertilizer: The fertilizer shall be a zero (0) phosphorus commercial grade. 2575.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS All turf and erosion control materials (such as seed and chemicals) shall be neonicotinoid free. The provisions of MnDOT 2575.3A are supplemented with the following: General: The Contractor is cautioned to salvage all available and suitable topsoil from the project site for spreading on areas to be restored. The provisions of MnDOT 2575.2A are supplemented with the following: Seeding: Seeding shall be completed within seven days after finish grading has been completed. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 39 The provisions of MnDOT 2575.2C are supplemented with the following: Placing Sod: The sodding of areas behind the curb could occur prior to the completion of work by private utility companies. The Contractor shall place sod within two (2) weeks following the completion of curb construction. In areas where there will be sidewalk construction, two strips of sod shall be placed behind the curb within two (2) weeks following the completion of curb construction. The remainder of the sod shall be placed within two (2) weeks following sidewalk construction and the completion of private utility work. No additional compensation will be allowed for the additional mobilization required to complete the work as specified. All sod shall be placed and maintained according to these specifications. If additional sod is required to repair damage caused by the private utility companies, it shall be paid for at the unit price in the individual project proposal with no allowances made for additional mobilization costs. During the course of laying or immediately after completing the sod placement on each area, the sod shall be watered and compressed into the underlying soil by rolling in accordance with MnDOT 2575. If, after rolling, the surface of the sod is not free of bumps or depressions, the Contractor shall make suitable corrections to the topsoil and/or subgrade, replace the sod and roll the sod at no additional cost to the Owner. No sod will be installed later then September 30th unless directed by the Engineer. Left over sod and topsoil material shall be removed from the street immediately after installation. The provisions of MnDOT 2575.3 are supplemented with the following: Maintenance: The Contractor shall be solely responsible for replacement and/or repair of any seeded areas that may wash out, erode, or fail to grow prior to acceptance with no additional compensation therefore. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining sod for a period of thirty (30) days. The Contractor is responsible for successful establishment of the seed and shall replace all unsuccessful seeding until adequate turf is established. 2575.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2575.5 are supplemented with the following: Seeding: Payment shall be by the acre seeded and shall include excavation to provide 6-inches of topsoil, fine grading, fertilizer, mulch and disc anchoring. Payment shall be compensation in full for all materials, labor, equipment, and maintenance necessary to complete the installation until final acceptance by the Engineer. Sodding: Payment shall be by the square yard placed and rolled at the unit price in the proposal form and shall include excavation to provide 6-inches of topsoil, fine grading, fertilizer, maintenance, and subsurface preparation. Payment shall be compensation in full for all materials, labor, equipment, and maintenance necessary to complete the installation until final acceptance by the Engineer. No payment will be made for sod that is not in acceptable condition at the time of final inspection. In addition, an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contract unit price will be deducted from any payment due or which may become due the Contractor for each square yard of unacceptable sod. No additional payments will be made for multiple mobilizations to install or replace dead or damaged sod. Erosion Control Blanket: Payment shall be by the square yard of erosion control blanket placed at the unit price in the proposal form and shall include topsoil, fertilizer, maintenance, and subsurface preparation. Payment shall be compensation in full for all materials, labor, equipment, and maintenance necessary to complete the installation until final acceptance by the Engineer. Payment at the unit price bid for all turf restoration items shall include salvaging and spreading four (4) inches of topsoil on all areas previously undisturbed by construction activities. Watering shall be considered incidental throughout the maintenance period. 3149 – GRANULAR MATERIAL The provisions of MnDOT 3149 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 40 3149.2 – REQUIREMENTS The Table 3149-5 shall be modified as follows: Select granular borrow, for special use in embankment or backfill construction or other specified purposes, may be any pit-run or crusher run material that is so graded from coarse to fine that, the ratio of the portion passing the No. 200 Sieve divided by the portion passing the 1 inch sieve may not exceed 12 percent by mass and not less than 100% shall pass the 2 inch sieve. This item shall only be utilized to the extent that the materials are not obtainable from the proposed excavations. 3877 – TOPSOIL MATERIAL The provisions of MnDOT 3877 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 3877.3 – INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE The first sentence in the first paragraph is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: Topsoil borrow shall be tested prior to delivery to the project site to ensure suitability. If in the Engineer’s opinion the topsoil is unacceptable, topsoil from another suitable source shall be supplied at no additional compensation from the Owner. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES DIVISION 2 CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN SITE WORK SPECIAL PROVISION REVISED JANUARY 2016 PAGE 41 APPENDIX A STANDARD UTILITIES SPECIFICATIONS (CEAM 2013 EDITION) STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES APPENDIX A CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN REVISED JANUARY 2016 CITY ENGINEERS ASSOCIATION OF MINNESOTA STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 2600 Trench Excavation and Backfill/Surface Restoration 2611 Watermain and Service Line Installation 2621 Sanitary Sewer and Storm Sewer Installation 2631-CIPPS Sewer Pipe Rehabilitation - Cured In Place Pipe Systems 2641 – Pipeline Rehabilitation - Pipe Bursting Method 2013 Edition TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 2600 – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR TRENCH EXCAVATION & BACKFILL/SURFACE RESTORATION ......................................................................................... 1 2600.1 DESCRIPTION ........................................................................................................................................ 1 2600.2 MATERIALS............................................................................................................................................ 1 A Granular Materials ...................................................................................................................................... 1 A1 Granular Material Gradation Classifications ...................................................................................... 1 A2 Granular Material Use Designations .................................................................................................... 2 B Insulation ...................................................................................................................................................... 2 C Geotextile Fabric ........................................................................................................................................ 3 2600.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................................. 3 A General Provisions .................................................................................................................................... 3 A1 Maintenance of Traffic ............................................................................................................................. 3 A2 Establishing Line and Grade .................................................................................................................. 3 A3 Protection of Surface Structures .......................................................................................................... 5 A4 Interference of Underground Structures............................................................................................. 5 A5 Removal of Surface Improvements ...................................................................................................... 6 A6 Temporary Service Measures ................................................................................................................ 7 B Excavation and Preparation of Trench ................................................................................................. 7 B1 Operational Limitations and Requirements ....................................................................................... 7 B2 Classification and Disposition of Materials ....................................................................................... 8 B3 Excavation Limitations and Requirements ........................................................................................ 8 B4 Sheeting and Bracing Excavations ...................................................................................................... 9 B5 Preparation and Maintenance of Foundations ................................................................................ 10 B6 Contaminated Materials and Regulated Wastes ............................................................................. 11 C Trenchless Pipe Installation .................................................................................................................. 12 C1 Jacking/Boring ......................................................................................................................................... 12 C2 Directional Boring ................................................................................................................................... 14 D Placement of Insulation .......................................................................................................................... 14 E Pipeline Backfilling Operations ............................................................................................................ 15 F Restoration of Surface Improvements ................................................................................................ 16 G Maintenance and Final Cleanup ........................................................................................................... 16 2600.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT .......................................................................................................... 17 A Rock Excavation ....................................................................................................................................... 17 B Granular Materials .................................................................................................................................... 17 C Geotextile Fabric ...................................................................................................................................... 17 D Insulation .................................................................................................................................................... 17 2600.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT .......................................................................................................................... 17 SECTION 2611 – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATERMAIN AND SERVICE LINE INSTALLATION ........................................................................................................................ 19 2611.1 DESCRIPTION ...................................................................................................................................... 19 2611.2 MATERIALS.......................................................................................................................................... 21 A Water Pipe Materials ................................................................................................................................ 21 A1 Ductile Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings............................................................. 22 A3 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fittings .................................................................... 22 A4 Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Fittings ................................................................................. 23 B Fire Hydrants ............................................................................................................................................. 23 C Valves and Valve Housing ..................................................................................................................... 24 C1 Valve Housings ........................................................................................................................................ 24 C2 Gate Valves ............................................................................................................................................... 24 C3 Butterfly Valves ....................................................................................................................................... 25 D Water Service Pipe and Fittings ........................................................................................................... 25 E Polyethylene Encasement Material ...................................................................................................... 26 F Mechanical Joint Restraints .................................................................................................................. 26 G Mortar .......................................................................................................................................................... 26 H Concrete ..................................................................................................................................................... 26 I Tracer Wire for Non-Conductive Pipe ................................................................................................. 26 2611.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS.................................................................................................. 27 A Installation of Pipe and Fittings ............................................................................................................ 27 A1 Inspection and Handling ....................................................................................................................... 27 A2 Pipe Laying Operations ......................................................................................................................... 27 A3 Aligning and Fitting of Pipe .................................................................................................................. 28 A4 Blocking and Anchoring of Pipe ......................................................................................................... 28 A5 Polyethylene Encasement of Pipeline ............................................................................................... 29 B Connection and Assembly of Joints ................................................................................................... 30 B1 Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fitting Joints .................................................................................. 30 B3 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Joints ............................................................................................................ 31 B3 Polyethylene Pipe Joints ...................................................................................................................... 31 B4 Tracer Wire for Non-conductive Pipe ................................................................................................ 31 C Water Service Installations .................................................................................................................... 32 C1 Tee Branch Service Lines ..................................................................................................................... 32 C2 Tapped Service Lines ............................................................................................................................ 32 D Setting Valves, Hydrants, Fittings and Specials .............................................................................. 33 E Disinfection of Watermains.................................................................................................................... 34 F Electrical Conductivity Test ................................................................................................................... 35 G Hydrostatic Testing of Watermains ..................................................................................................... 35 H Operational Inspection ............................................................................................................................ 36 2611.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT .......................................................................................................... 36 A Water Pipe .................................................................................................................................................. 36 B Valves .......................................................................................................................................................... 36 C Corporation Stops .................................................................................................................................... 36 D Curb Stops ................................................................................................................................................. 36 E Hydrants ..................................................................................................................................................... 36 F Air Vents ..................................................................................................................................................... 36 G Polyethylene Encasement ...................................................................................................................... 37 H Ductile and Gray Iron Fittings ............................................................................................................... 37 I Polyvinyl Chloride or Polyethylene ..................................................................................................... 37 J Access Structures .................................................................................................................................... 37 2611.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT .......................................................................................................................... 37 SECTION 2621 – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SANITARY SEWER AND STORM SEWER INSTALLATION ................................................................................................. 39 2621.1 DESCRIPTION ...................................................................................................................................... 39 2621.2 MATERIALS.......................................................................................................................................... 40 A Sewer Pipe and Service Line Materials............................................................................................... 41 A1 Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings ............................................................................................................ 41 A2 Ductile Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron and Gray Iron and Fittings .................................................... 41 A3 Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Fittings ............................................................................................. 42 A4 Corrugated Steel Pipe and Fittings .................................................................................................... 42 A5 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings.................................................................................................. 42 A6 Cast Iron Soil Pipe .................................................................................................................................. 43 A7 Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene Pipe ................................................................................................ 43 A8 Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe ............................................................................................................. 43 A9 Solid Wall High Density Polyethylene Pipe ...................................................................................... 43 A10 Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe ................................................................................................................ 43 A11 Polypropylene Pipe .............................................................................................................................. 44 A12 Tracer Wire for Non-conductive Pipe .............................................................................................. 45 B Metal Sewer Castings .............................................................................................................................. 45 C Precast Concrete Manhole and Catch Basin Sections ................................................................... 45 G Mortar .......................................................................................................................................................... 46 E Concrete ..................................................................................................................................................... 46 2621.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS.................................................................................................. 46 A Installation of Pipe and Fittings ............................................................................................................ 46 A1 Inspection and Handling ....................................................................................................................... 46 A2 Pipe Laying Operations ......................................................................................................................... 47 A3 Connection and Assembly of Joints .................................................................................................. 47 A4 Bulkheading Open Pipe Ends .............................................................................................................. 47 B Appurtenance Installations ................................................................................................................... 48 C Sewer Service Installations.................................................................................................................... 48 D Manhole and Catch Basin Structures ................................................................................................. 49 E Sanitary Sewer Leakage Testing .......................................................................................................... 50 E1 Air Test Method ....................................................................................................................................... 51 E2 Hydrostatic Test Method ....................................................................................................................... 52 E3 Test Failure and Remedy....................................................................................................................... 53 F Deflection Test .......................................................................................................................................... 53 F1 Test Failure and Remedy ....................................................................................................................... 53 G Televising ................................................................................................................................................... 54 2621.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT .......................................................................................................... 54 A Sewer Pipe ................................................................................................................................................. 54 B Manholes .................................................................................................................................................... 54 C Catch Basins.............................................................................................................................................. 54 D Outside Drop Connection ....................................................................................................................... 55 E Service Connection .................................................................................................................................. 55 F Service Pipe ............................................................................................................................................... 55 G Special Pipe Fittings ................................................................................................................................ 55 H Appurtenant Items .................................................................................................................................... 55 2621.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT .......................................................................................................................... 55 SECTION 2631 CIPPS – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SANITARY SEWER AND STORM SEWER PIPE REHABILITATION WITH CURED IN-PLACE PIPE SYSTEMS (CIPPS).............................................................................................................................. 57 2631.1 CIPPS DESCRIPTION ......................................................................................................................... 57 A General ........................................................................................................................................................ 57 B Qualifications ............................................................................................................................................ 58 B1 Manufactured Products and Installation ........................................................................................... 58 2631.2 CIPPS MATERIALS ............................................................................................................................. 59 A General ........................................................................................................................................................ 59 A1 CIPPS Fabric Tube .................................................................................................................................. 59 A2 CIPPS Structural Requirements .......................................................................................................... 61 A3 Material Testing Requirements ........................................................................................................... 62 2631.3 CIPPS CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................... 62 A Installation of CIPPS ................................................................................................................................ 62 A1 Access ....................................................................................................................................................... 62 A2 Water Usage ............................................................................................................................................. 62 A3 Cleaning of Sewer Lines ....................................................................................................................... 63 A4 Bypassing Wastewater .......................................................................................................................... 63 A5 Inspection of Pipelines .......................................................................................................................... 63 A6 Line Obstructions ................................................................................................................................... 63 A7 Public Notification .................................................................................................................................. 64 A8 Liner Installation...................................................................................................................................... 64 A9 Resin Impregnation ................................................................................................................................ 65 A10 Cool Down .............................................................................................................................................. 65 A11 Finishing Operations ........................................................................................................................... 65 A12 Manhole Connections .......................................................................................................................... 65 A13 Reconnections of Existing Services ................................................................................................ 66 A14 CIPP Short-Liner ................................................................................................................................... 66 B TESTING AND INSPECTION .................................................................................................................. 66 B1 Testing ....................................................................................................................................................... 66 B2 Inspection ................................................................................................................................................. 67 B3 Televising .................................................................................................................................................. 67 2631.4 CIPPS METHOD OF MEASUREMENT .............................................................................................. 67 2631.5 CIPPS BASIS OF PAYMENT .............................................................................................................. 68 SECTION 2641 – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PIPELINE REHABILITATION BY PIPE BURSTING .......................................................................................................................... 69 2641.1 DESCRIPTION ...................................................................................................................................... 69 A General ........................................................................................................................................................ 69 2641.2 QUALIFICATIONS ............................................................................................................................... 69 2641.3 MATERIALS.......................................................................................................................................... 69 2641.4 SUBMITTALS ....................................................................................................................................... 70 2641.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING ........................................................................................ 70 2641.6 LICENSE AGREEMENTS ................................................................................................................... 70 2641.7 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS.................................................................................................. 70 2641.8 TESTING AND INSPECTION .............................................................................................................. 72 2641.9 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT .......................................................................................................... 73 2641.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT ........................................................................................................................ 73 Page 1 SECTION 2600 – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR TRENCH EXCAVATION & BACKFILL/SURFACE RESTORATION 2600.1 DESCRIPTION This work shall consist of excavation, trenching, backfilling, and restoration of existing surfaces for the construction of underground utilities. The use of the term "Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions" within this specification shall be construed to mean those documents which compliment, modify, or clarify these specifications and are an enforceable component of the Contract Documents. All references to MnDOT Specifications shall mean the latest published edition of the Minnesota Department of Transportation “Standard Specifications for Construction”, and all supplements and amendments thereto, published prior to the date of advertisement for bids. All reference to other Specifications of AASHTO, ASTM, ANSI, AWWA, etc. shall mean the latest published edition available on the date of advertisement for bids. 2600.2 MATERIALS A Granular Materials Granular materials furnished for foundation, bedding, encasement, backfill, or other purposes as may be specified shall consist of any natural or synthetic mineral aggregate such as sand, gravel, crushed rock, crushed stone, or slag that shall be so graded as to meet the gradation requirements specified herein for each particular use by the material manufacturer or as indicated in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. A1 Granular Material Gradation Classifications Granular materials furnished for use in Foundation, Bedding, Encasement, or Backfill construction shall conform to the following requirements: Foundation materials shall have one hundred percent (100%) by weight passing the one and one-half inch (1 1/2") sieve and a maximum of ten percent (10%) by weight passing the No. 4 sieve. Not less than fifty percent (50%) of the material by weight that is retained on the No. 4 sieve shall have one (1) or more crushed faces. Hard, durable crushed carbonate quarry rock may be used for Foundation materials. Bedding and encasement materials for flexible pipe shall meet the requirements of MnDOT Specification 3149.2B1, Granular Borrow, except that one hundred percent (100%) by weight shall pass the one inch (1") sieve. Backfill materials shall consist of suitable existing trench materials, except as otherwise specified in the Special Provisions. Suitable material shall be defined as a mineral soil free of foreign materials (rubbish, organics, and debris), frozen clumps, oversize stone, rock, concrete or bituminous chunks, and other unsuitable materials that may damage the pipe, prevent thorough compaction, or increase the risks of settlement. Page 2 A gradation report, certified by an approved independent testing laboratory, of the proposed granular materials shall be furnished to the Engineer before any of the granular materials are delivered to the project. A2 Granular Material Use Designations Granular materials provided for Foundation, Bedding, Encasement, or Backfill use as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, either as part of the pipe item work unit or as a separate contract item, shall be classified as to use in accordance with the following: Material Use Designation Zone Designation Granular Foundation Placed below the bottom of pipe grade as replacement for unsuitable or unstable soils, to achieve improved foundation support. Granular Bedding Placed below the pipe midpoint, prior to pipe installation, to facilitate proper shaping and to achieve uniform pipe support. For flexible pipe installation, placed below the pipe midpoint to a point six inches (6") below the bottom of pipe or twenty five percent (25%) of the diameter below the pipe, whichever is greater. Granular Encasement Placed below an elevation one foot above the top of pipe, after pipe installation, for protection of the pipe and to assure proper filling of voids or thorough consolidation of backfill. Granular Backfill Placed below the surface base course, if any, as the second stage of backfill, to minimize trench settlement and provide support for surface improvements. In each case above, unless otherwise indicated, the lower limits of any particular zone shall be the top surface of the next lower course as constructed. The upper limits of each zone are established to define variable needs for material gradation and compaction or void content, taking into consideration the sequence of construction and other conditions. The material use and zone designations described above shall only serve to fulfill the objectives and shall not be construed to restrict the use of any particular material in other zones where the gradation requirements are met. B Insulation Insulation shall be extruded rigid board material having a thermal conductivity of 0.23 BTU/hour/square foot/degree Fahrenheit/per inch thickness, maximum, at 40°F mean, a comprehensive strength of thirty five (35) psi minimum, and water absorption of one quarter percent (0.25%) by volume minimum. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions, board dimensions shall measure eight feet (8') long, two or four feet (2' or 4') wide, and one (1), one and one half (1-1/2), two (2), or three (3) inches thick. Page 3 C Geotextile Fabric Geotextile fabric shall meet the requirements of MnDOT Specification 3733 and be used as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. 2600.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A General Provisions A1 Maintenance of Traffic Whenever work interferes with the flow of traffic along a roadway, the Contractor shall provide traffic control signing and public safety in accordance with the provisions Minnesota Manual on of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (current edition and any amendments), MnDOT Specifications 1404 and 1710, and the Special Provisions. Neither road closures nor detours shall be permitted unless specified in the Special Provisions or authorized by the Engineer. Where road closures or detours are permitted by the Engineer, the Engineer shall determine the appropriate agencies, boards, or departments the Contractor must notify prior to taking the action and the proper advance notice to be provided to each body. Compliance with this requirement shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of notifying agencies or institutions whose services may be predicated upon a roadway being opened to traffic or whose services would be hindered if a roadway is closed to traffic. Such agencies or institutions shall include, but not be limited to, the police department, the fire department, municipal bus service, school bus service, and ambulance service, mail delivery, and waste hauler services. The Contractor shall keep the required agencies informed of changing traffic patterns and detour situations. A2 Establishing Line and Grade The primary line and grade will be established by the Engineer. For trench installation, line and grade stakes will be set parallel to the proposed pipeline at an appropriate offset therefrom as will best serve the Contractor's operations wherever practical. For tunnel installation, line and grade stakes will be set directly above the proposed pipeline setting. The Contractor shall arrange operations to avoid unnecessary interference with the establishment of the primary line and grade stakes and shall render whatever assistance may be required by the Engineer in accomplishing the staking. The Contractor shall be responsible for preservation of the primary stakes and, if negligent in providing necessary protection, shall bear the full cost of any re-staking. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the correct transfer of the primary line and grade to all working points and for construction of the work to the prescribed lines and grades as established by the Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions the watermain shall generally be placed with the minimum specified cover. However, a greater depth may be required to avoid conflicts with other utilities and obstructions. Installation of watermain and services to a depth deeper than specified shall be considered incidental with no additional compensation allowed therefore. Page 4 The existing grade shown on the plans is approximate. Modification of the pipe location or differences in existing elevation shall not be cause for additional compensation. In areas where direct conflicts arise between watermain and water services, with storm sewer, sanitary sewer, sanitary sewer services, sewer forcemains, septic tanks, or subsoil treatment systems, the following shall apply: Watermain and services located near sewer forcemains: A minimum of ten feet (10') of separation, measured horizontally between the outer surfaces of the pipes is required. If ten feet (10') of separation cannot be provided, an approved additional measure of containment must be provided for either the watermain or the sewer forcemain. Watermain and services located near septic tanks, or subsoil treatment systems: A minimum of ten feet (10') measured horizontally between the outer surfaces of the watermain, tank and subsoil treatment system is required. Watermain and services located near gravity sanitary and storm sewers: A minimum of ten feet (10') measured horizontally between the outer surfaces of the pipes is required. In locations where local conditions prevent the required separation indicated above (due to the presence of rock, buildings, other significant obstructions), the watermain may be laid closer to gravity sewer if one (1) of the following conditions is met: The bottom of the watermain is laid at least eighteen inches (18") above the top of the sewer on a separate shelf; or The sewer is constructed of materials and with joints that are equivalent to watermain standards of construction and is pressure tested to assure water tightness prior to backfilling. Watermain and services crossing gravity sanitary and storm sewers: A minimum vertical separation of eighteen inches (18") must be provided between the outer surfaces of the pipes, with preference that the watermain cross above the sewer, wherever possible. One full length of water pipe shall be located so both joints will be as far from the sewer as possible. Watermain above-water crossings: The pipe shall be adequately supported and anchored, protected from vandalism, damage and freezing, and accessible for repair or replacement. Page 5 Watermain underwater crossings: A minimum cover of five feet (5') shall be provided over the pipe unless otherwise approved by the Department of Health. When crossing water courses which are greater than fifteen feet (15') in width, the following shall be provided: 1. The pipe shall be of special construction, having flexible, restrained or welded watertight joints 2. Valves shall be provided at both ends of water crossings so that the section can be isolated for testing or repair; the valves shall be easily accessible, and not subject to flooding 3. Permanent taps or other provisions to allow insertion of a small meter to determine leakage and obtain water samples on each side of the valve closest to the supply source. A3 Protection of Surface Structures All surface structures and features located outside the permissible excavation limits for underground installations, together with those within the construction areas which are indicated in the Plans as being saved, shall be properly protected against damage and shall not be disturbed or removed without approval of the Engineer. Within the construction limits, as indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer, the removal of improvements such as pavement, curb, curb & gutter, walks, turf, etc., shall be subject to equivalent acceptable replacement after completion of underground work, with all expense of removal and replacement being borne by the Contractor to the extent that separate compensation is not specifically provided for in the Contract. Obstructions such as street signs, guard posts, small culverts, mailboxes, and other items of prefabricated construction may be temporarily removed during construction provided that essential service is maintained in a relocated setting as approved by the Engineer and that nonessential items are properly stored for the duration of construction. Upon completion of the underground work, all such items shall be replaced in their proper setting at the sole expense of the Contractor to the extent that separate compensation is not specifically provided for in the Contract. The Contractor shall be responsible for protection of existing overhead utilities and poles. This shall include arranging with the utility owner and arrange paying the utility for holding poles that will be close to the edge of any trench. Holding of poles and repair of any damage to these facilities shall be considered incidental to the project with no additional compensation allowed. If relocation or removal of these facilities is required, the Owner will contact the concerned utility owner and arrange and pay for the relocation or removal at no additional expense to the Contractor. In the event of damage to any surface improvements, either privately or publicly owned, in the absence of construction necessity, the Contractor will be required to replace or repair the damaged property to the satisfaction of the Engineer and without cost to the Owner. A4 Interference of Underground Structures When any underground structure interferes with the planned placement of the pipeline or appurtenances to such an extent that alterations in the work are necessary to eliminate the conflict or avoid endangering effects on either the existing or proposed facilities, the Contractor Page 6 shall immediately notify the Engineer and the Owner of the affected structure. When any existing facilities are endangered by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall cease work at the site and take such precautions as may be necessary to protect the in-place structures until a decision is made as to how the conflict will be resolved. Without specific authorization from the Engineer, no utility service shall be disrupted, nor shall any change be made in either the existing structures or the planned installations to overcome the interference. Alterations in existing facilities will be allowed only to the extent that service will not be curtailed and then only when the encroachment or relocation will satisfy all applicable regulations and conditions. Wherever alterations are required as a result of unforeseen underground interferences not due to any fault or negligence of the Contractor, the Engineer will issue a written order covering any additional or extra work involved and specifying the revised basis of payment, if any. Any alterations made strictly for the convenience of the Contractor, shall be subject to prior approval and shall be at the Contractor's expense. No extra compensation will be allowed for delays caused by the interference of underground structures. A5 Removal of Surface Improvements Removal of surface improvements in connection with trench excavation shall be limited to actual needs for installation of the pipeline and appurtenances, based on the allowable trench widths and any other controls imposed in connection with the work. Removal operations shall be coordinated effectively with the excavation and installation operations as will cause the least practical disruption of traffic or inconvenience to the public. The debris resulting from removals shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of by the Contractor in accordance with MnDOT Specification 2104 and the Special Provisions. Removal debris shall not be deposited at locations that will block access to fire hydrants, private driveways, or other essential service areas, nor obstruct surface drainage. Removal and final disposal of debris shall be accomplished as a single operation wherever possible and, in any event, the debris shall be removed from the site before starting the excavating operations. Removal of concrete or bituminous structures shall be by methods producing clean-cut breakage to pre-scored lines as will preserve the remaining structure without damage. Removal equipment shall not be operated in a manner that will cause damage to the remaining structure or adjoining property. Where not removed to an existing joint, concrete structures shall be sawed along the break lines to a minimum depth of one-third (1/3) of the structure depth. Any reusable materials generated during the work, such as aggregate, sod, topsoil, shall be segregated from other waste materials and be stockpiled so as to maintain suitability and permit proper reuse. The use of drop weight equipment for breaking pavement will be allowed to the extent that the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damages caused thereby. The pavement breaking operation shall not be allowed to become a nuisance to the public or a source of damage to underground or adjacent structures. The Engineer reserves the right to order discontinuance of drop weight breaking operations at any time. Page 7 A6 Temporary Service Measures While any open excavations are maintained, the Contractor shall have available a supply of steel plates suitable for temporary bridging of open trench sections where either vehicular or pedestrian traffic must be maintained. Use of the plates shall be as directed or approved by the Engineer and where installed they shall be secured against possible displacement and be replaced with the permanent structure as soon as possible. B Excavation and Preparation of Trench B1 Operational Limitations and Requirements Trench excavation must conform to all local, state and federal requirements. All work must be confined to the limits of the construction and to easements and right of way as indicated on the plans. The Contractor shall install at his expense the necessary trench support to meet the varying soil conditions and to protect existing structures and property. The trench shall be drained to provide stable excavation and permit the pipe to be laid in a dry trench. Excavating operations shall proceed only so far in advance of pipe laying as will satisfy the needs for coordination of work and permit advance verification of unobstructed line and grade as planned, consistent with the Contractors methods and scheduling. Where interference with existing structures is possible or in any way indicated, and where necessary to establish elevation or direction for connections to in-place structures, the excavating shall be done at those locations in advance of the main operation so actual conditions will be exposed in sufficient time to make adjustments without resorting to extra work or unnecessary delay. Wherever possible, excavated materials shall be placed in areas that will not block existing vehicle and pedestrian traffic and drainage ways. The Contractor shall review proposed methods of operation with the Engineer prior to beginning the work. The Contractor shall backfill all trenches at the end of each work day, or upon written authorization of the Engineer, shall provide another approved method of protecting the trench area while work is not being performed. All installations shall be accomplished by open trench with the exception that boring, jacking and tunnel construction methods shall be employed where specifically required by the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. The excavating operations shall be conducted so as to carefully expose all existing underground structures without damage. Wherever the excavation extends under or approaches so close to an existing structure as to endanger it in any way, precautions and protective measures shall be taken as necessary to preserve the structure and provide temporary support. Hand methods of excavating shall be utilized to probe for and expose such critical or hazardous installations as gas pipe, power and communication cables, watermain, gravity and pressure sewers, and respective service pipes. The Engineer shall be notified of any need for blasting to remove materials which cannot be broken up mechanically, and there shall be no blasting operations conducted until the Engineer's approval has been secured. Blasting will be allowed only when proper precautions are taken to protect life and property, and then shall be restricted as the Engineer directs. The hours of blasting operations shall be set by the Owner. The Contractor shall assume full Page 8 responsibility for any damages caused by blasting, regardless of the requirements for notification and approval. The Contractor shall secure any required permits for blasting and shall conduct blasting operations in conformance with all applicable local, state and federal laws, regulations, and ordinances. B2 Classification and Disposition of Materials Excavated materials will be classified for payment only when specifically provided in the Special Provisions, or the Proposal. All other materials encountered in the excavations will be considered incidental to utility construction, with no additional compensation provided thereto. Miscellaneous excavated materials that are not specifically identified for payment in the Special Provisions or Proposal, exceed one (1) cubic yard in volume, cannot be re-used within the project limits, and in the opinion of the Engineer requires special means for handling and disposal, may be considered for payment through supplemental agreement as extra work. Miscellaneous excavated materials include but are not limited to organic soils, rubble, wood debris, boulder stone, masonry, concrete fragments, and metals. Rock excavation shall be defined to include all hard, solid rock in ledge formation, bedded deposits and unstratified masses; all natural conglomerate deposits so firmly cemented as to present all the characteristics of solid rock; and any boulder stone, masonry or concrete fragments exceeding one (1) cubic yard in volume. Materials such as shale, hard pan, soft or disintegrated rock which can be dislodged with a hand pick or removed with a power operated excavator will not be classified as Rock Excavation. Excavated materials will be classified for reuse as being either Suitable or Unsuitable for backfill or other specified use, subject to selective controls. All suitable materials shall be reserved for backfill to the extent needed, and any surplus remaining shall be utilized for other construction on the project as may be specified or ordered by the Engineer. To the extent practicable, granular materials and topsoil shall be segregated from other materials during the excavating and stockpiling operations so as to permit best use of the available materials at the time of backfilling. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, material handling as described above shall be considered incidental with no additional compensation provided. All excavated materials reserved for backfill or other use on the project shall be stored at locations approved by the Engineer that will cause a minimum of inconvenience to public travel, adjacent properties, and other special interests. The material shall not be deposited so close to the edges of the excavations in a manner that could create hazardous conditions, nor shall any material be placed so as to block the access to emergency services. All materials considered unsuitable by the Engineer, for any use on the project, shall be immediately removed from the project and be disposed of as arranged for by the Contractor with no additional compensation. B3 Excavation Limitations and Requirements Trench excavating shall be to a depth that will permit preparation of the foundation as specified and installation of the pipeline and appurtenances at the prescribed line and grade, except where alterations are specifically authorized. Trench widths shall be sufficient to permit the pipe to be laid and joined properly and the backfill to be placed and compacted as specified. Extra width shall be provided as necessary to permit convenient placement of sheeting and shoring and to accommodate placement of appurtenances. Page 9 Excavations shall be extended below the bottom of structures as necessary to accommodate any required Granular Foundation material. When rock or unstable foundation materials are encountered at the established grade, additional materials shall be removed as specified or directed by the Engineer to produce an acceptable foundation. Unless otherwise indicated or directed, rock shall be removed to an elevation at least six inches (6") below the bottom surface of the pipe barrel and below the lowest projection of flange and bell/spigot joint. All excavations below grade shall be to a minimum width equal to the outside pipe diameter plus two feet (2'). Rock shall be removed to such additional horizontal dimensions as will provide a minimum clearance of six inches (6") on all sides of appurtenant structures such as valves, housings, access structures, etc. Where no other grade controls are indicated or established for the pipeline, the excavating and foundation preparations shall be such as to provide a minimum cover over the top of the pipe as specified. Trench widths shall allow for at least six inches (6") of clearance on each side of the flange and bell/spigot joint. The maximum allowable width of the trench at the top of pipe level shall be the outside diameter of the pipe plus two feet (2'), subject to the considerations for alternate pipe loading set forth below. The width of the trench at the ground surface shall be held to a minimum to prevent unnecessary destruction of the surface structures. The maximum allowable trench width at the top of pipe level may be exceeded only by approval of the Engineer, after consideration of pipe strength and loading relationships. Any alternate proposals made by the Contractor shall be in writing, giving the pertinent soil weight data and proposed pipe strength alternate, at least seven (7) days prior to the desired date of decision. Approval of alternate pipe designs shall be with the understanding that there will be no extra compensation allowed for any increase in material or construction costs. If the trench is excavated to a greater width than that authorized, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to provide a higher class of bedding and/or a higher strength pipe than that required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions in order to satisfy design requirements, without additional compensation. The use of granular foundation materials shall not be used as an aid to facilitate installation of pipe in wet soil conditions. Use of these materials in this manner in lieu of providing adequate dewatering measures shall be considered incidental to the construction with no additional compensation allowed therefore. B4 Sheeting and Bracing Excavations All trench excavations that require slope support shall be sheeted, shored, and braced in a manner that will meet all requirements of the applicable safety codes and regulations; comply with any specific requirements of the Contract; and prevent disturbance or settlement of adjacent surfaces, foundations, structures, utilities, and other properties. Any damage to the work under contract, to adjacent structures, or other property, caused by settlement, water or earth pressures, slides, cave-ins, or other causes due to the failure or lack of sheeting, shoring, or bracing, through negligence or fault of the Contractor in any manner shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense and without delay. The Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions may require special precautions to protect life and property. The Engineer may order other precautions when excavation conditions appear to warrant additional measures. Failure of the Engineer to order correction of improper or Page 10 inadequate sheeting, shoring, or bracing shall not relieve the Contractor's responsibilities for protection of life, property, and the work. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for proper and adequate placement of sheeting, shoring, and bracing, to prevent displacement. Bracing shall be so arranged as to provide ample working space and without increase of stress or strain on the in-place structures to any extent that may cause damage. Sheeting, shoring and bracing materials shall be removed only when and in such manner as will assure adequate protection of the in-place structures and prevent displacement of supported grounds. Sheeting and bracing shall be left in place only as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions or ordered by the Engineer. Otherwise, sheeting and bracing may be removed as the backfilling reaches the level of respective support. Wherever sheeting and bracing is left in place, the upper portions shall be cut and removed to an elevation of three feet (3') or more below the established surface grade or as the Engineer may direct. All costs of furnishing, placing and removing sheeting, shoring, and bracing materials, including the value of materials left in place as required by the Contract, shall be included in the prices bid for pipe installation and will not be compensated for separately. When sheeting, shoring, or bracing materials are left in place by written order of the Engineer, in the absence of specific requirements of the Contract, payment will be made for those materials by supplemental agreement. B5 Preparation and Maintenance of Foundations Foundation preparations shall be conducted as necessary to produce a stable foundation and provide continuous and uniform pipe bearing between bell holes. The initial excavating or backfilling operations shall produce a subgrade level slightly above finished grade as will permit hand shaping to finished grade by trimming of high spots and without the need for filling of low spots to grade. Final subgrade preparations shall be such as to produce a finished grade at the centerline of the pipe that is within three tenths of a foot (0.03') of a straight line between pipe joints and to provide bell excavation at each joint as will permit proper joining of pipe and fittings. In excavations made below grade to remove rock or unstable materials, the backfilling to grade shall be made with available suitable materials unless placement of Granular Foundation or Bedding material is specified or is ordered by the Engineer. Placement of the backfill shall be in relatively uniform layers not exceeding eight inches (8") in loose thickness. Each layer of backfill shall be compacted thoroughly, by means of approved mechanical compaction equipment, as will produce uniform pipe support throughout the full pipe length and facilitate proper shaping of the pipe bed. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to notify the Engineer of changing soil conditions which may be of poor bearing capacity and when organic soils are encountered. Where utilities are placed on unstable soils without notification of the Engineer, the Contractor shall be responsible for all repairs and correction of the installation without further compensation. Care shall be taken during final subgrade shaping to prevent any over-excavation. Should any low spots develop, they shall only be filled with approved material, which shall have optimum moisture content and be compacted thoroughly without additional compensation to the Contractor. The finished subgrade shall be maintained free of water and shall not be disturbed Page 11 during pipe lowering operations except as necessary to remove pipe slings. The discharge of trench dewatering pumps shall be directed to natural drainage channels or storm water drains. Draining trench water into sanitary sewers or combined sewers will not be permitted. The Contractor shall install and operate a dewatering system of wells or points to maintain pipe trenches free of water whenever necessary or as directed by the Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions such work shall be considered incidental. All costs of excavating below grade and placing foundation or bedding aggregates as required shall be included in the bid prices for pipe items to the extent that the need for such work is indicated in the Contract provisions and the Proposal does not provide for payment under separate Contract Items. Any excavation below grade and any foundation or bedding aggregates required by order of the Engineer in the absence of Contract requirements will be compensated for separately. If examination by the Engineer reveals that the need for placement of foundation aggregate was caused by the Contractor's manipulation of the soils in the presence of excessive moisture or lack of proper dewatering, the cost of the corrective measures shall be borne by the Contractor. B6 Contaminated Materials and Regulated Wastes If during the course of the Project, the Contractor unexpectedly encounters any of the following conditions indicating the possible presence of contaminated soil, contaminated water, or regulated waste, the Contractor shall immediately stop work in the vicinity, and notify the Engineer. At the direction of the Engineer, a documented inspection and evaluation will be conducted prior to the resumption of work. The Contractor shall not resume work in the suspected area without authorization by the Engineer. Indicators of contaminated soil, groundwater or surface water include, but are not limited to the following: (1) Odor including gasoline, diesel, creosote (odor of railroad ties), mothballs, or other chemical odor. (2) Soil stained green or black (but not because of organic content), or with a dark, oily appearance, or any unusual soil color or texture. (3) A rainbow color (sheen) on surface water or soil. Indicators of regulated wastes include, but are not limited to the following: (1) Cans, bottles, glass, scrap metal, wood (indicators of solid waste and a potential dump site). (2) Concrete and asphalt rubble (indicators of demolition waste). (3) Roofing materials, shingles, siding, vermiculite, floor tiles, transite or any fibrous material (indicators of demolition waste that could contain asbestos, lead or other chemicals). (4) Culverts or other pipes with tar-like coating, insulation or transite (indicators of asbestos). Page 12 (5) Ash (ash from burning of regulated materials may contain lead, asbestos or other chemicals). (6) Sandblast residue (could contain lead). (7) Treated wood including, but not limited to products referred to as green treat, brown treat and creosote (treated wood disposal is regulated). (8) Chemical containers such as storage tanks, drums, filters and other containers (possible sources of chemical contaminants). (9) Old basements with intact floor tiles or insulation (could contain asbestos), sumps (could contain chemical waste), waste traps (could contain oily wastes) and cesspools (could contain chemical or oily wastes). Discovery of contaminated soil, contaminated water, or regulated waste on State right of way, State property, and State funded projects shall be handled in accordance with guidance procedures of the MNDOT Office of Environmental Services (OES) and the MPCA requirements for materials handling, disposal, re-use and remediation. Discovery of contaminated soil, contaminated water, or regulated waste on projects or properties that are not under the ownership or financed by the State shall be handled in accordance with guidance procedures of the MPCA requirements for materials handling, disposal, re-use and remediation. C Trenchless Pipe Installation The Contractor shall inspect and verify soil conditions as necessary in order to determine the type of construction to employ. Natural and/or manmade obstructions may be encountered in the soil. These contract documents do not warrant the nature or condition of the soils, and do not warrant that natural or manmade obstructions will not be encountered, nor guarantee the extent to which rocks, boulders, or other obstructions, regardless of size, may be encountered during boring operations. The Contractor shall not be entitled to additional compensation for any natural or manmade obstructions encountered during trenchless construction. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting all existing utilities within the construction limits. C1 Jacking/Boring The terms "auger", "boring", "jack", "jacking", and "tunneling" in the proposal, specifications, and plans refers only to trenchless construction. The minimum diameter of the casing pipe shall be four inches (4") greater than the outside diameter of the bell of the carrier pipe. The Contractor shall prevent excavated materials from flowing back into the excavation during the trenchless construction. This shall include the use of a shield conforming to the size and shape of the casing that will prevent materials from flowing into the leading edge of the casing. The machine used shall be capable of controlling line and grade and shall conform to the size and shape of the casing pipe. No jacking/augering of pipe will be allowed below the water table unless the water table has been lowered sufficiently to keep the water below the pipe being installed. The use of water Page 13 under pressure (jetting) or puddling will not be permitted to facilitate jacking/augering operations. If any installation is augered, the head shall be approved by the Engineer and the auger shall be located six inches (6") behind the lead edge of the casing or carrier pipe. The jacking system shall be provided with an integral grout pipe and casing pipe. A one inch (1") grout pipe shall be tack welded to the front edge of the first length of casing pipe. The grout pipe shall be extended with the casing pipe, but not fastened to the casing pipe during the remaining jacking operations. After the pipes are through to the receiving pit, the grout pipe shall be cut free from the casing pipe. The grout pipe shall be pulled back through the embankment applying positive piston pressure on the grout along the outside of the casing pipe throughout the pulling operation. A cement slurry grout mix with as little water as possible shall be used. Bentonite shall not be used to fill voids. The Engineer shall approve grout and backfill material prior to placement of any material. Deviation from the pipe grade, as provided by the Engineer, in excess of five tenths of a percent (0.05%) may be cause for removal and relaying of the pipe by the Contractor with no additional compensation allowed therefore. If a void develops, the jacking or boring operation shall be stopped immediately and the void shall be filled by an approved method. The Contractor shall take the following precautions when boring: Extend casing through entire distance bored. Check grade and alignment after each casing section is installed. Coordinate operations to provide continuous support to surrounding earth materials. Excavation shall be carried on in such a manner as to provide adequate support to surface structures and roads above and adjacent to the boring and not create any hazards to overhead traffic and other activities. These contract documents do not guarantee the extent to which rocks, boulders, or other obstructions, regardless of size, may be encountered during boring operations. No extra compensation will be made for removal of rocks, boulders or other natural or manmade obstructions encountered during trenchless construction or excavation. All voids caused by boring shall be filled by pressure grouting. The grout material shall consist of sand cement slurry of at least two (2) sacks of cement per cubic yard and a minimum of water to assure satisfactory placement. All slurry shall be pre-approved by the Engineer prior to use by the Contractor. The Contractor shall take the following precautions when jacking: The jacking machine shall be capable of controlling line and grade. Progressively push carrier pipe through completed casing. Page 14 Strap two (2) wooden saddle blocks to each pipe length to provide support at regular intervals. Center carrier pipe in casing at all times. Partially fill annular space between casing and carrier pipe with dry blown sand. Space shall be considered filled when dry sand blows out of opposite end of casing pipe. Seal each end of the casing with a concrete bulkhead after the sand has been deposited. The location, size, and configuration of all jacking pits shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. C2 Directional Boring Direction boring/drilling installation shall be accomplished where required on the Plans or in the Special Provisions to minimize disturbance of existing surface improvements. The installer shall have a minimum of five (5) years of experience in this method of construction and have successfully installed at least ten thousand feet (10,000') of eight inch (8") or larger diameter pipe to specified grades. The field supervisor employed by the Contractor shall have at least five (5) years of experience and shall be at the site at all times during the boring/drilling installation. The Contractor shall submit boring/drilling pit locations to the Engineer before beginning construction. Boring pits may be located within roadway right-of-way and easements. Any other boring pit locations that may be desired by the Contractor for boring or other uses shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to attain authorization, including use of private property. Unless otherwise provided in the Special Provisions, the Contractor shall be compensated for the restoration work only within the areas at the connection points, or other locations as may be approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for repairs, without compensation, for any other repair areas, including pit/boring points and areas above the drilled pipe where drilling fluid pressure may have caused heaving or damage to pavement and other surfaces. The drilling equipment shall be capable of placing the pipe as shown on the plans. The installation shall be by a steerable drilling tool capable of installing continuous runs of pipe between appurtenances such as valves, manholes, etc., without intermediate pits. The guidance system shall be capable of installing pipe within one and one half inch (1 ½") of the plan vertical dimensions and two inches (2") of the plan horizontal dimensions. The Contractor shall remove and reinstall pipes which vary in depth and alignment from these tolerances. Pull back forces shall not exceed the allowable pulling forces for the pipe being installed. Drilling fluid shall be a mixture of water and bentonite clay, and shall be suitable for existing soil conditions. Disposal of excess fluid and spoils shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. D Placement of Insulation Rigid insulation board shall be placed within the pipe encasement zone, six inches (6") above the pipe. Page 15 Insulation boards shall be placed with the long dimension parallel to the centerline of the pipe. Boards shall be placed in a single layer with tight joints. No continuous joints or seams shall be placed directly over the pipe. If two (2) or more layers of insulation boards are used, each layer shall be placed to cover the joints of the layer immediately below. The Contractor shall exercise caution to ensure that all joints between boards are tight during placement and backfilling with only extruded ends placed end to end or edge to edge. Backfill material shall be placed in such a manner that construction equipment does not operate directly on the insulation, and compacted with equipment which exerts a contact pressure of less than eighty (80) psi. E Pipeline Backfilling Operations All pipeline excavations shall be backfilled to restore preexisting conditions as the minimum requirement, and fulfill all supplementary requirements indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. The backfilling operations shall be started as soon as conditions will permit on each section of pipeline, so as to provide continuity in subsequent operations and restore normal public service as soon as practicable. All operations shall be pursued diligently, with proper and adequate equipment, to assure acceptable results. The backfilling shall be accomplished with the use of Suitable Materials selected from the excavated materials to the extent available and practical. Should the materials available within the trench section be unsuitable or insufficient, the required additional materials shall be furnished from outside sources as provided in the Special Provisions, or as arranged otherwise through supplemental agreement. Backfill material selection shall be such as to make the best and fullest utilization of what is available, taking into consideration particular needs of different backfill zones. Material containing stone, rock, or chunks of any sort shall only be utilized where and to the extent there will be no detrimental effects. Placement of backfill material containing stones, boulders, chunks, greater than eight inches (8") in any dimension shall not be allowed. All flexible pipe shall be bedded in accordance with ASTM Specification D2321, "Recommended Practice for Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe". Where existing soils do not meet the requirements of bedding and encasement materials, the Contractor shall furnish the required granular materials. Placement and compaction of bedding and encasement materials around the pipe shall be considered incidental to the installation of the pipe. Compaction of materials placed within the pipe bedding and encasement zones shall be accomplished with portable or hand equipment methods, so as to achieve thorough consolidation under and around the pipe and avoid damage to the pipe. Above the cover zone material, the use of heavy roller type compaction equipment shall be limited to safe pipe loading. Backfill materials shall be carefully placed in uniform loose thickness layers up to twelve inches (12") thick spread over the full width and length of the trench section to provide simultaneous support on both sides of the pipeline. Granular backfill may be placed in layers up to twelve inches (12") above an elevation one foot (1') above the top of the pipe. Page 16 Each layer of backfill material shall be compacted effectively, by approved mechanical or hand methods, until there is no further visual evidence of increased consolidation or the density of the compacted layer conforms to the density requirements specified in the Special Provisions. Compaction of each layer shall be completed acceptably before placing material for a succeeding layer thereon. The manner of placement, compaction equipment, or procedure effectiveness shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. All surplus or waste materials remaining after completion of the backfilling operations shall be disposed of in an acceptable manner within twenty four (24) hours after completing the backfill work on each particular pipeline section. Disposal at locations within the project limits shall be as specified, or as approved by the Engineer; otherwise, disposal shall be accomplished outside the project limits at the Contractor's discretion. The backfilling and surplus or waste disposal operations shall be a part of the work required under the pipeline installation items, without until final cleanup. Compaction of backfill within Roadbed areas shall meet the density requirements of MnDOT Specification 2105.3 F1. Compaction of backfill in all other areas shall be as required in the Special Provisions. Until expiration of the guarantee period, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility and expense for all backfill settlement and shall refill and restore the work as directed to maintain an acceptable surface condition, regardless of location. All additional materials required shall be furnished without cost to the Owner. Any settlement of road surfaces placed under this Contract and that are within the guarantee period that are in excess of one inch (1"), as measured by a ten foot (10') straight edge shall be considered failure of the mechanical compaction. The Contractor shall be required to repair such settlement without cost to the Owner. F Restoration of Surface Improvements Wherever any surface improvements such as pavement, curbing, pedestrian walks, fencing, or turf have been removed, damaged or otherwise disturbed by the Contractor's operations, they shall be repaired or replaced to the Engineer's satisfaction, as will restore the improvement in kind and structure to the preexisting condition. Each item of restoration work shall be done as soon as practicable after completion of installation and backfilling operations on each section of pipeline. In the absence of specific payment provisions, as separate Contract Items, the restoration work shall be compensated for as part of the work required under those Contract Items which necessitated the destruction and replacement or repair, and there will be no separate payment. If separate pay items are provided for restoration work, only that portion of the repair or reconstruction which was necessitated by the Contract work will be measured for payment. Any improvements removed or damaged unnecessarily or undermined shall be replaced or repaired at the Contractor's expense. G Maintenance and Final Cleanup All subgrade surfaces shall be maintained acceptably until the start of surfacing construction or restoration work, and until the work has been finally accepted. Additional materials shall be Page 17 provided and placed as needed to compensate for trench settlement and to serve as temporary construction pending completion of the final surface improvements. Final disposal of debris, waste materials, and other remains or consequences of construction, shall be accomplished intermittently as new construction items are completed and shall not be left to await final completion of all work. Cleanup operations shall be considered an incidental part of the work covered under the Contract Items. If disposal operations and other cleanup work are not conducted properly as the construction progresses, the Engineer may withhold partial payments until such work is satisfactorily performed or the Engineer may deduct the estimated cost of its performance from the partial estimate value. 2600.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT All items will be measured separately according to design designation as indicated in the Pay Item name and as may be detailed and defined in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. Complete-in-Place items shall include all component parts thereof as described or required to complete the unit, but excluding any excesses covered by separate Pay Items. A Rock Excavation Rock Excavation shall be measured by volume in cubic yards. Depth shall be measured from the top of the rock to a point six inches below the outside barrel of the pipe and width shall be the inside diameter of the pipe plus twenty four inches (24") (12" from each side). The minimum width of measurement shall be four feet (4'). B Granular Materials Granular materials furnished and placed as special foundation, bedding, encasement, or backfill construction will be measured by weight or volume of material furnished by the Contractor from outside sources and placed within the limits defined. Unless otherwise specified, volume will be determined by vehicular measure (loose volume) at the point of delivery. Measurements will not include any materials required to be placed as a component part of other Contract Items as may be specified. C Geotextile Fabric Where geotextile fabric is used for improving pipe foundation, it shall be measured by the square yard of material installed. D Insulation Rigid board insulation shall be measured on a square yard basis installed to the specified thickness noted on the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions and shall include all materials, equipment, and labor required for placement. 2600.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT All costs of excavating to foundation grade, preparing the foundation, placing and compacting backfill materials, restoring surface improvements, and other work necessary for prosecution Page 18 and completion of the work as specified, shall be included for payment as part of the pipe and pipe appurtenance items without any direct compensation being made. In the absence of special payment provisions, all costs of restoring surface improvements as required, disposal of surplus or waste materials, maintenance and repair of completed work, and final cleanup operations shall be incidental to the Contract Items under which the costs are incurred. Granular materials furnished for foundation, bedding, cover, or backfill placement as specified in connection with pipe or structure items will only be paid for as separate Contract Items to the extent that the Proposal contains specific Pay Items. Otherwise the furnishing and placing of granular materials as specified shall be incidental to the pipe or structure item without any direct compensation being made. Materials utilized for filling annular spaces due to jacking/boring and drilling fluids for directional boring shall be incidental to the installation of the casing and pipe installed. Contaminated Materials and Regulated Wastes not anticipated in the plans, specifications and special provisions and unexpectedly discovered during construction shall be compensated for as negotiated by supplemental agreement. Contaminated Materials and Regulated Wastes specifically identified for payment in the plans, specifications, and special provisions, will be paid for under separate Contract Items provided in the Proposal. Page 19 SECTION 2611 – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATERMAIN AND SERVICE LINE INSTALLATION 2611.1 DESCRIPTION This work shall consist of the construction of watermain and building service pipelines utilizing plant fabricated pipe and other appurtenant materials, installed for conveyance of potable water. The work includes the relocation or adjustment of existing facilities as may be specified in the Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions. The use of the term "Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions" within this specification shall be construed to mean those documents which compliment, modify, or clarify these specifications and are an enforceable component of the Contract Documents. All references to MnDOT Specifications shall mean the latest published edition of the Minnesota Department of Transportation “Standard Specifications for Construction”, and all supplements and amendments thereto, published prior to the date of advertisement for bids. All reference to other Specifications of AASHTO, ASTM, ANSI, AWWA, etc. shall mean the latest published edition available on the date of advertisement for bids. The following American Water Works Association (AWWA) Specifications have been referenced in this Specification: C104 American National Standard for Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water C105 American National Standard for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems C110 American National Standard for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 In. Through 48 In. (75 mm Through 1200 mm), for Water and Other Liquids C111 American National Standard for Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings C115 American National Standard for Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe With Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded Flanges C116 AWWA Standard for Protective Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coatings for the Interior and Exterior Surfaces of Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings C150 American National Standard for Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe C151 American National Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Case, for Water or Other Liquids C153 American National Standard for Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings, 3 In. Through 24 In. (76 mm Through 610 mm) and 54 In. Through 64 In. (1,400 mm Through 1,600 mm), for Water Service C301 AWWA Standard for Prestressed Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel-Cylinder Type, for Water and Other Liquids C304 AWWA Standard for Design of Prestressed Concrete Cylinder Pipe 26 C500 AWWA Standard for Metal-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service (Includes addendum C500a-95.) C502 AWWA Standard for Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants (Includes addendum C502a-95.) C504 AWWA Standard for Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves C509 AWWA Standard for Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service (Includes addendum C509a-95.) Page 20 C515 AWWA Standard for Reduced-Wall, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service C550 AWWA Standard for Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants C600 AWWA Standard for Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances C605 AWWA Standard for Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC and PVCO) Pressure Pipe and Fittings for Water C651 AWWA Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains C800 AWWA Standard for Underground Service Line Valves and Fittings C900 AWWA Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 In. Through 12 In., for Water Transmission and Distribution (Includes addendum C900a-92.) C901 AWWA Standard for Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Tubing, 1/2 In. Through 3 In., for Water Service C904 AWWA Standard for Cross-Linked Polyethylene (PEX) Pressure Pipes, ½ In. (12 mm) Through 3 In. (76 mm) for Water Service C905 AWWA Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 14 In. Through 48 In., (350mm Through 1,200mm), for Water Transmission and Distribution C906 AWWA Standard for Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Fittings, 4 In. Through 63 In., for Water Distribution and Transmission C907 AWWA Standard for Injection-Molded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Fittings for Water - 4 In. Through 8 In. (100mm Through 200mm) for Water, Wastewater, and Reclaim Water Service AWWA C908 Standard for PVC Self-Tapping Saddle Tees for Use on PVC Pipe ASTM A48 Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings ASTM A536 Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings ASTM B88 Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube ASTM C270 Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry ASTM C478 Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections ASTM D543 Standard Practices for Evaluating the Resistance of Plastics to Chemical Reagents ASTM D1248 Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Extrusion Materials for Wire and Cable ASTM D1784 Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds ASTM D1785 Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120 ASTM D2241 Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure Rated Pipe (SDR Series) ASTM D2446 Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40 ASTM D2467 Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 ASTM D3035 Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR PR) Based on Controlled Outside Diameter ASTM D3261 Standard Specification for Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing ASTM D3350 Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Materials ASTM F593 Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs ASTM F594 Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Nuts ASTM F714 Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR PR) Based on Outside Diameter ASTM F876 Standard Specification for Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing Page 21 ASTM F877 Standard Specification for Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Hot and Cold Water Distribution Systems Service installations shall include either Branch Service Lines or Tapped Service Lines in accordance with the standards set forth herein. Tapped Service installations shall include all water service lines less than three inches (3") nominal inside diameter pipe. The component parts of a tap service installation shall include a corporation stop coupling complete with watermain tap and saddle where required; a curb stop coupling complete with service box; and service piping extending from the corporation stop to the curb stop coupling and beyond to the property line or to the limits as established by the Engineer. Branch Service installations shall include all water service lines of three inches (3") nominal inside diameter pipe and larger. The component parts of a branch service installation shall include a tapping sleeve and valve or a tee connection and valve complete with valve box, and piping extending from the watermain connection, to the property line or to the limits as specified by the Engineer. All references to "structure" shall include any man-made object that is not otherwise exempted by special terminology or definition. 2611.2 MATERIALS All materials required for this work shall be new material conforming to requirements of the reference specifications for the class, kind, type, size, grade, and other details indicated in the Contract. Unless otherwise indicated, all required materials shall be furnished by the Contractor. If any options are provided for, as to type, grade, or design of the material, the choice shall be limited as may be stipulated in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. All manufactured products shall conform in detail to such standard design drawings as may be referenced or furnished in the Plans. Otherwise, the Owner may require advance approval of material suppliers, product design, or other unspecified details as it deems desirable for maintaining adopted standards. At the request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit, in writing, a list of materials and suppliers for approval. A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished stating that the materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with the specification requirements. A Water Pipe Materials All pipe furnished for watermain and branch line installations shall be of the type, kind, size, and class indicated for each particular line segment as shown in the Plan and designated in the Contract Items. Wherever connection of dissimilar materials or designs is required, the method of joining and any special fittings employed shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. Page 22 A1 Ductile Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings The pipe furnished shall be Ductile Iron pipe and pipe fittings furnished shall be of the Ductile Iron or Gray Iron type as specified for each particular use of installation. When Gray Iron is specified, either type may be furnished. Gray Iron may not be substituted for Ductile Iron unless specifically authorized in the Special Provisions. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C115 or C151 for potable water, and thickness design shall conform to AWWA C 150. In addition, the pipe shall comply with the following supplementary provisions: (1) Fittings shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C110 (Gray Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings) or AWWA C153 (Ductile Iron Compact Fittings) for the joint type specified. (2) Unless otherwise specified all pipe and fittings shall be furnished with cement mortar lining meeting the requirements of AWWA C104 for standard thickness lining. All exterior surfaces of the pipe and fittings shall have an asphaltic coating at least one mil thick. Spotty or thin seal coating, or poor coating adhesion, shall be cause for rejection. Fittings specified to be furnished with fusion bonded epoxy external coating and/or interior lining shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C550 and C116/A21.16, with 6-8 mil nominal thickness. (3) Rubber gasket joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and fittings shall conform to AWWA C111. (4) The nuts and bolts shall be constructed of corrosion resistant, high-strength, low- alloy steel with a ceramic filled, baked on fluorocarbon resin. The nuts and bolts shall be in compliance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11 (Current Revision). (5) Conductivity shall be maintained through pipe and fittings with an external copper jumper wire or specialty gaskets which are capable of meeting conductive requirements. Wedge type connectors will not be allowed. A2 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fittings Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pressure pipe shall be manufactured with compounds conforming to ASTM D1784 and shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C-900, C-905, Fusible C-900, and Fusible C905, for the size, grade, and pressure class indicated on the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Fittings shall be the same pressure class as the pipe and shall conform to AWWA C907 and C908. PVC pressure pipe and fittings shall have a pressure rating of one hundred sixty (160) psi or greater, unless otherwise provided in the special provisions. The grade used shall be resistant to aggressive soils or corrosive substances in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D-543. Unless otherwise specified, the dimensions and tolerances of the pipe barrel should conform to ductile iron or cast iron pipe equivalent outside diameters. Page 23 A3 Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Fittings Polyethylene pressure pipe and fittings shall be manufactured with compounds conforming to ASTM D3350 and shall conform to ASTM D3035 and AWWA C-901(for 0.5” to 3” diameters) and ASTM F714 and AWWA C906 (for 4” to 65” diameters) for the size, grade and pressure class indicated on the plans, specifications and special provisions. Polyethylene pipe and fittings shall be PE 3608 or PE 4710 for potable water transmission and pressure rating of one hundred sixty (160) psi or greater, unless otherwise provided in the special provisions. The pipe and fittings shall be manufactured from the same resin type, grade, and cell classification. Unless otherwise specified, the dimensions and tolerances of the pipe barrel should conform to Ductile Iron pipe equivalent outside diameters for pipe diameters greater than three inches (3"). The method of joining material shall be by the Thermal Butt- Fusion Method in accordance with ASTM 3261. The minimum "quick-burst" strength of the fittings shall not be less than that of the pipe with which the fitting is to be used. B Fire Hydrants Fire hydrants shall be of the type, size, and construction specified in the Plans and shall conform to the applicable requirements of AWWA C-502. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, hydrants shall be furnished in conformance with the following supplementary requirements: (1) Hydrants shall have a five inch (5") (nominal diameter) main valve opening of the type that opens against water pressure. (2) Hydrant barrels shall be two (2) piece, non-jacket type, with flanged joint above finished grade line and with mechanical joint connection at the hub end for joining a six inch (6") ductile iron branch pipe. (3) Hydrant operating rod shall be equipped with a breakable joint coinciding with the flange joint above the grade line. (4) Hydrant bury length shall be measured from the bottom of the branch pipe connection to the finished ground line at the hydrant. (5) Hydrants shall have two (2) outlet nozzles for two and one half inch (2-1/2") (I.D.) hose connection and one outlet nozzle for four inch (4") (I.D.) steamer connection. All outlet nozzle threads shall be National Standard Fire-Hose Coupling Screw Threads (NFPA 1963). (6) Hydrant operating mechanisms shall be provided with "O" ring seals preventing entrance of moisture and shall be lubricated through an opening in the operating nut or bonnet. (7) Hydrants shall be provided with outlets for drainage in the base or barrel, or between the base and barrel, unless the Special Provisions require that drain outlets be omitted or plugged. Page 24 (8) The hydrant operating nut shall be rotated counterclockwise to open. (9) Detailed drawings, catalog information, and maintenance data shall be furnished as requested by the Engineer. (10) Hydrant body bolts shall be corrosion resistant, stainless steel conforming to the requirements of ASTM F593 and F594, alloy group 1, 2, 3, suitable for exterior use above and below ground. Bolts shall conform to manufacturer recommendation for tensile strength and torque. C Valves and Valve Housing C1 Valve Housings Valve housings shall be of ductile or cast iron, High Density Polyethylene or masonry construction as specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions for the particular valve size or installation. Masonry manhole or vault type units shall be constructed in accordance with the provisions of MnDOT Specification 2506. Precast Concrete Manholes shall conform to ASTM Specification C-478 suitable for HS 20 traffic loading for all units located in driving areas. Ductile or cast iron valve boxes and all castings for manhole or vault type units shall conform to the requirements of MnDOT Specification 3321. C2 Gate Valves Gate Valves shall conform to all applicable requirements of AWWA C-500 or AWWA C-509 or AWWA C-515, together with such supplementary requirements as may be covered in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Unless otherwise specified gate valves shall comply with the following supplementary requirements: (1) Gate valves meeting the requirements of AWWA C-500 shall be two-faced, double disc type, with parallel seats. Gate valves meeting the requirements of AWWA C-509 and C-515 shall be single disc type with resilient seat bonded or mechanically attached to either the gate or valve body, and the wedge shall be ductile iron fully encapsulated with EPDM rubber, shall be symmetrical and seal equally well with flow in either direction without misalignment. All valves shall be provided with a two-inch square operating nut opening counterclockwise and mechanical joint ends. (2) All gate valves shall be non-rising stem (NRS) type furnished with O-Ring stem seals. (3) All gate valves sixteen inches (16") or larger in size shall be arranged for operation in the horizontal position and shall be equipped with bypass valves. (4) All gears on gate valves shall be cut tooth steel gears, housed in heavy ductile or cast iron extended type grease cases of approved design. (5) All gate valves shall have an open indicating arrow, the manufacturer's name, pressure rating and year of manufacture cast on the valve bodies. (6) All internal and external surfaces of the valve body and bonnet shall have an epoxy coating, complying with ANSI/AWWA C550. Page 25 (7) All gate valves shall have stainless steel body bolts unless otherwise specified. C3 Butterfly Valves Butterfly valves shall be manufactured in conformance with all applicable requirements of AWWA C-504 for 150 p.s.i. working pressure minimum, together with such supplementary requirements as may be covered in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Unless otherwise specified, the butterfly valves furnished shall comply with the following supplementary requirements. (1) The butterfly valves shall be short body of ductile or cast iron with mechanical joint ends. (2) The butterfly valves shall be rubber seated with ductile or cast disc, non-rising stem type furnished with O-ring stem seals. (3) The butterfly valves shall be equipped with a two-inch square operating nut opening counterclockwise. (4) The butterfly valves shall be designed for direct burial installation. (5) All butterfly valves shall have an open indicating arrow, the manufacturer's name, pressure rating and year of manufacture on the valve bodies. (6) All internal and external surfaces of the valve body and bonnet shall have an epoxy coating, complying with ANSI/AWWA C550. (7) All butterfly valves shall have stainless steel body bolts unless otherwise specified. D Water Service Pipe and Fittings Water service pipe of 3 inches or larger inside diameter shall conform to the requirements as set forth under the provisions of 2611.2. Water service pipe of less than three inches (3") in inside diameter shall conform to the requirements of ASTM B 88 for Seamless Copper Water Tube, Type K, Soft Annealed temper; Polyethylene Pipe as per AWWA C901 and ASTM D3350, or Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and fittings as per a ASTM D1785, D2241, D2466, D2467 and D2740, or Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX) pipe as per ASTM F876, ASTM F877, and AWWA C904, NSF/ANSI Standard 61 for potable water distribution, as specified on the Proposal or in the Special Provisions. Water service piping supplied shall include markings indicating the type, pressure class, testing certification, and use for potable water systems. Corporation stops, saddles, curb stops, and curb stop service boxes shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C800 be as detailed in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions or approved designations. Saddles for Polyethylene Pipe shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C800, and shall be thermal fusion polyethylene type; ductile iron with dual stainless steel straps, spring washers, bolts and washers; or stainless steel sleeve type, with stainless steel bolts, nuts, and spring Page 26 washers. Stainless steel bolts, nuts, and washers. Spring washers shall be manufactured from type 304 stainless steel, special “spring grade”. Saddles shall include threaded outlet tapping sleeves and Nitrile Butadiene Rubber (NBR) gaskets. All fittings for copper tubing shall be cast brass, having uniformity in wall thickness and strength, and shall be free of defects affecting serviceability. All copper pipe fittings shall be flared or compression type. All threads for underground service line fittings shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C-800. Each fitting shall be permanently and plainly marked with the name or trademark of the manufacturer. Fittings for thermoplastic pipe types shall be of the same material and pressure class as the piping. Curb stop service boxes shall be gray iron conforming to the requirements of ASTM A 48 for Class 20 or higher tensile strength and shall have at least twelve inches (12") of vertical adjustment for the cover depth specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. E Polyethylene Encasement Material Polyethylene encasement material shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C-105 for tube type installation and 8 mil nominal film thickness. F Mechanical Joint Restraints Mechanical joint restraints shall be ductile iron conforming to the requirements of ASTM A536 and AWWA C-600. Joint restraints shall be American, US Pipe, Star Pipe Products, or EBBA Iron Mega-Lug type, and be designed to withstand the design pressures indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Mechanical joint restraints shall be fusion bonded epoxy coated meeting the requirements of AWWA C-116. All nuts, bolts, and tie rod type restraints shall be stainless steel, corrosion-resistant coating, or coated with an owner approved rustproofing material. G Mortar Mortar for use in masonry construction shall meet the requirements of MNDOT 2506.2B and ASTM C270. H Concrete Concrete used for cast-in-place masonry construction shall be produced and furnished in accordance with the provisions of MnDOT Specification 2461 for the mix design indicated in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. The requirements for Grade B concrete shall be met where a higher grade is not specified. Type 3, air-entrained, concrete shall be furnished and used in all structures having weather exposure. I Tracer Wire for Non-Conductive Pipe Tracer wire for use with all thermoplastic pipe types shall be Underwriters Laboratories (UL) listed for use in direct burial applications. Tracer wire shall be a minimum 12 AWG copper clad steel rated to 30 volts, High Molecular Weight Polyethylene (HMWPE) meeting ASTM D-1248, with designation identified on the outside of the wire casing. Page 27 2611.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A Installation of Pipe and Fittings Installation of ductile iron watermains and their appurtenances shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C-600, the Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions. Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe and their appurtenances shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C605, and the bedding and backfill conditions specified by the Manufacturer, Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Installation of Polyethylene Pipe and their appurtenances shall conform to the requirements of AWWA M55 and to the bedding and backfill conditions specified by the Manufacturer, Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. No existing valves or hydrants shall be operated by individuals other than personnel from the City Public Works Department. Only under emergency conditions or after specific authorization is given by the City Public Works Department shall the Contractor operate valves or hydrants. Installation of pipe and fittings shall also conform to the following general guidelines: A1 Inspection and Handling Proper and adequate implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient prosecution of the work. During the process of unloading delivered materials, all pipe and accessories shall be inspected by the Contractor for damage. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of all material found to have cracks, flaws or other defects. The Engineer shall inspect the damaged material and have the right to reject any materials found to be unsatisfactory. The Contractor shall promptly remove all rejected material from the site. All materials shall be handled carefully, as will prevent damage to protective coatings, linings, and joint fittings; preclude contamination of interior areas; and avoid jolting contact, dropping, or dumping. During pipe laying operations each pipe section and shall be inspected by the Contractor. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer of any defects discovered and the Engineer will prescribe the required corrective actions or order rejection. Immediately before placement, the joint surfaces of each pipe section and fitting shall be inspected for the presence of foreign matter, coating blisters, rough edges or projections, and any imperfections so detected shall be corrected by cleaning, trimming, or repair. A2 Pipe Laying Operations Trench excavation and bedding preparations shall proceed ahead of pipe placement as will permit proper placement and joining of the pipe and fittings at the prescribed grade and alignment without unnecessary hindrance. All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the inside of the pipe and fittings before they are lowered into position in the trench, and they shall Page 28 be kept clean. The watermain materials shall be carefully lowered into laying position by the use of suitable restraining devices. Under no circumstances shall the pipe be dropped or dumped into the trench. As each length of bell and spigot pipe is placed in laying position, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved encasement and backfill materials. When pipe laying is not in progress, all open ends of the pipe line shall be closed by watertight plugs or other means approved by the Engineer. If water is present in the trench, the plugs shall remain in-place until the trench is pumped completely dry. When connecting to existing stubs, the Contractor shall prevent dirt or debris from entering the existing pipe. A3 Aligning and Fitting of Pipe The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe and so as to leave a smooth square-cut end. Pipe shall be cut with approved mechanical tools. Flame cutting will not be allowed under any conditions. All rough edges shall be removed from the cut ends of pipe and, where rubber gasket joints are used, the outer edge shall be rounded or beveled by grinding or filing to produce a smooth fit. When necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line either in the vertical or horizontal plane, to avoid obstructions, plumb stems, or produce a long radius curve when permitted, the amount of deflection allowed at each joint shall not exceed the limits to maintain a satisfactory joint seal in conformance with AWWA C-600 for ductile iron pipe mechanical and push-on joints, AWWA C- 605 for PVC pipe and AWWA M55 for PE pipe. The maximum angular deflection at any joint for other pipe materials and joints shall not exceed the manufacturer's recommendations. If the specified alignment requires angular deflections greater than recommended or allowed, the Contractor shall provide appropriate bends or shorter pipes such that the maximum angular deflection is not exceeded A4 Blocking and Anchoring of Pipe All plugs, caps, tees, bends, and other thrust points shall be provided with reaction backing, or movement shall be prevented by attachment of suitable restraining devices or tie rods, in accordance with the requirements of the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. In the absence of other specified requirements for reaction backing or restraining devices, the following provisions shall apply: (1) All horizontal bends exceeding twenty (20) degrees deflection, and all caps, plugs, and branch tees shall be provided with concrete buttress blocking. (2) All vertical bends exceeding twenty (20) degrees deflection shall be provided with concrete buttress blocking at the low points and with metal tie rod or strapping restraints at the high points. (3) Offset bends made with standard offset fittings need not be strapped or buttressed. Page 29 (4) Hardwood blocking shall not be used. Concrete buttresses shall be poured against firm, undisturbed ground and shall be formed in such a way that the joints will be kept free of concrete and remain accessible for repairs. The concrete mix used in buttress construction shall meet the requirements for Grade B concrete in conformance with MnDOT Specification Section 2461. Buttress dimensions shall be a minimum of twelve inches (12") in thickness, and the minimum area, in square feet shall be as follows. PIPE TEE OR 1/32 BEND SIZE PLUG 1/4 BEND 1/8 BEND 1/16 BEND 6" 2.9 3.1 1.6 0.8 8" 3.7 5.3 2.9 1.4 10" 5.7 8.1 4.4 2.2 12" 8.1 13.4 6.6 3.2 16" 15.1 21.4 11.6 5.9 20" 23.2 30.2 18.1 9.3 24" 33.6 48.5 26.1 13.3 Contractors are instructed to size concrete buttress blocking on fittings and dead ends where the blocking must withstand the pressure of larger main line fittings equipped with reducers, for the larger sized main line thrust and not for smaller fitting size only. This is of particular importance on tees and crosses where the main size is reduced on the run from large to small size by use of reducers. All metal parts of tie rod or strap type restraints shall be galvanized or coated with other approved asphaltic type rustproofing. All necessary fittings, bands, tie rods, nuts, and washers, and all labor and excavation required for installation of reaction restraints shall be incidental to the installation of the pipe, unless a specific payment item is provided in the bid proposal. A5 Polyethylene Encasement of Pipeline Wherever so required by the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions the pipeline, including valves, fittings, and appurtenances, shall be fully encased in polyethylene film meeting the requirements of these Specifications. The film shall be furnished in tube form for installation on pipe and all pipe-shaped appurtenances such as bends, reducers, off- sets, etc. Sheet film shall be provided and used for encasing all odd-shaped appurtenances such as valves, tees, crosses, etc. The polyethylene tubing shall be installed on the pipe prior to being lowered into the trench. Tubing length shall be sufficient to provide a minimum overlap at all joints of one foot or more. Overlap may be accomplished with a separate sleeve tube placed over one end of the pipe prior to connecting another section of pipe, or by bunching extra overlap material at the pipe ends in accordion fashion. After completing the pipe jointing and positioning the overlap material, the overlap shall be secured in place with plastic adhesive tape wrapped circumferentially around the pipe not less than three (3) turns. After encasement, the circumferential slack in the tubing film shall be folded over at the top of the pipe to provide a snug fit along the barrel of the pipe. The fold shall be held in place with Page 30 plastic adhesive tape applied at intervals of approximately three feet (3') along the pipe length. Also, any rips, punctures, or other damage to the tubing shall be repaired as they are detected. These repairs shall be made with adhesive tape and overlapping patches cut from sheet or tubing material. At odd-shaped appurtenances such as gate valves, the tubing shall overlap the joint and be secured with tape, after which the appurtenant piece shall be wrapped with a flat film sheet or split length of tubing by passing the sheet under the appurtenance and bringing it up around the body. Seams shall be made by bringing the edges together, folding over twice, and taping down. Wherever encasement is terminated, it shall extend for at least two feet (2') beyond the joint area. Openings in the tubing for branches, service taps, air valves and similar appurtenances shall be made by cutting an X-shaped slit and temporarily folding back the film. After installing the appurtenance, the cut tabs shall be secured with tape and the encasement shall be completed as necessary for an odd-shaped appurtenance. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, hydrants encased in polyethylene tubing shall have plugged drain outlets. B Connection and Assembly of Joints Where rubber gasket joints are specified, care shall be taken during the laying and setting of piping materials to insure that the units being joined have the same nominal dimension of the spigot outside diameter and the socket inside diameter. A special adaptor shall be provided to make the connection when variations in nominal dimension might cause unsatisfactory joint sealing. Immediately before making the connection, the inside of the bell or socket and the outer surface of the spigot ends shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove oil, grit, excess coating, and other foreign matter. Insertion of spigot ends into the socket or bell ends shall be accomplished in a manner that will assure proper centering and insertion to full depth. The joint seal and securing requirements shall be as prescribed below for the applicable pipe and joint type. B1 Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fitting Joints B1a Push-On Joints The circular rubber gasket shall be kept in a warm, flexible condition at all times, and for purposes of placement shall be flexed inward and inserted in the gasket recess of the bell socket. A thin film of approved gasket lubricant shall be applied to either the inside surface of the gasket or the outside surface of the spigot end, or to both. Care shall be taken while inserting the spigot end to prevent introduction of contaminants. The joint shall be completed by forcing the spigot end to the bottom of the socket by the use of suitable pry-bar or jack type equipment. Spigot ends which do not have depth marks shall be marked before assembly to insure full insertion. The use of the bucket on the excavation equipment to force the pipe into the socket shall not be permitted. Page 31 B1b Mechanical Joints The last eight inches (8") of the outside spigot surface and the inside bell surface of each pipe and appurtenance joint shall be painted with a thin film of approved gasket lubricant after being thoroughly cleaned. The gland shall then be slipped on the spigot end with the lip extension toward the socket or bell end. The rubber gasket shall be kept in a warm, flexible condition at all times, and for purposes of placement shall be painted with a thin film of approved gasket lubricant and be placed on the spigot end with the thick edge toward the gland After the spigot end is inserted into the socket to full depth and centered, the gasket shall be pressed into place within the bell evenly around the entire joint. After the gland is positioned behind the gasket, all bolts shall be installed and the nuts tightened alternately to the specified torque, such as to produce equal pressure on all parts of the gland. Unless otherwise specified, the bolts shall be tightened by means of a suitable torque-limiting wrench to within a foot-pound range of: 45 to 60 for 5/8 inch bolts; 75 to 90 for 3/4 inch bolts; 85 to 100 for 1 inch bolts; and 105 to 120 for 1-1/4 inch bolts. After tightening, all exposed parts of the bolts and nuts shall be completely coated with an approved asphaltic type rust preventive material. B1c Flanged Joints Flanged joints shall be installed only in above grade or exposed locations and shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C115 Specifications, the Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions. Flanged joints shall have full face gaskets. B2 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Joints B2a Push-On Joints The circular rubber gasket shall be bonded to the inner wall of the gasket recess of the bell socket. Installation of pipe spigot into the bell socket shall conform to the requirements for Ductile Iron Push-On Joints as set forth under the provisions of 2611.3B1a. B3 Polyethylene Pipe Joints Polyethylene pipe joints shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C-906, and shall be made by the Thermal Butt-Fusion Method, Mechanical Flange Adaptor Method, Mechanical Joint Adaptor Method and Mechanical Transition Fittings. Mechanical joints shall include stainless steel pipe stiffeners. Compression fittings are not allowed for pipe diameters greater than two inches (2") in diameter. B4 Tracer Wire for Non-conductive Pipe Tracer wire shall be installed along the length of all non-conductive mainline pipes, laterals, and services with vertical riser to the surface, at gate valve boxes, hydrants, curb boxes, and/or utility location boxes as required by the Special Provisions. Tracer wire shall be taped, clamped or affixed to the pipe in another manner as approved by the Engineer. Page 32 Splicing tracer wire shall be by mechanical split bolt type or a crimp type compression fitting fully encased in approved electrical insulation putty. A twelve inch (12") tracer wire loop shall be provided on each side of a spliced connection. C Water Service Installations Water service facilities consisting of Tap Service Lines and Branch Service Lines, complete with all required appurtenances, shall be installed as required by in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, in accordance with all pertinent requirements for main line installations together with the provisions hereof. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to keep an accurate record of the location, depth and size of each service connection and other pertinent data such as the location of curb stops and pipe endings. Tap locations shall be recorded in reference to survey line stationing. Curb stops shall be tied to definable land marks such as building corners, lot corner markers, hydrants, gate valves, etc. Pipe terminals at the property line shall be marked to the ground surface with a suitable wood timber four by four inch (4"x4"), eight feet (8') long set vertically into the ground with the top two feet (2') painted blue. Approved record keeping forms will be furnished by the Engineer and the completed records shall be submitted by the Contractor upon completion of the work. Water service lines shall normally be installed by trenching and be subject to the same requirements as prescribed for the main pipeline installation, except for those which may not be pertinent or applicable. Where water service lines are installed alongside of sanitary service lines, installation shall be such as to maintain the minimum specified clearances between pipelines and provide proper and adequate bearing for all pipes and appurtenances. Water service lines shall be installed to provide a minimum of six inches (6") of clearance shall be maintained in crossing over or under other structures. Where the service pipe may be exposed to freezing due to insufficient cover or exposure from other underground structures, the water pipe shall be insulated as directed by the Engineer. C1 Tee Branch Service Lines Tee branch service piping shall be of the type, size, and wall thickness specified. The pipe and appurtenances shall have rubber gasketed push-on or mechanical joints. Tee branch service lines shall be provided as required by the Plans. Installation of tee branch service facilities shall be in accordance with all applicable requirements of these specifications as pertain to the mainline installations. C2 Tapped Service Lines Service piping shall be of the size and type specified. Unless otherwise specified, minimum pipe size for tap service installations shall be one inch (1") nominal inside diameter. Larger size pipe may be specified for commercial and industrial uses or for some domestic service as specifically identified. Installation of service facilities shall be in accordance with all applicable requirements of these specifications as pertain to the mainline installations, subject to the exceptions and supplementary provisions set forth hereinafter. Page 33 Installation of tapped service lines shall be performed while the mainline watermain is at system operating pressure. Dry tapping watermain pipe will not be allowed. Unless otherwise indicated, service piping may be laid directly on any solid foundation soil that is free of stones and hard lumps. However, when specified or ordered, aggregate materials shall be furnished and placed as necessary to secure proper foundation drainage, pipe covering, or backfill support. Tapped service piping of three quarters inch (3/4") to and including one and one quarter inches (1 ¼") in diameter shall be installed in one piece without intermediate joint couplings between the corporation stop and the curb stop. Service pipe of one and one half inches (1-1/2") in diameter and larger shall be furnished in standard roll lengths to eliminate any intermediate joints. When full roll lengths are less than the service length the rolls may be joined with approved couplings. Unless otherwise specified, connection of tapped service lines to the watermain shall be made at an angle of not more than twenty two (22) degrees from the horizontal. A double wrap of Teflon tape shall be placed on the corporation stop threads prior to installation in the main. Unless otherwise indicated, tap service lines shall be installed on a straight line at right angles to the watermain or property line as directed by the Engineer. In the absence of specific requirements, the service line shall be terminated at the property line, where it shall be connected to an existing line or, in the case of undeveloped property, it shall be capped, plugged, or peened as approved by the Engineer. The flaring of new copper tubing ends shall be accomplished only with the use of the proper size and type of tools as designed for the purpose. Tubing shall be cut squarely and all edge roughness shall be removed prior to flaring. All couplings shall be tightened securely, so the flared end fits snugly against the bevel of the fitting without leakage. The flared joint couplings shall be made up without the use of jointing compounds. The service pipe and curb stop coupling depth shall be such as to maintain not less than the specified minimum cover. The service box shall be connected to or centered over the curb stop and be firmly supported on concrete blocking as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Clearance shall be provided so the service box does not rest on the water pipe. Service boxes shall be installed plumb. The service boxes shall be brought to proper surface grade when the final ground surface has been established. D Setting Valves, Hydrants, Fittings and Specials Valves, hydrants, fittings, and specials shall be provided and installed as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions with the exact locations and setting as directed by the Engineer, and with each installation accomplished in accordance with the requirements for installation of mainline pipe to the extent applicable. Support blocking, reaction backing, and anchorage devices shall be provided as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions or as otherwise ordered by the Engineer. Page 34 Hydrants shall be installed plumb, with the height and orientation of nozzles as shown in the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. Unless otherwise specified, the hydrants shall be connected to the mainline pipe with six inch (6") diameter pipe, controlled by an independent valve. When a hydrant with an open drain outlet is set in clay or other impervious soil, a drainage pit of at least one cubic yard shall be excavated below and around the hydrant base and the pit shall be filled with Foundation Material to a level six inches (6") above the drain outlet. MnDOT 3733 geotextile Type V, or other material approved by the Engineer, shall be carefully placed over the rock to prevent backfill material from entering voids in the rock drain. Hydrants located where the groundwater table is above the drain outlet shall have the outlet drain hole plugged or the drain tube cut off to prevent draining, and shall be equipped with a tag stating, "Pump After Use". Valve boxes shall be centered over the valve wrench nut and be installed plumb, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement or at such other level as may be directed. Valve box adaptors for use to stabilize the valve box in a centered position over the valve wrench nut shall include a rubber gasket between the adaptor plate and valve body. The adaptor shall be epoxy coated conforming to the requirements for fittings in section 02611.2A1, or as otherwise allowed by the plans, specifications and special provisions. Gate valve box adaptors shall be incidental to the valve box unless otherwise provided in the bid proposal. Masonry valve pit structures, for valves with exposed gearing or operating mechanisms, shall be constructed in accordance with the details shown in the Plans and with the applicable provisions of these Specifications. Drainage blow-offs, air vents, and other special appurtenances shall be provided and installed as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. All dead ends shall be closed with approved plugs or caps and shall be equipped with suitable blow-off facilities. E Disinfection of Watermains Before being placed in service, the completed water main shall be disinfected. Disinfection materials and procedures, and the collection and testing of water samples, shall be in accordance with the provisions of AWWA C-651. After the final flushing of watermain, the water shall be tested for bacteriologic quality and found to meet the standards prescribed by the Minnesota Department of Health. Where an existing watermain is cut for the installation of any fitting, the pipe and fittings proposed to be installed shall be disinfected prior to installation as follows: (1) The interior of the pipe and fittings shall be cleaned of all dirt and foreign material. (2) The interior of the pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly swabbed or sprayed with a one percent (1%) minimum hypochlorite solution. Page 35 Unless otherwise indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, the Contractor shall furnish all materials and perform the disinfecting, flushing, and testing as necessary for meeting the water quality requirements. The flushing operations and the form of chlorine and method of application to be used shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. F Electrical Conductivity Test The Contractor shall perform a conductivity test within one week after completion of pressure testing of the main on all watermains to ensure continuous conductivity for the purpose of tracing watermain for utility location. Sufficient conductivity shall be provided to allow for the location of watermain, services, hydrant leads, and laterals for mainline segments at least one thousand two hundred (1,200) linear feet in length G Hydrostatic Testing of Watermains After the pipe has been laid, including fittings and valves and blocking, all newly-laid pipe or any section between valves thereof, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer, shall be subject to hydrostatic pressure of one hundred fifty (150) pounds per square inch. The duration of each such test shall be at least two (2) hours. Each section of pipe to be tested shall be filled with water and all air expelled at the highest point. The required taps to expel air or to fill the watermain shall be supplied and installed by the Contractor and shall be three quarters inch (3/4") and shall include an approved service saddle when required. The test apparatus shall be applied at the lowest elevation on the section to be tested. The apparatus shall be connected to the main at a service tap or special tap location. The pressure gauge shall be a standard pressure gauge. The dial shall register from 0 - 200 psi and have a dial size of four and one half inches (4 ½") with one (1) psi increments. The hydrostatic test, pressure requirement for an acceptable test shall be a maximum pressure drop of two (2) psi during the last hour of the two (2) hour pressure test. If this test requirement cannot be met, the Contractor shall investigate the cause, make corrections, and retest until the pressure drop requirement can be met. Only if several consecutive tests indicate a consistent pressure drop and only after the Contractor has made numerous attempts to resolve the problem, acceptable to the Engineer, may the Contractor request in writing and the Engineer consider the use of the leakage test. The leakage test may be performed by the Contractor to determine the magnitude of the leak, however, meeting the leakage allowance shall not automatically be considered acceptance, in lieu of the pressure test, for the section being tested. Final acceptance shall be at the discretion of the Engineer. When allowed, the leakage test shall be performed in accordance with AWWA C-600, Section 4.1.5, 4.1.6 and the line will be accepted as per Section 4.1.7. Page 36 H Operational Inspection At the completion of the project and in the presence of the Engineer and the Contractor, representatives of the Owner shall operate all valves, hydrants, and water services to ascertain that the entire facility is in good working order; that all valve boxes are centered and valves are opened; that all hydrants operate and drain properly; that all curb boxes are plumb and centered; and that water is available at all curb stops. 2611.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT All items will be measured separately according to design designation as indicated in the Pay Item name and as may be detailed and defined in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. Pipe will generally be designated by size (inside diameter or span), strength class, kind or type, and laying condition. Payment shall include all component parts thereof as described or required to complete the unit, but excluding any item covered by a separate pay item. Lineal measurement of piping will include the running length of any special fittings (tees, wyes, bends, gates, etc.) installed within the line of measure between specified terminal points. A Water Pipe Mainline pipe and service pipe of each kind and size will be measured separately by the overall length along the axis of the pipeline, from beginning to end of each installation and without regard to intervening valves or specials. Terminal points of measure will be the spigot or cut end, base of hub or bell end, center of valves or hydrants, intersecting centers of tee or wye branch service connections, and center of corporation stop or curb stop couplings. B Valves Valves of each size and type will be measured separately as complete units, including the required manhole or valve box setting. C Corporation Stops Corporation stops of each size and type will be measured separately by the number of units installed, including the watermain tap and saddle. D Curb Stops Curb stops of each size and type will be measured separately by the number of units installed, including the required curb box. E Hydrants Hydrants will be measured by the number of units installed. F Air Vents Air vents of each type and size will be measured separately by the number of complete units installed, including the required manhole or valve box setting. Page 37 G Polyethylene Encasement Polyethylene encasement of pipe will be measured by the linear foot of pipe encased of each specified size. H Ductile and Gray Iron Fittings Ductile Iron and Gray Iron fittings shall be measured by the pound without joint accessories or on an each basis as specified on the Proposal or in the Special Provisions. Joint accessories including tie rods, joint restraints, nuts and bolts shall be incidental to the watermain unless otherwise provided on the Proposal or in the Special Provisions. The standard weight of Ductile Iron and Gray Iron fittings, for payment basis, shall be as published in AWWA C-153 and C-110, respectively. I Polyvinyl Chloride or Polyethylene Polyvinyl Chloride or Polyethylene fittings shall be measured on an each basis as specified and shown on the Proposal or in the Special Provisions. J Access Structures Access structures, such as valve boxes, service boxes, manholes and vaults, will be measured for payment only when and to the extent that the Proposal contains specific items therefore. Otherwise, the required structures are included for payment as part of the pipe appurtenance (Gate Valve, Curb Stop, Air Vent, etc.) item which is served. When applicable, measurement will be by the number of individual units installed of each type and design. 2611.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for construction of water distribution facilities will be made as detailed in the method of measurement and as shown on the Bid Proposal or detailed in the Special Provisions. Payment shall include all costs of furnishing and installing the complete facility as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Payment shall be made for Watermain Pipe, Service Pipe, and Tapped Service Pipe, of each size and kind at the appropriate Contract prices per linear foot installed All costs of pipeline disinfection, leakage testing, pipe jointing materials, dead end plugs and caps, making connections to existing facilities, blocking and anchorage materials, and other work necessary for proper installation of pipe as specified shall be included for payment as part of the pipe item, without any direct compensation being made therefore unless specific pay items are included on the Proposal. Payment shall be made for Valves, Corporation Stops, Curb Stops, Hydrants, Air Vents, Polyethylene Encasement, Insulation, and other specially identified appurtenant items, at the appropriate Contract prices per unit of measure for each size and type or kind installed. Access structures such as Valve Boxes, Service Boxes, Manholes, and Vaults will be paid for as separate items only when separate pay items are included on the Proposal. Page 38 Payment for rearrangement of in-place facilities or vertical offset of proposed facilities shall be made under specially named items at the appropriate Contract prices per unit of measure and shall be compensation in full for all costs of performing the work as specified. All costs of excavating to foundation grade, preparing the foundation, placing and compacting backfill materials, restoring surface improvements, and other work necessary for prosecution and completion of the work as specified, shall be included for payment as part of the pipe and pipe appurtenance items without any direct compensation being made therefore, unless specific pay items are included on the Proposal. Watermain connections shall be paid per each connection to new watermain. All necessary labor, materials, and work required to make the connection shall be included in the price per each as provided in the bid proposal. Installation of tracer wire for thermoplastic and other non-conductive pipe materials shall be considered incidental with no direct compensation made thereto, except where noted otherwise. Page 39 SECTION 2621 – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SANITARY SEWER AND STORM SEWER INSTALLATION 2621.1 DESCRIPTION This work shall consist of the construction of pipe sewers utilizing plant fabricated pipe and other appurtenant materials, installed for conveyance of sewage, industrial wastes, or storm water. The work includes construction of manhole and catch basin structures and other related items as specified. The use of the term "Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions" within this specification shall be construed to mean those documents which compliment, modify, or clarify these specifications and are an enforceable component of the Contract Documents. All references to MnDOT Specifications shall mean the latest published edition of the Minnesota Department of Transportation “Standard Specifications for Construction”, and all supplements and amendments thereto published prior to the date of advertisement for bids. All references to other Specifications of AASHTO, ASTM, ANSI, AWWA, etc. shall mean the latest published edition available on the date of advertisement for bids. The following specifications have been referenced in this Specification: AASHTO M198 Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and Precast Box Sections Using Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants AASHTO M294 Standard Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe, 300- to 1500-mm (12- to 60-in.) Diameter ASTM A48 Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings ASTM A74 Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings ASTM A798 Standard Practice for Installing Factory Made Corrugated Steel Pipe for Sewers and Other Applications ASTM C12 Standard Practice for Installing Vitrified Clay Pipe Lines ASTM C76 Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe ASTM C270 Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry ASTM C301 Standard Test Methods for Vitrified Clay Pipe ASTM C361 Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Low Head Pressure Pipe ASTM C425 Standard Specification for Compression Joints for VCP and Fittings ASTM C443 Standard Specification for Joints Concrete Pipe and Manholes Using Rubber Gaskets ASTM C478 Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections ASTM D543 Standard Practice for Evaluating the Resistance of Plastics to Chemical Reagents ASTM C564 Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings ASTM C700 Standard Specification for Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard Stregth, and Perforated ASTM C969 Standard Practice for Infiltration and Exfiltration Acceptance Testing of Installed Precast Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines ASTM D2321 Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity Flow Applications ASTM D2751 Standard Specification for ABS Pipe and Fittings ASTM D3034 Standard Specification for PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings Page 40 ASTM D3212 Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals ASTM D3262 Standard Specification for “Fiberglass” (Glass Fiber Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Sewer Pipe ASTM D3839 Standard Guide for Underground Installation of “Fiberglass” (Glass Fiber Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Pipe ASTM D4161 Standard Specification for Fiberglass (Glass Fiber Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Pipe Joints Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals ASTM F477 Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe ASTM F679 Specification for Large-Diameter PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings ASTM F949 Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Corrugated Sewer Pipe with a Smooth Interior and Fittings ASTM F1417 Standard Practice for Installation Acceptance of Plastic Non pressure Sewer Lines Using Low Pressure Air ASTM F2736 Standard Specification for 6 to 30 in. (152 To 762 mm) Polypropylene (PP) Corrugated Single Wall Pipe And Double Wall Pipe ASTM F2764 Standard Specification for 30 to 60 in. [750 to 1500 mm] Polypropylene (PP) Triple Wall Pipe and Fittings for Non Pressure Sanitary Sewer Applications AWWA C104 American National Standard for Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings AWWA C110 American National Standard for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings AWWA C111 American National Standard for Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings AWWA C115 American National Standard for Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe With Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded Flanges AWWA C116 Standard for Protective Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coatings for the Interior and Exterior Surfaces of Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings AWWA C150 American National Standard for Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe AWWA C151 American National Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast AWWA C153 American National Standard for Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings for Water Service AWWA C550 Standard for Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants 2621.2 MATERIALS All materials required for this work shall be new material conforming to requirements of the referenced specifications for the class, kind, type, size, grade, and other details indicated in the Contract. Unless otherwise indicated, all required materials shall be furnished by the Contractor. If any options are provided for, as to type, grade, or design of the material, the choice shall be limited as may be stipulated in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. All manufactured products shall conform in detail to such standard design drawings as may be referenced or furnished in the Plans. Otherwise, the Owner may require advance approval of material suppliers, product design, or other unspecified details as it deems desirable for maintaining adopted standards. At the request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit in writing a list of materials and suppliers for approval. Suppliers shall submit a Certificate of Compliance that the materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with the specifications. Page 41 A Sewer Pipe and Service Line Materials All pipe furnished for main sewer and service line installations shall be as indicated for each particular line segment as shown in the Plans and designated in the Contract Items. Wherever connection of dissimilar materials or designs is required, the method of joining and any special fittings employed shall be products specifically manufactured for this purpose and subject to approval by the Engineer. A1 Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings Vitrified clay extra strength pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM M-65 for the size and type and class specified, subject to the following supplementary provisions: (1) Unless otherwise specified, the pipe and fittings shall be non-perforated, full circular type, either glazed or unglazed. (2) All pipe and fittings manufactured with bell-and-spigot ends shall be furnished with factory fabricated compression joints conforming to the requirements of ASTM C- 425. (3) In lieu of the bell-and-spigot jointing requirements, the pipe and fittings may be furnished with plain ends, in which case the jointing shall be by means of compression couplings conforming to the requirements of ASTM C-425, Type B. (4) All clay pipe fittings (wyes, tees, bends, plugs, etc.) shall be of the same pipe class and joint design as the pipe to which they are to be attached. (5) Pipe and fittings manufactured to the standards of AASHTO 52;65 may be accepted by prior approval of the Engineer. A2 Ductile Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron and Gray Iron and Fittings The pipe furnished shall be Ductile Iron pipe and pipe fittings furnished shall be of the Ductile Iron or Gray Iron type as specified for each particular use of installation. When Gray Iron is specified, either type may be furnished. Gray Iron may not be substituted for Ductile Iron unless specifically authorized in the Special Provisions. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C115 or C151 for water, and thickness design shall conform to AWWA C 150. In addition, the pipe shall comply with the following supplementary provisions: (1) Fittings shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C110 (Gray Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings) or AWWA C153 (Ductile Iron Compact Fittings) for the joint type specified. (2) Unless otherwise specified all pipe and fittings shall be furnished with cement mortar lining meeting the requirements of AWWA C104 for standard thickness lining. All exterior surfaces of the pipe and fittings shall have an asphaltic coating at least one mil thick. Spotty or thin seal coating, or poor coating adhesion, shall be cause for rejection. Fittings specified to be furnished with fusion bonded epoxy external coating and/or interior lining shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C550 and C116/A21.16, with 6-8 mil nominal thickness. Page 42 (3) Rubber gasket joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and fittings shall conform to AWWA C111. (4) The nuts and bolts shall be constructed of corrosion resistant, high-strength, low- alloy steel with a ceramic filled, baked on fluorocarbon resin. The nuts and bolts shall be in compliance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11 (Current Revision). (5) Conductivity, when required by the Special Provisions, shall be maintained through pipe and fittings with an external copper jumper wire or specialty gaskets which are capable of meeting conductive requirements. Wedge type connectors will not be allowed. A3 Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Fittings Reinforced concrete pipe, fittings and specials shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C-76 (Reinforced Concrete Pipe) with rubber O-ring or profile joints for the type, size, and strength class specified, subject to the following supplementary provisions: (1) All branch fittings such as tees, wyes, etc. shall be cast as integral parts of the pipe. All fittings and specials shall be of the same strength class as the pipe to which they are attached. (2) Joints shall meet the requirements of ASTM C-361, and ASTM C443. (3) Lift holes will not be permitted unless specifically authorized in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions A4 Corrugated Steel Pipe and Fittings Corrugated Steel (CS) Pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of MnDOT 2501, 2503, and 3226 (CS) Pipe for the application, type, size and sheet thickness specified. Joints for joining CS Pipe shall be the band type or bell/spigot type, soil-tight and watertight, with preformed gasket seals meeting MnDOT 3726. Fittings and bands for joining pipe sections shall be of the same material and thicknesses as the mainline pipe. Specialty coatings for the pipe shall be as indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. A5 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings Smooth walled polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D- 3034 and ASTM F-679 for the size, standard dimension ratio (SDR), and strength requirements indicated on the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. The grade used shall be resistant to aggressive soils or corrosive substances in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D-543. Pipe fittings shall be of the same class and grade as specified for the pipe, unless otherwise specified in the special provisions. Page 43 Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings shall be SDR 35 and connections shall be push- on with elastomeric gasket joints which are bonded to the inner wall of the gasket recess of the bell socket. PVC pipe and fittings for pressure sewer and forcemains shall meet the requirements of 2611.2 A3 for watermain class pipe. Corrugated polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings with smooth interior shall conform to the requirements of ASTM F-949 for the size and wall thickness indicated on the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings shall be push-on with snug fit elastomeric joints meeting tightness requirements of ASTM D-3212 and ASTM F477. A6 Cast Iron Soil Pipe Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, cast iron soil pipe shall be service weight pipe meeting the requirements of ASTM A-74 and the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Unless otherwise specified, pipe joints shall be push-on, sealed with elastomeric gaskets, meeting the requirements of ASTM C-564. A7 Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene Pipe Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) solid wall pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D-2751 and shall be gasket seal joints, assembled as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings shall be push-on with snug fit elastomeric joints meeting tightness requirements of ASTM D-3212 and ASTM F477. Solvent cemented joints, assembled as recommended by the pipe manufacturer, shall be provided only where specifically indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. A8 Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Dual-Wall and Triple-Wall Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe (PE/HDPE) for gravity sewers shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M-294 and Section 18 of the AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges for storm sewer pipe sizes twelve inch (12") through sixty inch (60"). Joints shall be bell and spigot push-on type, soil-tight and watertight joints in accordance with ASTM D3212 and ASTM F477. Pipe manufacture, watertight joint testing, and installation shall conform to current MnDOT requirements, ASTM C969, and as indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. A9 Solid Wall High Density Polyethylene Pipe Solid wall HDPE for pressure and gravity sewer pipes shall meet the requirements of 2611.2A4. A10 Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe (FRP/GRP) for gravity sewers shall meet requirements of ASTM D3262 for Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Thermosetting Resin pipe, such as reinforced thermosetting- resin pipe (RTRP) and reinforced polymer mortar pipe (RPMP; natural polymers not included) for use in gravity-flow systems. The pipe shall be manufactured with polyester resin systems with a proven history of performance in this application. Page 44 The reinforcing glass fibers used to manufacture the components shall be of highest quality commercial grade E-glass filaments with binder and sizing compatible with impregnating resins. Sand used to manufacture the pipe and fittings shall be minimum ninety eight percent (98%) silica sand with a maximum moisture content of two tenths of a percent (0.2%). Pipe resin additives, such as curing agents, pigments, dyes, fillers, thixotropic agents, etc., when used, shall not detrimentally effect the performance of the products. Gaskets shall be supplied by approved gasket manufacturers and be suitable for the service intended. Minimum pressure rating of gaskets shall be two hundred fifty (250) psi. Unless otherwise specified, the pipe shall be field connected with fiberglass sleeve couplings that utilize elastomeric sealing gaskets made of EPDM rubber compound to provide watertight joints meeting the requirements of ASTM D4161. Joints at tie-ins, when needed, may utilize fiberglass, gasket-sealed closure couplings. Fittings shall be capable of withstanding all operating conditions when installed. They may be contact molded or manufactured from mitered sections of pipe joined by glass-fiber-reinforced overlays. Properly protected standard ductile iron, fusion-bonded epoxy-coated steel and stainless steel fittings are allowed unless otherwise stated in the Special Provisions. The actual outside diameter (eighteen inch (18") to forty eight inch (48")) of the pipes shall be in accordance with ASTM D3262. Other pipe diameter OD’s shall be per manufacturer’s literature. Pipe shall be supplied in nominal lengths of twenty feet (20') except where noted otherwise on the drawings. Actual laying length shall be nominal ±1/4 inches. At least ninety percent (90%) of the total footage of each size and class of pipe, excluding special order lengths, shall be furnished in nominal length sections. Pipe ends shall be square to the longitudinal pipe axis with a maximum tolerance of eight inch (1/8"). Pipe shall be marked identifying each pipe with the name of manufacturer, plant location, code date of manufacturer, nominal pipe size, pipe stiffness designation and ASTM D3262. Service lateral connections (wye, tee, bend) to the sanitary sewer shall be as recommended by the main line sewer pipe manufacturer recommendation. A11 Polypropylene Pipe Corrugated Polypropylene Pipe (PP) for gravity sewers shall be Dual-Wall (six inch (6") to thirty inch (30") diameter) pipe conforming to ASTM F2736 and Triple Wall (thirty inch (30") to sixty inch (60") diameter) pipe conforming to ASTM F2764. Pipe joints shall be bell and spigot push- on type, soil-tight and watertight joints in accordance with ASTM D3212 and ASTM F477., and shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M-294 and Section 18 of the AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges for storm sewer pipe sizes twelve inch (12") through sixty inch (60"). Pipe manufacture, watertight joint testing, and installation shall conform to current MnDOT requirements, ASTM C969, and as indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Page 45 A12 Tracer Wire for Non-conductive Pipe Tracer wire shall be installed along the length of all non-conductive mainline pipe, laterals, and services with vertical riser to the surface, at manholes, catch basins, stubs, laterals, services, and/or utility location boxes as required by the Special Provisions. Tracer wire shall be taped, clamped or affixed to the pipe in another manner as approved by the Engineer. Splicing tracer wire shall be by mechanical split bolt type or a crimp type compression fitting fully encased in approved electrical insulation putty. A twelve inch (12") tracer wire loop shall be provided on each side of a spliced connection. B Metal Sewer Castings Metal castings for sewer structures such as manhole frames and covers, catch basin frames, grates and curb boxes, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A-48 (Gray Iron Castings), subject to the following supplementary provisions: (1) Casting assemblies or dimensions, details, weights, and class shall be as indicated in the detailed drawings for the design designation specified. Unless otherwise specified, the castings shall be Class 30 or better. (2) Lid-to-frame surfaces on round casting assemblies shall be machine milled to provide true bearing around the entire circumference. (3) Casting weight shall be not less than ninety five percent (95%) of theoretical weight for a unit cast to exact dimensions, based on four hundred forty two (442) pounds per cubic foot. (4) A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with each shipment of castings stating that the materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with the specification requirements. (5) Unless otherwise specified, sanitary sewer manholes shall have self-sealing lids and concealed pick holes. C Precast Concrete Manhole and Catch Basin Sections Precast concrete riser sections and appurtenant units (grade rings, top and base slabs, special sections, etc.) used in the construction of manhole and catch basin structures shall conform with the requirements of ASTM C-478, MnDOT 2506 and the following supplementary provisions: (1) The precast sections and appurtenant units shall conform to all requirements as shown on the detailed drawings. (2) Joints of manhole riser sections shall be tongue and groove with rubber "O" ring or profile gaskets. (3) Sanitary sewer inlet and outlet pipes shall be joined to the manhole with a gasketed, flexible, watertight connection, watertight boot, or any watertight connection arrangement approved by the Engineer that allows differential settlement of the pipe and manhole wall to take place. Page 46 (4) Air-entrained concrete shall be used in the production of all units. Air content shall be maintained within the range of five (5) to seven (7) percent (%). (5) A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with each shipment of precast manhole and catch basin sections stating that the materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with the specification requirements. (6) Lift holes will not be permitted in precast manholes. D Mortar Mortar for use in masonry construction shall meet the requirements of MNDOT 2506.2B and ASTM C270. E Concrete Concrete used for cast-in-place masonry construction shall be produced and furnished in accordance with the provisions of MnDOT Specification 2461 for the mix design indicated in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. The requirements for Grade B concrete shall be met where a higher grade is not specified. Type 3, air-entrained, concrete shall be furnished and used in all structures having weather exposure. 2621.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A Installation of Pipe and Fittings The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to handle and install all pipe and appurtenances as recommended by the manufacturer, Engineer, Plans, Specifications, and the Special Provisions. Installation of PVC pipe and fittings for pressure sewer and forcemains shall meet the requirements of 2611.3 for watermain class pipe. A1 Inspection and Handling Proper and adequate implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient prosecution of the work. During the process of unloading, all pipe and accessories shall be inspected by the Contractor for damage. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of all material found to have cracks, flaws or other defects. The Engineer shall inspect the damaged materials and have the right to reject any materials found to be unsatisfactory. The Contractor shall promptly remove all rejected material from the site. All materials shall be handled carefully, as will prevent damage to protective coatings, linings, and joint fillings; preclude contamination of interior areas; and avoid jolting contact, dropping, or dumping. All work and materials are subject to tests by the Owner at such frequency as may be determined by the Engineer. While suspended and before being lowered into laying position, each pipe section and appurtenant unit shall be inspected by the Contractor to detect damage or unsound conditions Page 47 that may need corrective action or be cause for rejection. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer of any defects discovered and the Engineer will prescribe the required corrective actions or order rejection. Immediately before placement, the joint surfaces of each pipe section and fitting shall be inspected for the presence of foreign matter, coating blisters, rough edges or projections, and any imperfections so detected shall be corrected by cleaning, trimming, or repair as needed. A2 Pipe Laying Operations Trench excavation and bedding preparations shall proceed ahead of pipe placement as will permit proper laying and joining of the units at the prescribed grade and alignment without unnecessary deviation or hindrance. All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the inside of the pipe and fittings before they are lowered into position in the trench and they shall be kept clean. The sewer materials shall be carefully lowered into laying position by the use of suitable restraining devices. Under no circumstances shall the pipe be dropped into the trench. Unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer, bell and spigot pipe shall be laid with the bell ends facing upgrade and the laying shall start on the downgrade end and proceed upgrade. As each length of bell and spigot pipe is placed in laying position, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material. Connection of pipe to existing lines or previously constructed manholes or catch basins shall be accomplished as shown in the Plans or as otherwise approved by the Engineer. Where necessary to make satisfactory closure or produce the required curvature, grade or alignment, deflections at joints shall not exceed that which will assure watertight joints and shall comply with the pipe manufacturer recommendations. Entrance of foreign matter into pipeline openings shall be prevented at all times to the extent that suitable plugs or covering can be kept in place over the openings without interfering with the installation operations. Installation of thermoplastic pipe shall conform to ASTM D-2321; FRP/GRP pipe to ASTM D3839, and the manufacturers’ recommendations; ASTM A798 for CS pipe. A3 Connection and Assembly of Joints All pipe and fitting joints shall fit tightly and be fully closed. Spigot ends shall be marked as necessary to indicate the point of complete closure. All joints shall be soil tight and watertight in all sanitary sewer and storm sewer pipe. A4 Bulkheading Open Pipe Ends All pipe and fitting ends left open for future connection shall be bulkheaded by approved methods prior to backfilling. Unless otherwise specified or approved, all openings of twenty four inches (24") in diameter or less shall be closed off with prefabricated plugs or caps and all openings larger than twenty four inches (24") in diameter shall be closed off with masonry bulkheads. Page 48 Prefabricated plugs and caps shall be of the same material as the pipe material, or an approved alternate material, and they shall be installed with watertight seal as required for the pipeline joints. Masonry bulkheads shall be constructed with clay or concrete brick to a wall thickness of eight inches (8"). Bulkheads installed for temporary service during construction may be constructed with two inch (2") timber planking securely fastened together and adequately braced, as an alternate to the masonry construction. B Appurtenance Installations Appurtenance items such as aprons, trash guards, gates and castings shall be installed where and as required by the Plans and in accordance with such standard detail drawings or supplementary requirements as may be specified. Casting assemblies installed on manhole or catch basin structures shall be set in a full mortar bed and be adjusted to the specified elevation without the use of shims or blocking. Sewer aprons shall be subject to all applicable requirements for installation of pipe. All aprons and outfall end sections shall have the last three (3) sections tied. Two (2) tie bolt fasteners shall be placed in each of the last three joints, one on each side of top center at the sixty (60 degree point (from vertical). Tie bolt diameter shall be: 1/2 inch for 12" to and including 21" pipe; 5/8 inch for 24" to and including 36" pipe; 3/4 inch for 42" to and including 54" pipe; and 1" for 60" and larger pipe. The tie bolts shall be of a design approved by the Engineer. C Sewer Service Installations Main sewer service connections and building service sewer pipe shall be installed as provided for in the Contract and as may be directed by the Engineer. The sewer service connections and pipe lines shall be installed in conformance with all applicable requirements of the main sewer installation and as more specifically provided for herein. The Engineer, with the assistance of the Contractor, shall keep accurate records of all service installations as to type, location, elevation, point of connection and termination, etc. This service record shall be maintained jointly by the Contractor and Engineer on forms provided by the Engineer. The service installations shall not be backfilled until all required information has been obtained and recorded. The main sewer service connection shall consist of installing a Branch Tee or Wye section in the main sewer line at designated locations or providing an insert type Saddle Tee or Wye fitting in a pipe cut-out where specified. Orientation of service connection fitting shall be as shown in the standard drawings unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Where the depth of cover over the main sewer invert is greater than fifteen (15) feet (or such other maximum as may be indicated), the service connection shall be extended upward by means of a Service Riser Section. Unless otherwise specified, service pipe shall be installed at right angles to the main sewer and at a straight line grade to the property line. The standard and minimum grades shall be a uniform rise of one inch (1") in four feet (4') (two percent (2%)) for sanitary service lines and one Page 49 inch (1") in eight feet (8') (one percent (1%)) for storm sewer service lines. These minimum grades may be reduced (by not more than one-half (1/2) pitch) where the Engineer so approves in the case of restrictive elevation differences. Building service pipe lines shall generally be kept as deep as required to serve the building elevation and maintain the specified minimum pipe grades. Pipe bends shall be provided as necessary to bring the service lines to proper location and grade. Pipe bends shall not exceed twenty two and one half (22-1/2) degrees without approval of the Engineer. Unless otherwise indicated, service pipe installation shall terminate at property line or as designated on the Plans, with a gasketed plug placed in the end, at which point the Contractor shall furnish and set a four inch by four inch (4" x 4") wooden timber six feet (6') to eight feet (8') in length embedded four feet (4') below grade, or approved steel post to mark the exact end of pipe. The timber or post shall be set vertically, with the top two feet (2') painted green. Wherever service line connections to the main sewer are permitted or required to be made by the open cut-out method in the absence of a built-in Tee or Wye fitting, the connection shall be made by using an approved type of Saddle Tee or Wye fitting. The pipe cut-out shall be made with an approved type coring machine or by other approved methods producing a uniform, smooth circular cut-out as required for proper fit. The cut-out discs shall be retrieved and shall not be allowed to remain within the main sewer pipe. The Saddle Tee shall be securely fastened to the main sewer pipe by means of epoxy resin or other approved adhesive. The entire connection fitting shall be encased in concrete to a minimum thickness of six inches (6") and as may be shown in the standard drawings. Wherever service line connections to the main sewer are required to be made by means of built- in Branch Tee or Wye fittings, the Contractor shall, in the absence of such fitting, remove a section of the main sewer pipe and replace it with the required Branch Tee or Wye section connected by means of an approved sleeve coupling. Sanitary sewer service lines shall not be connected to a manhole at an elevation more than twenty four inches (24") above the crown of the outgoing sewer. Where the elevation difference is greater than twenty four inches (24"), the connection shall be made by means of an Outside Drop Connection in accordance with the details shown in the standard drawings. All pipe and fitting openings at temporary terminal points shall be fitted with suitable plugs or shall be bulkheaded as required for the main sewer pipe. D Manhole and Catch Basin Structures Manholes, catch basins, and other special access structures shall be constructed at designated locations as required by the Plans and in accordance with any standard detail drawings or special design requirements given therefor. Unless otherwise specified or approved, storm sewer manholes and catch basins shall be constructed on a precast or cast-in-place concrete base and the barrel riser sections, and cone section shall all be of precast concrete. Sanitary sewer manholes shall be constructed with precast concrete integral base with pre-formed invert barrel section and with watertight boots at all pipe locations. All units shall be properly fitted and sealed to form a completely watertight structure. Manholes and catch basin structures shall be fabricated to provide a twelve inch (12") or sixteen inch (16") barrel section immediately below the cone or top slab whenever possible. Page 50 Barrel and cone height shall be such as to permit placement of at least two (2) and not more than six (6) standard two-inch (2") precast concrete or high density polyethylene adjusting immediately below the casting assembly. Sanitary manhole adjustment rings and casting flange shall be fitted with specified method/materials as indicated in the Special Provisions to reduce inflow and infiltration. Storm sewer manhole and drainage structure adjustment rings and casting flange shall be wrapped with a Type 2 Geotextile fabric meeting MnDOT 3733. Unless otherwise specified or approved, manholes and catch basins shall have an inside barrel diameter at the bottom of forty eight inches (48") minimum and the inside diameter at the top of the cone section and all adjusting rings shall be of the same size and shape as the casting frame. Casting assemblies shall be as specified in the Plans Concrete cast-in-place base shall be poured on undisturbed or firmly compacted foundation material which shall be trimmed to proper elevation. The bottom riser section shall be set in fresh concrete or mortar and all other riser section joints of the tongue and groove design shall be sealed with rubber gaskets. The concrete base under an outside drop connection shall be monolithic with the manhole base. Wherever special designs so require or permit, and as may be approved by the Engineer, a precast concrete base may be used or the structure may be constructed with solid sewer brick or block units or with cast-in-place concrete. Any combination of cast-in-place concrete and brick or block mortar construction will be allowed and may be required where it is impossible to complete the construction with standard precast manhole sections. All manhole and catch basin structure doghouses shall be completely filled with mortar, concrete masonry, or concrete to completely seal the pipes into the structure wall. When formed inverts are specified, the inside bottom of each manhole and catch basin shall be shaped with fresh concrete to form free flow invert troughs. When connecting to an existing sanitary sewer manhole without an existing opening for sewer pipe, the Contractor shall be required to core-drill an opening of the correct size and elevation for the proposed sanitary sewer facility. The Contractor shall set the connecting pipe through the full thickness of the wall flush with the inner face of the wall. Connection to the structure shall be made with a watertight joint, by means of a rubberized boot. The Contractor shall ensure the flow line of the manhole is constructed in a manner to provide steady flow from the new sanitary line to the existing sanitary line. The flow line and the core-drilled hole are to be grouted smooth. The Contractor shall install a plug in the connecting pipe once the connection is complete and construction has advanced to the next manhole to prevent rainwater or sediment from entering the existing system. The plug shall be removed once all the proposed sanitary sewer mains on the project have been installed, tested, inspected, and approved. E Sanitary Sewer Leakage Testing All sanitary sewer lines, including service connections, shall be substantially watertight and shall be tested for excessive leakage upon completion and before connections are made to the service by Others. Each test section of the sewer shall be subjected to exfiltration testing, either by hydrostatic or air test method as described below and at the Contractor's option. The requirements set forth for maximum leakage shall be met as a condition for acceptance of the sewer section represented by the test. Page 51 If the ground water level is greater than three feet above the invert elevation of the upper manhole and the Engineer so approves, infiltration testing may be allowed in lieu of the exfiltration testing, in which case the allowable leakage shall be the same as would be allowed for the Hydrostatic Test. All testing shall be performed by the Contractor without any direct compensation being made therefore, and the Contractor shall furnish all necessary equipment and materials, including plugs and standpipes as required. E1 Air Test Method E1a Gravity Sewers All gravity sanitary sewer lines, including service connections, shall be substantially watertight and shall be tested for excessive leakage upon completion and before connections are made to the service by Others. Each test section of the sewer shall be subjected to exfiltration testing by the ASTM F1417 (low pressure air) test method regardless of pipe material. The requirements set forth for maximum leakage shall be met as a condition for acceptance of the sewer section represented by the test. All testing shall be performed by the Contractor without any direct compensation being made therefore, and the Contractor shall furnish all necessary equipment and materials, including plugs and standpipes as required. The sewer pipe section under test shall be clean at the time of testing but the pipe may be wetted. Pneumatic balls shall be used to plug the pipe ends at manholes. Low pressure air shall be introduced to the plugged line until the internal air pressure reaches three and one half (3.5) psi greater than the average back pressure of any ground water pressure that may submerge the pipe. At least two (2) minutes shall be allowed for the air temperature to stabilize before readings are taken and the timing started. During this time the Contractor shall check all plugs to detect plug leakage. If plugs are found to leak, air shall be bled off, the plugs shall be retightened, and the air shall be reintroduced into the line. The sewer section under test will be accepted as having passed the air leakage test when the rate of air loss as measured by pressure drop, does not exceed a specified amount in a specified time. Pressure drop may be determined by using the table below, or calculated by use of the formulas provided below. Page 52 TABLE Minimum Specified Time Required for a 0.5 psig Pressure Drop for Size and Length of Pipe Indicated for Q = 0.0015 CFM/SF *NOTE - Consult with pipe and appurtenance manufacturer for maximum test pressure for pipe size greater than twenty four inches (24") in diameter. FORMULA The formula below calculates the specified minimum time required for a 1.00 psig pressure drop from a starting pressure of 3.5 psig to a final pressure of 2.5 psig using a leakage rate of 0.0015 cubic feet/minute/square foot of internal surface. Calculate all test times by the following formula: T= 0.085 DK/Q where: T = shortest time allowed for the air pressure to drop 1.0 psig, sec. K = 0.000419 DL but not less than 1.0, Q = leak rate = 0.0015 CFM/SF, D = measured average inside diameter of sewer pipe, in., and L = length of test section, ft. E2 Hydrostatic Test Method E2a Gravity Sewers After bulkheading the test section, the pipe shall be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure produced by a head of water at a depth of three feet (3') above the invert elevation of the sewer at the upstream manhole of the test section. In areas where ground water exists, this head of water shall be three feet (3') above the existing water table. The water head shall be maintained for a period of one (1) hour during which time it will be presumed that full absorption of the pipe body has taken place, and thereafter for an extended period of one (1) hour the water head shall be maintained as the test period. During the test 100 Ft. 150 Ft. 200 Ft. 250 Ft. 300 Ft. 350 Ft. 400 Ft. 450 Ft. 4 1:53 597 0.190 L 1:53 1:53 1:53 1:53 1:53 1:53 1:53 1:53 6 2:50 398 0.427 L 2:50 2:50 2:50 2:50 2:50 2:50 2:51. 3:12 8 3:47 298 0.760 L 3:47 3:47 3:47 3:47 3:48 4:26 5:04 5:42 10 4:43 239 1.187 L 4:43 4:43 4:43 4:57 5:56 6:55 7:54 8:54 12 5:40 199 1.709 L 5:40 5:40 5:42 7:08 8:33 9:58 11:24 12:50 15 7:05 159 2.671 L 7:05 7:05 8:54 11:08 13:21 15:35 17:48 20:02 18 8:30 133 3.846 L 8:30 9:37 12:49 16:01 19:14 22:26 25:38 28:51 21 9:55 114 5.235 L 9:55 13:05 17:27 21:49 28:11 30:32 34:54 39:16 24 11:20 99 6.837 L 11:24 17:57 22:48 28:30 34:11 39:53 45:35 51:17 *27 12:45 88 8.653 L 14:25 21:38 28:51 36:04 43:18 50:30 57:42 64:54 *30 14:10 80 10.683 L 17:48 26:43 35:37 44:31 53:25 62:19 71:131 80:07 *33 15:35 72 12.926 L 21:33 32:19 43:56 53:52 64:38 75:24 86:10 96:57 *36 17:00 66 15.384 L 25:39 38:28 51:17 64:06 76:55 89:44 102:34 115:23 Specification Time for Length (L) Shown (Min:Sec) Pipe Diameter (Inches) Minimum Time (Min:Sec) Length for Min. Time (Feet) Time for increased Length (Sec) Page 53 period, the measured water loss within the test section, including service stubs, shall not exceed an infiltration / exfiltration rate of thirty five (35) gallons / inch diameter / mile / day. If measurements indicate exfiltration within a test action section is not greater than the allowable maximum, the section will be accepted as passing the test. E2b Pressure Sewers For sewers designated as pressure pipe sewers, the sewer shall be subjected to hydrostatic testing under 2611.3G Hydrostatic Testing of Watermains, except the hydrostatic testing pressure shall be two (2) times the maximum design operating pressure, but not less than one hundred (100) psig and the duration of the test shall be one hour. E3 Test Failure and Remedy In the event of test failure on any test section, testing shall be continued until all leakage has been detected and corrected to meet the requirements. All repair work shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. Introduction of sealant substances by means of the test water will not be permitted. Unsatisfactory repairs or test results may result in an order to remove and replace pipe as the Engineer considers necessary for test conformance. All repair and replacement work shall be at the Contractor's expense. F Deflection Test Deflection tests shall be performed on all plastic gravity sewer pipes. The test shall be conducted after the sewer trench has been backfilled to the desired finished grade and has been in place for thirty (30) days. The deflection test shall be performed by pulling a rigid ball or nine-point mandrel (MnDOT Technical Memorandum 98-24-B-01 or latest revision) through the pipe without the aid of mechanical pulling devices. The ball or mandrel shall have a minimum diameter equal to ninety five percent (95%) of the actual inside diameter of the pipe. The maximum allowable deflection shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the pipe's internal diameter. The line will be considered acceptable if the mandrel can progress through the line without binding. The time of the test, method of testing, and the equipment to be used for the test shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. All testing shall be performed by the Contractor at his expense without any direct compensation being made therefore, and he shall furnish all necessary equipment and materials required. F1 Test Failure and Remedy In the event of test failure on any test section, the section shall be replaced, with all repair work subject to approval of the Engineer. The replaced section shall be retested for leakage and deflection in conformance with the specifications contained herein. All repairs, replacement, and retesting shall be at the Contractor's expense. Page 54 G Televising Sewer line televising may be required by the Engineer, at the cost of the Contractor, if visual inspection, leakage testing, or deflection testing indicate the sewer has not been constructed in accordance with these specifications and the requirements of the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. 2621.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT All items will be measured separately according to design designation as indicated in the Pay Item name and as may be detailed and defined in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. Complete-in-place items shall include all component parts thereof as described or required to complete the unit, but excluding any excesses covered by separate Pay Items. Linear measurement of piping will include the running length of any special fittings (tees, wyes, elbows, gates, etc.) installed within the line of measure between specified terminal points. A Sewer Pipe Sewer pipe of each design designation will be measured by length in linear feet along the line of pipe. Terminal points of measurement will be the pipe end at free outlets; the point of connection with in-place pipe; the center of manholes or catch basins; the point of centerline intersections at branch fittings; or the point of juncture with other appurtenances or units as defined. Separation of quantities according to "depth zone classification", when so designated in the Pay Item, will be determined by depth of pipe invert below the ground surface profile. B Manholes Manholes of each design designation will be measured by number of each constructed complete-in-place, including the base and castings as required, but excluding any excess depth greater than eight feet (8') measured from top of manhole cover to invert elevation of lowest pipe. Excess manhole depth of each design designation will be measured by the linear foot difference in depth between the eight feet (8') allowed as standard and the actual increased depth as constructed. C Catch Basins Catch basins of each design designation will be measured by number of each constructed complete-in-place, including the base and castings as required, but excluding any excess depth greater than five feet (5') measured from top of grate (low point) to invert elevation of lowest outlet pipe. Excess catch basin depth of each design designation will be measured by the linear foot difference in depth between the five feet (5') allowed as standard and the actual increased depth as constructed. Page 55 D Outside Drop Connection Outside drop connections of each design will be measured by linear foot constructed complete- in-place, and shall include granular encasement, fittings, any special piping required, including coring holes and watertight boots for existing manholes for the drop connection. Measurement shall be made vertically from the invert of the lower outside drop invert to the upper outside drop invert. E Service Connection Service Connections of each design will be measured by number of each constructed complete- in-place as specified. F Service Pipe Service pipe of each design will be measured separately by length in linear feet, horizontally along the line of installation, between the service end and the point of juncture with the main pipe connection fitting. G Special Pipe Fittings Special pipe fittings (wyes, tees, bends, etc.) of each design designation will be measured by number of each installed complete-in-place as specified, but excluding any such fittings required to be installed as a component part of any other Work Unit. H Appurtenant Items Appurtenant items such as aprons, trash guards, gates and other prefabricated units or assemblies as identified by Pay Item name will be measured separately by number of each installed complete-in-place as specified. 2621.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for sewer pipe and service pipe items at the Contract prices per linear foot of pipe of each design shall be compensation in full for all costs of providing a complete-in-place pipeline, including excavation, foundation preparation, backfilling, leakage testing, restoration of surface improvements, disposal of surplus or waste materials, final cleanup, and such other work as may be specified, but excluding the construction of other structures or special sections and the placement of special fittings, appurtenances or materials specifically designated for payment under other Contract Items. Payment for manhole, catch basin, outside drop connection, service connection, and other structures as specified, at the Contract prices per structure, shall be compensation in full for all costs of constructing each unit complete-in-place as specified, including all required castings, special fittings, base or encasement, and appurtenant materials as specified for the complete structure or section, but excluding such additional work as may be designated for payment under other Contract Items. Where the specified standard manhole, catch basin, or outside drop connection depths are exceeded, the excess depth of each design will be paid for separately as linear footage items Page 56 and payment at the Contract prices therefor shall be compensation in full for all costs of providing the extra depth. Special pipe fittings such as wyes, tees and bends will be paid for as separate Contract Items to the extent they are required to be installed in the sewer pipe and service pipe lines and not as a component part of a complete-in-place structure (outside drop connections, service connections, etc.) Appurtenant items such as aprons, trash guards, drainage gates, and other prefabricated units or assemblies and specials as designated will be paid for as separate Contract Items to the extent they are not included as a component part of any complete-in-place structure. Page 57 SECTION 2631 CIPPS – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEWER PIPE REHABILITATION WITH CURED IN-PLACE PIPE SYSTEMS (CIPPS) 2631.1 CIPPS DESCRIPTION A General This work shall consist of the rehabilitation of pipelines and conduits by the installation of a resin-impregnated flexible tube Cured-In-Place Pipe System (CIPPS). The rehabilitation of pipelines shall be constructed by the installation of a resin-impregnated flexible tube which, when cured, shall be continuous and tight-fitting throughout the entire length of the original pipe. The CIPP shall extend the full length of the original pipe and provide a structurally sound, joint less and watertight new pipe within the existing pipe. The Contractor is responsible for proper, accurate and complete installation of the CIPP using the system selected by the Contractor. Neither the CIPP system, nor its installation, shall cause adverse effects to any downstream facilities. The use of the product shall not result in the formation or production of any detrimental compounds or by-products that may affect downstream structures, pups, pipe, equipment and wastewater treatment facilities. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and identify any by- products produced as a result of the installation operations, test and monitor the levels, and comply with any and all local waste discharge requirements. The Contractor shall cleanup, restore existing surface conditions and structures, and repair any of the CIPP system determined to be defective. The Contractor shall conduct installation operations and schedule cleanup in a manner to cause the least possible obstruction and inconvenience to traffic, pedestrians, businesses, and residents. The use of the term "Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions" within this specification shall be construed to mean those documents which compliment, modify, or clarify these specifications and are an enforceable component of the Contract Documents. All references to MnDOT Specifications shall mean the latest published edition of the Minnesota Department of Transportation “Standard Specifications for Construction”, and all supplements and amendments thereto, published prior to the date of advertisement for bids. All references to other Specifications of AASHTO, ASTM, ANSI, AWWA, etc. shall mean the latest published edition available on the date of advertisement for bids. The following specifications have been referenced in this Specification: ASTM - F1216 Standard Practice for Rehabilitation of Existing Pipelines and Conduits by the Inversion and Curing of a Resin-Impregnated Tube ASTM - F1743 Standard Practice for Rehabilitation of Existing Pipelines and Conduits by the Pull in and inflate and Curing of a Resin-Impregnated Tube ASTM - D543 Standard and Practice for Evaluating the Resistance of Plastics to Chemical Reagents ASTM - D638 Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics Page 58 ASTM - D790 Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Un-reinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials ASTM - D792 Standard Test Methods for Density and Specific Gravity of Plastics by displacement. ASTM - F2019-03 Standard Practice for Rehabilitation of Existing Pipelines and Conduits by the Pulled in Place Installation of Glass Reinforced Plastic (GRP) Cured-in- Place Thermosetting Resin Pipe (CIPP) ASTM - D2122-98(2004) Standard Test Method for Determining Dimensions of Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings ASTM - D2990 Standard Test Methods for Tensile, Compressive, and Flexural Creep and Creep-Rupture of Plastics ASTM - D5813 Standard Specification for Cured-in Place Thermosetting Resin Sewer Pipe B Qualifications The Contractor shall be responsible for all aspects of the design of the liner pipe. The Contractor shall guarantee that the installed liner is capable of sustaining outside loads, resist chemical attack that normally occurs in sanitary and storm sewer systems, and will maintain hydraulic characteristics over a fifty (50) year design life. Unless provided otherwise in the plans or Special Provisions, the existing sewer pipe shall be considered to be in a fully deteriorated condition, is not structurally sound, and cannot support soil and live loads. The cured-in-place pipe shall be designed to support hydraulic, soil, and live loads. The sewer products are intended to have a fifty (50) year or greater design life, and in order to minimize the Owner’s risk, only proven products with substantial successful long term track records will be approved. B1 Manufactured Products and Installation Contractors must meet all of the following criteria: a. For a Product to be considered acceptable, a minimum of 100,000 linear feet or two hundred fifty (250) manhole-to-manhole line sections of successful wastewater collection system installations in the U.S. must be documented to the satisfaction of the Engineer. In addition, at least 50,000 linear feet of the product shall have been in successful service within the State for a minimum of five (5) years. b. The Contractor’s personnel must satisfy all insurance, financial, and bonding requirements of the Owner, and must have had at least 5 (five) years active experience in the commercial installation of the product bid. In addition, the Contractor’s personnel must have successfully installed at least 100,000 feet of the same product bid. The Field Supervisor/Foreman shall have a minimum five (5) years as a foreman/superintendent for a cured-in-place lining crew (installing actual Page 59 product included with this bid/proposal), and a minimum of 100,000 lineal feet of cured-in-place lining, diameters up to and including twenty-four inches (24") installed under his/her supervision. Such experience shall include the actual product, by trade name, Contractor proposes to install. Acceptable documentation of these minimum installations must be submitted to the Engineer. c. Sewer rehabilitation products submitted for approval must provide Third Party Test Results supporting the long term performance and structural strength of the product and such data shall be satisfactory to the Engineer. Test samples shall be prepared so as to simulate installation methods and trauma of the product. No product will be approved without independent third party testing verification. 2631.2 CIPPS MATERIALS A General All materials required for this work shall be new material conforming to requirements of the referenced specifications for the class, kind, type, size, grade, and other details indicated in the Contract. Unless otherwise indicated, all required materials shall be furnished by the Contractor. If any options are provided for, as to type, grade, or design of the material, the choice shall be limited as may be stipulated in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. All manufactured products shall conform in detail to such standard design drawings as may be referenced or furnished in the Plans. Otherwise, the Owner may require advance approval of material suppliers, product design, or other unspecified details as it deems desirable for maintaining adopted standards. All materials shipped to the project site shall be accompanied by test reports certifying that the material conforms to the ASTM standards listed herein. Materials shall be shipped, stored, and handled in a manner consistent with written recommendations of the CIPP manufacturer to avoid damage. Damage includes but is not limited to, gouging, abrasion, flattening, cutting, puncturing, and ultra-violet (UV) degradation. All damaged materials shall be promptly removed from the project site at no cost to the Owner. On site material storage locations shall be approved by the Engineer. A1 CIPPS Fabric Tube The CIPPS fabric “Tube” shall consist of one or more layers of absorbent non-woven felt fabric, felt/fiberglass or fiberglass and meet the requirements of ASTM F 1216, ASTM F 1743, ASTM D 5813 & ASTM F2019. The fabric Tube shall be capable of absorbing and carrying resins, manufactured to withstand installation pressures and curing temperatures, have sufficient strength to bridge missing pipe segments, and stretch to fit irregular pipe sections. The fabric Tubes shall have a uniform thickness that when compressed at installation pressures will equal the specified nominal tube thickness. The wet-out fabric tube shall have a uniform thickness and excess resin distribution that when compressed at installation pressures will meet or exceed the design thickness after cure. The fabric tube shall be manufactured to a size and length that when installed will tightly fit the internal circumference and length of the original pipe. Allowance shall be made for Page 60 circumferential stretching during installation. The tube shall be properly sized to the diameter of the existing pipe and the length to be rehabilitated and be able to stretch to fit irregular pipe sections and negotiate bends. The Contractor shall determine the minimum tube length necessary to effectively span the designated run between manholes. The Contractor shall verify the lengths in the field prior to ordering and prior to impregnation of the tube with resin, to ensure that the tube will have sufficient length to extend the entire length of the run. The Contractor shall also measure the inside diameter of the existing pipelines in the field prior to ordering liner so that the liner can be installed in a tight-fitted condition. Overlapped layers of felt in longitudinal seams that cause lumps in the final product shall not be allowed. The minimum length of the fabric tube shall be that deemed necessary by the installer to effectively span the distance from the starting manhole to the terminating manhole or access point, plus that amount required to run-in and run-out for the installation process. The outside and/or inside layer of the fabric tube (before inversion/pull-in, as applicable) shall be coated with an impermeable, flexible membrane that will contain the resin and facilitate, if applicable, vacuum impregnation and monitoring of the resin saturation during the resin impregnation (wet-out) procedure. No material shall be included in the fabric tube that may cause de-lamination in the cured CIPP. No dry or unsaturated layers shall be acceptable upon visual inspection as evident by color contrast between the felt fabric and the activated resin containing a colorant. The tube shall be homogeneous across the entire wall thickness containing no intermediate or encapsulated elastomeric layers. No materials shall be included in the tube that is subject to delamination in the CIPPS. The wall color of the interior pipe surface of CIPP after installation shall be a light reflective color so that a clear detailed examination with closed circuit television inspection equipment may be made. The hue of the color shall be dark enough to distinguish a contrast between the fully resin saturated felt fabric and dry or resin lean areas. Seams in the fabric tube, if applicable, shall meet the requirements of ASTM D5813. The outside of the fabric tube shall be marked every five feet (5') with the name of the manufacturer or CIPP system, manufacturing lot and production footage. The nominal fabric tube wall thickness shall be constructed to the nearest 0.5 mm increment, rounded up from the design thickness for that section of installed CIPP. Wall thickness transitions, in 0.5 mm increments or greater as appropriate, may be fabricated into the fabric tube between installation entrance and exit access points. The quantity of resin used in the impregnation shall be sufficient to fill all of the felt voids for the nominal felt thickness. The resin shall be a corrosion resistant polyester or vinyl ester resin and catalyst system that when properly cured within the tube composite meets the requirements of ASTM F1216, ASTM F1743 or F2019, the physical properties herein, and those, which are to be utilized in the design of the CIPP for this application. The resin shall produce CIPP which will comply with or exceed the structural and chemical resistance requirements of this specification. Page 61 A2 CIPPS Structural Requirements The physical properties and characteristics of the finished liner will vary considerably, depending on the types and mixing proportions of the materials used, and the degree of cure executed. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to control these variables and to provide a CIPP system which meets or exceeds the minimum properties specified herein: 1. The CIPP shall be designed as per ASTM standards. The CIPP design shall assume no bonding to the original pipe wall. 2. The design engineer shall set the long term (fifty (50) year extrapolated) Creep Retention Factor at thirty three percent (33%) of the initial design flexural modulus as determined by ASTM D-790 test method. This value shall be used unless the Contractor submits long term test data (ASTM D2990) to substantiate a higher retention factor. 3. The layers of the cured CIPP shall be uniformly bonded. It shall not be possible to separate any two (2) layers with a probe or point of a knife blade so that the layers separate cleanly or the probe or knife blade moves freely between the layers. If separation of the layers occurs during testing of field samples, new samples will be cut from the work. Any reoccurrence may cause rejection of the work. Minimum Physical Properties: The cured pipe material (CIPP) shall, at a minimum, meet or exceed the structural properties, as listed in the table below. Property Test Method Cured Composite Per ASTM F1216 Cured Composite Per Design Flexural Modulus Of Elasticity (Short Term) ASTM D- 790 250,000 Psi Contractor Value Flexural Strength (Short Term) ASTM D- 790 4,500 Psi Contractor Value The required structural CIPP wall thickness shall be based as a minimum, on the physical properties listed above and in accordance with the Design Equations in the appendix of ASTM F 1216, and the following design parameters: Design Safety Factor 2.0 (1.5 For Pipes 36” Or Larger) Creep Retention Factor 33% Ovality 2% Or As Measured By Field Inspection Constrained Soil Modulus Per AASHTO LRFD Section 12 And AWWA Manual M45 Groundwater Depth As Specified Or Indicated On The Plans Soil Depth (Above The Crown) As Specified Or Indicated On The Plans Live Load H20 Highway Soil Load (Assumed) 120 Lb/Cu. Ft. Minimum Service Life 50 Years The Contractor shall submit, prior to installation of the lining materials, certification of compliance with these specifications and/or the requirements of the pre-approved CIPP system. Page 62 Certified material test results shall be included that confirm that all materials conform to these specifications. Materials not complying with these requirements will be rejected. CIPP Short-Liners or segmental liners shall be of the same materials and meet the structural requirements of the full CIPP Tube liner. A3 Material Testing Requirements 1. Chemical Resistance - The CIPP shall meet the chemical resistance requirements of ASTM F1216, Appendix X2. CIPP samples for testing shall be of tube and resin system similar to that proposed for actual construction. It is required that CIPP samples with and without plastic coating meet these chemical testing requirements. 2. Hydraulic Capacity - Overall, the hydraulic profile shall be maintained as large as possible. The CIPP shall have a minimum of the full flow capacity of the original pipe before rehabilitation. Calculated capacities may be derived using a commonly accepted roughness coefficient for the existing pipe material taking into consideration its age and condition. 3. CIPP Field Samples - When requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall submit test results from field installations in the USA of the same resin system and tube materials as proposed for the actual installation. These test results must verify that the CIPP physical properties specified in above have been achieved in previous field applications. Samples for this project shall be made and tested as described herein. 2631.3 CIPPS CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall clean the interior of the existing host pipe prior to installation of the CIPP liner. All debris and obstructions that will affect the installation and the final CIPP product shall be removed and disposed of. The CIPP liner shall be constructed of materials and methods, that when installed, shall provide a joint less and continuous structurally sound liner able to withstand all imposed static and dynamic loads on a long-term basis. A Installation of CIPPS A1 Access It will be the responsibility of the Owner to locate and designate all manhole access points open and accessible for the work, and provide rights of access to these points. If a street must be closed to traffic because of the orientation of the sewer, the Contractor shall institute the actions necessary to do this for the mutually agreed time period. Traffic Control shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and shall conform to the latest revision of the MMUTCD and other provisions of this specification herein. The Contractor shall keep the roadway open to traffic at all times unless given prior approval by the Engineer. A2 Water Usage Water is available from the City at designated locations for cleaning, inversion, and other work items requiring water. Use of an approved double check backflow assembly shall be required. The Contractor shall provide his own approved assembly. The Contractor may use City water Page 63 but shall inform the Public Works Department of such use and obtain a meter for documenting water usage. No fees will be charged for water. A3 Cleaning of Sewer Lines The Contractor shall remove all internal debris from the pipe line that will interfere with the installation and the final product delivery of the CIPP as required in these specifications. Solid debris and deposits shall be removed from the system and disposed of properly by the Contractor. Moving material from manhole section to manhole section shall not be allowed. As applicable the contractor shall either plug or install a flow bypass pumping system to properly clean the pipe lines. The Contractor shall ensure that no debris is transferred downstream during cleaning operations. The Contractor shall use a vacuum vehicle or similar means to remove debris during cleaning operations. Precaution shall be taken, by the Contractor in the use of cleaning equipment to avoid damage to the existing pipe. The repair of any damage, caused by the cleaning equipment, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Disposal of the cleaning debris shall be in accordance with local, State and Federal Law and shall be incidental to the CIPPS. A4 Bypassing Wastewater The Contractor shall provide a by-pass for the flow of existing mainline and service connection effluent around the section or sections of pipe designated for CIPP installation. Installation of the liner shall not begin until the Contractor has installed a sewage by-pass system and all pumping facilities have been installed and tested under full operating conditions including the bypass of mainline and side sewer flows. Once the lining process has begun, existing sewage flows shall be maintained, until the resin/felt tube composite is fully cured, cooled down, fully televised and the CIPP ends finished. The Contractor shall coordinate sewer bypass and flow interruptions with the Engineer at least fourteen (14) days in advance and with the property owners and businesses at least three (3) business days in advance. The pump and bypass lines shall be of adequate capacity and size to handle peak flows. The Contractor shall submit a detail of the bypass plan and design to the Engineer prior to proceeding with any CIPP installation. Compensation for by-pass pumping and all associated plans and approvals shall be included in the price bid for CIPPS Installation. A5 Inspection of Pipelines Inspection of pipelines shall be performed by experienced personnel trained in locating breaks, obstacles, and service connections by closed circuit television. The interior of the pipeline shall be carefully inspected to determine the location of any conditions which may prevent proper installation of the CIPPS into the pipelines and it shall be noted so that these conditions can be corrected. A videotape and suitable log shall be kept for later reference by the Owner. The Owner has copies of a video inspection of the sewers to be relined, and these are available for prospective bidders. However, since the deterioration of sewer is an ongoing process, and roots, solids, and deposits can accumulate over time, the Contractor shall base the design of the liner on inspections made immediately prior to installation. A6 Line Obstructions It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clear the line of obstructions such as solids and roots that will prevent the insertion of CIPP. If pre-installation inspection reveals an obstruction such as a protruding service connection, dropped joint, or a collapse that will prevent the Page 64 inversion process, that was not evident on the pre-bid video and it cannot be removed by conventional sewer cleaning equipment, if directed by the Owner, the Contractor shall make a point repair excavation to uncover and remove or repair the obstruction. Such excavation shall be approved in writing by the Owner's representative prior to the commencement of the work and shall be considered as a separate pay item. A7 Public Notification The Contractor shall make every effort to maintain service usage throughout the duration of the project. In the event that a service will be out of service, the maximum amount of time of no service shall be eight (8) hours for any property served by the sewer. A public notification program shall be implemented, and shall as a minimum, require the Contractor to be responsible for contacting each home or business connected to the sanitary sewer and informing them of the work to be conducted, and when the sewer will be off-line. The Contractor shall also provide the following: 1. Written notice to be delivered to each home or business the day prior to the beginning of work being conducted on the section, and a local telephone number of the Contractor they can call to discuss the project or any problem which could arise. 2. Personal contact with any home or business, which cannot be reconnected within the time stated in the written notice. The Contractor shall be responsible for confirming the locations of all branch service connections prior to installing and curing the CIPP. A8 Liner Installation CIPP installation shall be in accordance with the applicable ASTM standards with the following modifications: 1. The wet-out tube shall be positioned in the pipeline using the method specified by the manufacturer. Care should be exercised not to damage the tube as a result of installation. The tube should be pulled-in or inverted through an existing manhole or approved access point and fully extend to the next designated manhole or termination point. If pulled into place, a power winch should be utilized and care should be exercised not to damage the tube as a result of pull-in friction. 2. Prior to installation and as recommended by the manufacturer remote temperature gauges or sensors shall be placed inside the host pipe to monitor the temperatures during the cure cycle. Liner and/or host pipe interface temperature shall be monitored and logged during curing of the liner. 3. Curing shall be accomplished by utilizing the appropriate medium in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommended cure schedule. The curing source or in and output temperatures shall be monitored and logged during the cure cycles. The manufacturer’s recommended cure schedule shall be used for each line segment installed, and the liner wall thickness and the existing ground conditions with regard to temperature, moisture level, and thermal conductivity of soil, per ASTM as applicable, shall be taken into account by the Contractor. Page 65 4. The Contractor shall remove protruding taps to the inside wall of the pipe. In no case shall the pipe be less than ninety five percent (95%) open to flow. A9 Resin Impregnation The quantity of resin used for tube impregnation shall be sufficient to fill the volume of air voids in the tube with additional allowances for polymerization shrinkage and the loss of resin through cracks and irregularities in the original pipe wall. A vacuum impregnation process shall be used. To insure a through wet-out, the point of vacuum shall be no further than twenty five feet (25') from the point of initial resin introductions. After vacuum in the tube is established, the vacuum points shall be no further than seventy five feet (75') from the leading edge of the resin. The leading edge of the resin slug shall be as near to perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the tube as possible. A roller system shall be used to uniformly distribute tie resin throughout the tube. If the Installer proposes an alternate method of resin impregnation, the method must produce the same results and the method approved by the Engineer. A10 Cool Down The Contractor shall cool the CIPP in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Temperatures and curing data shall be monitored and recorded, by the Contractor, throughout the installation process to ensure that each phase of the process is achieved as approved in accordance with the CIPP System manufacturer’s recommendations. A11 Finishing Operations The installed CIPP shall be continuous over the entire length of a sewer line section and be free from visual defects such as foreign inclusions, dry spots, pinholes, major wrinkles and delamination. The lining shall be impervious and free of any leakage from the pipe to the surrounding ground or from the ground to inside the lined pipe. Any defect, which will or could affect the structural integrity or strength of the linings, shall be repaired at the Contractor’s expense. The beginning and end of the CIPP shall be sealed to the existing host pipe. The sealing material shall be compatible with the pipe end and shall provide a watertight seal. If any of the service connections leak water between the host pipe and the installed liner, the connection mainline interface shall be sealed to provide a watertight connection. If the wall of the CIPP leaks, it shall be repaired or removed and replaced with a watertight pipe as recommended by the manufacture of the CIPP system. At all points where the liner pipe has been exposed (such as service connection fittings, or other points where the old pipe must be removed), the liner pipe and fittings shall be encased in cement-stabilized sand or other high density material as specified by the Engineer to prevent deflection due to difference in subsidence. After the encasement material is in place and accepted by the Engineer, backfill is placed and compacted to require finish grade in accordance with the specifications. Particular care should be taken to ensure compaction of earth beneath the lateral/service pipe in order to reduce subsidence and resultant bending at the lateral connection at the sewer main. A12 Manhole Connections A seal, consisting of a resin mixture or hydrophilic seal compatible with the installed CIPP shall be applied at manhole walls in accordance with the CIPP System manufacturer’s recommendations. Page 66 A13 Reconnections of Existing Services Services shall be identified by the Contractor prior to lining work. After the pipe has been reconstructed and tested, the service connections shall be reconnected. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to make sure that all service connections are reconnected, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. A CCTV camera and remote cutting tool shall be used for internal reconnections. The machined opening shall be at least ninety five percent (95%) of the service connection opening and the bottom of both openings must match. The opening shall not be more than one hundred percent (100%) of the service connection opening. The edges of the opening shall not have pipe fragments or liner fragments, which may obstruct flow or snag debris. In the event that service reinstatements result in openings that are greater than one hundred percent (100%) of the service connection opening, the Contractor shall install a CIPP type repair, sufficiently in size to completely cover the over-cut service connection. No additional compensation will be paid for the repair of over-cut service connections. Discs of pipe material resulting from service tap cutting shall be collected at the next manhole downstream of the pipe rehabilitation operation prior to leaving the site. Discs shall not be allowed to pass through the system. A14 CIPP Short-Liner The CIPP short-liner shall meet the requirements of the full length CIPP liner and the following: 1. The Short-Liner shall be inserted into the existing sewer line with a power winch and steel cable attached to the end of the liner by use of an appropriate pulling head. Length of the liner to be inserted at any one time shall be governed by the length of the section in need of repair or the maximum length of the installation equipment considering the size and condition of the sewer. 2. A mobile installation unit shall be brought to the site ready to process the liner. The installation unit shall contain heat generating equipment, CCTV facility and other auxiliary miscellaneous equipment necessary for controlling processing of the Short- Liner pipe. The equipment shall be positioned next to the point of entry with minimum obstruction to the other side activities and shall be operated by trained personnel only. 3. The pressure shall be increased to compensate for the heating-cooling transition and it shall be maintained until the temperature at the lowest critical point is 100º F (38º C). This shall constitute completion of the Short-Liner pipe processing. The pipe within the pipe shall be tight fitting and adapted to the existing sewer pipe. B TESTING AND INSPECTION B1 Testing CIPP samples shall be prepared and tested in accordance with ASTM F1216, Section 8.1, using either method proposed. Leakage testing of the CIPP shall be accomplished during cure while under a positive head. CIPP products in which the pipe wall is cured while not in direct contact with the pressurizing fluid (e.g., a removable bladder) must be tested by an alternative method approved by the Engineer. Page 67 B2 Inspection Visual inspection of the CIPP shall be in accordance with ASTM F1216, Section 8.4. The relined pipe shall be continuous without joints through the entire pipe length. The liner shall be free of all visible defects except those resulting from pre-lined conditions which the Contractor has noted prior to lining. There shall be no pits, pinholes, cracks, or crazing, and the surface shall be smooth and free of waviness throughout the pipe. Any defects shall be repaired by the Contractor with no expense to the Owner. Where leakage is observed through the wall of the pipe, the contractor shall institute additional testing including but not limited to air testing, localized testing and any other testing that will verify the leak proof integrity of the installed CIPP to the satisfaction of the Owner. B3 Televising Prior to final acceptance of any sanitary sewer relining including short-liners, the Contractor shall inspect by means of remote closed circuit television equipment the entire segment of sanitary sewer, manhole-to manhole. Sewer shall be cleaned prior to inspection. A videotape of the inspection shall be furnished to the City. The following conditions shall apply to the sewer acceptance TV inspection: 1. The videotape shall be in a format to be decided by the Owner, that creates high quality picture and sound and shall be recorded in color. 2. The TV camera shall be pulled through the sewer at a maximum rate of thirty five feet (35') per minute. 3. The camera shall be pulled downstream in all cases. 4. The lens of the camera shall be cleaned at each manhole or when directed by the Owner. 5. The recording shall have an on-screen display showing the following: a. Upstream and downstream manhole numbers b. Footage from the upstream manhole c. Inspection date 6. Sewers shall not be televised within forty eight (48) hours of a rainfall event greater than one half inch (½"). 7. The CIPPS shall be re-televised one (1) month prior to expiration of the one-year warranty. A videotape and written report shall be supplied to the City. 2631.4 CIPPS METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Measurement for CIPP Lining shall be on a linear foot basis, to the nearest whole foot, measured from center of manhole to center of manhole. Page 68 2631.5 CIPPS BASIS OF PAYMENT The proposal form shall cover all work shown on the contract drawings, specifications, and Special Provisions. All costs associated with the work including furnishing of all materials, providing all construction and equipment, and performing all necessary labor, coordination, supervision, and management to fully complete the work, shall be included in the unit or lump sum prices quoted in the proposal form. This work shall include restoration of all surfaces to their original condition or better. Reconnection of all existing services shall be considered incidental to the CIPPS. All work not specifically set forth as a pay item in the proposal form shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the amounts and prices submitted in the proposal form. The following methods of measurement for payment will be used to derive the quantities installed: 1. Site Protection and Restoration a) No separate payment will be made for protection and restoration of roadway surfaces, curb and gutter, landscaping, and other site features unless otherwise specified. 2. Spot Repair to existing pipe a) Bid items have been provided in the proposal for removal and replacement of pipe as Spot or Point Repairs. No additional compensation will be granted for repairs. 3. Cured-in-Place Pipe System (CIPPS) a) Payment shall be made at the unit price as listed on the proposal. All work related to the cleaning, installation and acceptance of the system as a whole shall be considered incidental to CIPPS installation. b) Payment for re-instatement of services shall be at the unit price listed on the proposal per each service, and shall be compensation in full for all materials, labor, equipment, and maintenance necessary to complete the work as required by the plans or required by the Engineer. c) Payment for Short-Liner installations shall be made at the unit price listed on the proposal and shall be compensation in full for all materials, labor, equipment, and maintenance necessary to complete the work as required by the plans or required by the Engineer. Page 69 SECTION 2641 – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PIPELINE REHABILITATION BY PIPE BURSTING 2641.1 DESCRIPTION A General All references to MnDOT Specifications shall mean the latest published edition of the Minnesota Department of Transportation “Standard Specifications for Construction”, and all supplements and amendments thereto, published prior to the date of advertisement for bids. This specification shall cover the rehabilitation of existing gravity and pressure utility pipelines using pipe bursting methods. Pipe bursting is a process by which the bursting unit fractures the existing pipe while simultaneously installing a new pipe of the same size or larger size pipe in the place of the existing pipe. Existing lateral and service connections are disconnected prior to mainline pipe bursting to reduce lateral pipe/service pipe damage, then reconnected after testing and disinfection of the new pipe as applicable is approved, television inspection of the new pipe is performed, and the installation is completed in accordance with the contract documents. 2641.2 QUALIFICATIONS The Contractor shall be certified by the particular Pipe Bursting System Manufacturer as a fully trained installer of the pipe bursting system. The Contractor shall provide certifications of training and proficiency in the use of the equipment. Only the Contractor’s employees that are trained and certified shall operate the equipment. The Contractor shall have a minimum of five (5) years' experience using the pipe-bursting method proposed and shall have installed no less than 50,000 feet by this method. 2641.3 MATERIALS Pipe materials meet the requirements described in Sections 2611.2 and 2621.2 of these specifications, and as provided in the Special Provisions and the following: 1. Sizes of the new pipe insertions shall be such to renew the pipe mainline to greater than the original flow capacity. 2. All pipe and fittings shall be made of virgin material. No rework except that obtained from the manufacturer’s own production of the same formulation shall be used. 3. The pipe shall be homogenous throughout and shall be free of visible cracks, holes, foreign material, blisters, or other deleterious faults. 4. Tensile strength of the pipe shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendation for the specified purpose and method of installation. 5. Material color shall be as specified with interior of pipe having a light reflective color to allow for viewing for television inspection. The fused pipe joints shall be de-beaded to reduce collection of sediment and allow a camera to pass during inspection. Page 70 6. The Contractor shall consult with the selected pipe bursting equipment manufacturer regarding recommendations for the installation of pipe materials specified. 2641.4 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit the following: 1. Tests for compliance with this specification shall be made as specified herein and in accordance with the applicable ASTM Specification. A certificate from the manufacturer indicating the materials furnished meet the requirements of these specifications. 2. Shop drawings, catalog data, and manufacturer’s technical data showing complete information on material composition, physical properties, and dimensions of new pipe and fittings. Include manufacturer’s recommendations for handling, storage, and repair of pipe and fittings damaged. 3. Certification of Contractor and assigned personnel training for installing pipe. 4. Detailed submittal of the procedures and method proposed by the Contractor to burst the existing pipe and insert the new pipe. 5. Television inspection reports and video made of the existing pipe and after new pipe installation. 2641.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING The Contactor shall transport, handle, and store pipe and fittings as recommended by the manufacturer. If new pipe and fittings become damaged before or during installation, it shall be repaired as recommended by the manufacturer or replaced as required by the Engineer at the Contractor’s expense, before proceeding further. Deliver, store and handle other materials as required to prevent damage. 2641.6 LICENSE AGREEMENTS The Contractor shall submit evidence acceptable to the Owner, such as a certified copy of a license or agreement that it has the authority to use the proposed method from the patent holder and licensed manufacturer. The Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the Owner and the Engineer against all claims, suits, and actions or other damages as a result of negligence of any person or property arising out of patent infringement by the Contractor or the Contractor’s employee’s, agents, the suppliers, or any tier of subcontractors involved in the work. 2641.7 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Before excavation is started, it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to check with the various utility companies and determine the location and depth of the existing utilities in the vicinity of the work area. Damage to utilities and the resulting repair, temporary service cost, etc., shall be borne by the Contractor. Access pits shall be backfilled in accordance with Section 2600, Trench Excavation and Backfill. Page 71 All excavations shall be properly sheeted/shored in accordance with relevant specifications for trench safety systems. Any damage resulting from improperly shored excavations shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer with no compensation to the Contractor. All open excavations shall be kept secure at all times by the use of barricades and fencing with appropriate lights and signs, construction tape, covering with steel plates, etc., or as directed by the Engineer. All lateral and service connections shall be identified, located and excavated prior to the pipe insertion to expedite reconnection. The Contractor shall use excavation methods that will not create a rise or sag at the service or lateral connection for gravity sewers. A rise or sag in the sewer will be repaired by the contractor at no expense to the Owner, in a manner approved by the Engineer. The location and number of insertion and receiving excavations shall be planned by the Contractor and submitted in writing for approval by the Engineer at least ten (10) days prior to excavation. One (1) or more receiving pits shall be excavated at the end(s) of the pipe to be replaced or at appropriate points within the length of the existing pipe. Pit shall be centered over the existing pipe. The number of pits for machine and pipe insertion shall be the minimum necessary to most efficiently accomplish the work. The Contractor shall give consideration to the use of excavation required for other purposes such as for sanitary sewer service reconnections and manhole replacement. Where manholes are used as machine or new pipe insertion pits, the Contractor shall identify such manholes and replace them at no additional cost to the Owner if damaged. Any manhole modification or replacement required shall be considered incidental to the installation of the new pipe. Equipment used to perform the work shall be located away from buildings so as not to create noise impact. Provide a silent engine compartment to reduce machine noise as required to meet local requirements. The Contractor shall install all pulleys, rollers, bumpers, alignment control devices, and other equipment required to protect existing manholes and pipe components not intended for removal/replacement, and to protect the new pipe from damage during installation. Lubrication may be used as recommended by the manufacturer. If lubrication is used for insertion, the Contractor shall ensure that the lubricant does not backfill existing services. Under no circumstances will the pipe be stressed beyond eighty percent (80%) of its elastic limit as published and recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe insertion shall be continuous and without interruption from manhole to manhole for sewers, or junction to junction for watermain, except as approved by the Engineer. Upon completion of insertion of the new pipe, and after the relaxation period, the Contractor shall expedite the reconnection of laterals and services so as to minimize any inconvenience to customers. Connection of services shall be in accordance with Sections 2611 and 2621 of these specifications and as provided in the Special Provisions. The installed pipe shall be allowed the manufacturer’s recommended amount of time, but not less than four (4) hours, for cooling and relaxation due to tensile stressing prior to any reconnection of service lines, sealing of the annulus or backfilling of the insertion pit. Sufficient Page 72 excess length of new pipe, but not less than four inches (4"), shall be allowed to protrude into manholes. Restraint of pipe ends shall be achieved by means of electrofusion couplings. The electrofusion couplings shall be slipped over pipe ends against manhole wall and fused in place. Installation of electrofusion couplings shall be done in accordance with the manufacturers recommended procedures. Following the relaxation period, the annular space at the manhole shall be sealed. Sealing shall be made with material approved by the Engineer and shall extend a minimum of eight inches (8") into the manhole wall in such a manner as to form a smooth, uniform, watertight joint. Fused pipe joints shall be de-beaded to create a smooth flow line. There shall be no ridges or burrs from the fusion method exposed on the interior of the pipe following installation. Tracer wire shall be installed with the pipe in accordance with 2611 and 2621. Equipment: The pipe bursting tool shall increase the external dimensions sufficiently, causing breakage of the existing pipe at the same time expanding the surrounding ground. Simultaneously, the new pipe, directly attached to the expander, shall also move forward. See manufacturer’s specifications for what size tool should be used in what diameter of pipe, as well as parameters of what size tool for percentage of upsize allowed. The bursting head shall incorporate a shield/expander to prevent collapse of the hole ahead of the pipe insertion. Bypass Pumping: The Contractor, when and where required for sanitary sewer replacement, shall provide diversion for the pipe bursting/replacement process. The pumps and by-pass lines shall be of adequate capacity and size to handle all flows. All costs for by-pass pumping required during installation of the pipe shall be incidental to the installation of the pipe, unless otherwise provided in the Special Provisions. Temporary Water: The Contractor when and where required for watermain replacement, shall provide all labor, materials, and equipment associated with managing, constructing, and maintaining a temporary potable water distribution system for all existing water users which must be taken out of service for a period exceeding eight (8) hours, or as required at the discretion of the Engineer. All costs to provide temporary water required during installation of the pipe shall be incidental to the installation of the pipe, unless otherwise provided in the Special Provisions. 2641.8 TESTING AND INSPECTION Testing: Tests for compliance with this specification shall be made as described herein and in accordance with the applicable ASTM Specification. A certificate with this specification shall be furnished, upon request, by the manufacturer for all material furnished under this specification. Inspection: Video inspection of pipelines shall be performed by experienced personnel trained in locating breaks, obstacles, and service connections by closed circuit color television. Video inspection shall include the following:  Two (2) copies of the DVD’s in mpeg4 format (post) to be submitted to the Owner before final invoice. Page 73  DVD’s are to remain property of the Owner; Contractor to retain second copy.  All flows tributary to reach of sewer being inspected are to be completely by-passed around the reach during inspection if necessary and required by the Owner.  Pre-construction video of the existing pipe and post construction video inspection upon completion of reconstruction of each reach of pipe, with the voice description, with stationing of services indicated. Data and stationing to be on video.  Should any portion of the video inspection be of inadequate quality or coverage, as determined by the Owner the Contractor will have the portion re-inspected and video recorded at no additional expense to the Owner. 2641.9 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Measurement for pipe bursting shall be on a linear foot basis, to the nearest whole foot, measured from center of manhole to center of manhole or junction point to junction point as indicated on the plans. 2641.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT Pipe Bursting: The work performed as prescribed by this item will be paid for by the linear foot at the unit price bid for the pipe bursting/replacement at the specified pipe diameter and location which price shall be full compensation for the installation of the new pipe, furnishing and placing of all materials, labor, tools, equipment, cleaning, and preparation of the existing pipe to receive the new pipe, tracer wire, pipe bedding, backfill material, annulus sealing material and launching pits, and video inspection of final installed pipe, bypass pumping, temporary water distribution, traffic control, sealing at manholes, locating, excavating, disconnecting, testing in accordance with the Contract Documents, and all else incidental thereto for which separate payment is not provided under other Items in the Bid Form. APPENDIX B CITY OF SHOREWOOD STANDARD DETAIL PLATES STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL PLATES APPENDIX B CITY OF SHOREWOOD, MN REVISED JANUARY 2016 SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA NO SCALE B B A RO U N D O F F C O R N E R S 12" A N G L E I R O N (8 ) R E Q U I R E D 5 TRIM ENDS OF ANGLES TO FIT WELD TOGETHER GO, NO-GO 5% DEFLECTION TESTING MANDREL FOR FEXIBLE SEWER PIPE SIZE STAMP (MIN. 14" HIGH LETTERS) RING O.D. MANDREL O.D. PIPE SIZE SDR 35 SDR 26ASTM D3034 INCHES A BASE INSIDE DIAMETER MANDREL OUTSIDE DIAMETER INCHES INCHES INCHES INCHES INCHES INCHES INCHES INCHES RING OUTSIDE DIAMETER RING OUTSIDE DIAMETER B BASE INSIDE DIAMETER MANDREL OUTSIDE DIAMETER B INCHES 6 8 10 12 15 4 6 6 8 9 5.742 7.665 9.563 11.361 13.898 5.46 7.28 9.08 10.79 13.20 4.74 6.57 8.37 10.08 12.49 3.6 4.9 6.4 7.9 10.0 5.612 7.488 9.342 11.102 13.575 5.33 7.11 8.87 10.55 12.90 4.62 6.40 8.16 9.84 12.19 3.5 4.7 6.2 7.7 9.7 NOTES: 1. MANDREL OUTSIDE DIAMETER = BASE INSIDE DIAMETER X 0.95. 2. "B" DIMENSION FOR 6" PIPE IS FOR 1" NPS PIPE. 3. "B" DIMENSION FOR 8", 10", 12", 15" PIPE IS FOR 114" NPS PIPE. 4. ADJUST "B" DIMENSION AS REQUIRED FOR OTHER PIPE SIZES. SEE NOTES ABOVE 12" 12" 12" 12" SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA 1. PREPARE SOIL BEFORE INSTALLING BLANKETS, INCLUDING ANY NECESSARY APPLICATION OF LIME, FERTILIZER, AND SEED. 2. BEGIN AT THE TOP OF THE SLOPE BY ANCHORING THE BLANKET IN A 6" (15cm) DEEP X 6" (15cm) WIDE TRENCH WITH APPROXIMATELY 12" (30cm) OF BLANKET EXTENDED BEYOND THE UP-SLOPE PORTION OF THE TRENCH. ANCHOR THE BLANKET WITH A ROW OF STAPLES/STAKES APPROXIMATELY 12" (30cm) APART IN THE BOTTOM OF THE TRENCH. BACKFILL AND COMPACT THE TRENCH AFTER STAPLING. APPLY SEED TO COMPACTED SOIL AND FOLD REMAINING 12" (30cm) PORTION OF BLANKET BACK OVER SEED AND COMPACTED SOIL. SECURE BLANKET OVER COMPACTED SOIL WITH A ROW OF STAPLES/STAKES SPACED APPROXIMATELY 12" (30cm) APART ACROSS THE WIDTH OF THE BLANKET. 3. ROLL THE BLANKETS (A.) DOWN OR (B.) HORIZONTALLY ACROSS THE SLOPE. BLANKETS WILL UNROLL WITH APPROPRIATE SIDE AGAINST THE SOIL SURFACE. ALL BLANKETS MUST BE SECURELY FASTENED TO SOIL SURFACE BY PLACING STAPLES/STAKES IN APPROPRIATE LOCATIONS AS SHOWN IN THE STAPLE PATTERN GUIDE. WHEN USING OPTIONAL DOT SYSTEM , STAPLES/STAKES SHOULD BE PLACED THROUGH EACH OF THE COLORED DOTS CORRESPONDING TO THE APPROPRIATE STAPLE PATTERN. 4. THE EDGES OF PARALLEL BLANKETS MUST BE STAPLED WITH APPROXIMATELY 2"-5" (5cm-12.5cm) OVERLAP DEPENDING ON BLANKET TYPE. TO ENSURE PROPER SEAM ALIGNMENT, PLACE THE EDGE OF THE OVERLAPPING BLANKET (BLANKET BEING INSTALLED ON TOP) EVEN WITH THE COLORED SEAM STITCH ON THE PREVIOUSLY INSTALLED BLANKET. 5. CONSECUTIVE BLANKETS SPLICED DOWN THE SLOPE MUST BE PLACED END OVER END (SHINGLE STYLE) WITH AN APPROXIMATE 3" (7.5cm) OVERLAP. STAPLE THROUGH OVERLAPPED AREA, APPROXIMATELY 12" (30cm) APART ACROSS ENTIRE BLANKET WIDTH. NOTE: *IN LOOSE SOIL CONDITIONS, THE USE OF STAPLE OR STAKE LENGTHS GREATER THAN 6" (15cm) MAY BE NECESSARY TO PROPERLY SECURE THE BLANKETS. SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA SHOREWOOD, MINNESOTA